diff options
| author | Norbert Preining <preining@logic.at> | 2007-12-05 17:02:16 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Norbert Preining <preining@logic.at> | 2007-12-05 17:02:16 +0000 |
| commit | 7783322feeec90c418c79f9e5bc1fcdf2b85aaee (patch) | |
| tree | 8f0fd989e56a0b0324b844b66dde1aef1cc9435d /Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc | |
| parent | 5b7f41a22a74abcc6ed54b2c3fa1d5cf62be920c (diff) | |
minitoc from ctan (2007-12-05)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@5714 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc')
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx | 8 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx | 8850 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins | 98 |
3 files changed, 6567 insertions, 2389 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx index 635482fea78..8fc115699c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/fminitoc.dtx @@ -28,11 +28,13 @@ %% 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 %% Jean-Pierre F. Drucbert %% <jean-pierre.drucbert@onera.fr> -\makeatletter \ProvidesFile{fminitoc.dtx}% - [2007/06/29 minitoc v55 french documentation start file] + [2007/12/04 minitoc v56 french documentation start file] \input{minitoc.dtx} -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +%% + +%% +%% \endinput %% %% End of file `fminitoc.dtx'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx index c2c3a44dfdf..45e11ac62ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.dtx @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/05] %<package>\ProvidesPackage{minitoc} %<*package> - [2007/06/29 v55 minitoc.dtx file] + [2007/12/04 v56 minitoc.dtx file] %</package> %<package>\RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] % @@ -40,6 +40,14 @@ \documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,oneside,openright]{book} %\documentclass[10pt,a4paper,titlepage,twoside,openright]{book} % +\newlength{\iwidth} +\newlength{\awidth} +\newlength{\bwidth} +\newlength{\cwidth} +\newlength{\dwidth} +\setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +\addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \def\ATOC#1{{#1}\stepcounter{section}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}#1}} \newlength{\widthinc}\setlength{\widthinc}{3.5cm} \makeatletter\@mparswitchfalse\makeatother % les notes marginales à gauche! @@ -56,7 +64,8 @@ \let\RR\raggedright % or \RaggedRight ? \IfFileExists{\jobname.lan}{\input{\jobname.lan}}{\typeout{WARNING: \jobname.lan NOT FOUND}\def\LANG{0}} \IfFileExists{marvosym.sty}{\usepackage{marvosym}\def\myCoffeecup{~\Coffeecup}}{\let\myCoffeecup\relax} -% \IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside. +\IfFileExists{mparhack.sty}{\usepackage{mparhack}}{} % not used if oneside. +\usepackage{chngpage} % to enlarge the biblio \IfFileExists{natbib.sty}{\usepackage[sort&compress,comma,numbers,square]{natbib}\citeindextrue}{} \IfFileExists{shorttoc.sty}{\usepackage[tight]{shorttoc}}{} \IfFileExists{fnbreak.sty}{\usepackage{fnbreak}}{} % Checks split footnotes @@ -121,6 +130,41 @@ \or\relax \renewcommand\citedash{\mbox{-}\nolinebreak} \fi +\let\bibpreamble\relax +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries This bibliography contains many URLs; you must be aware that +some of them might be inaccessible because they are obsolete, or because their site is down or encounters +some unexpected problem. Note also that the response of some sites may be slow (several seconds). +For instance, the entries +\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, from the \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/} +site, are very difficult to contact. + +Some URLs may contain an extension not supported by your Web browser; in such cases, you should try to access to the +document manually. An example is~\cite{JMPL1}, whose extension is \suffix{ps.gz}. + +Some URLs are too long for some tools; when possible, I shortened the URL to display only the contents the +directory, as for~\cite{pdftex}, or by using an URL to the catalogue entry (as for~\cite{arabi} +and~\cite{antomega}); when not possible, you should try +to access to the document manually.\par\lneed{12}% +}} +\or\relax +\long\def\bibpreamble{\noindent {\bfseries Cette bibliographie contient de nombreux URLs; vous devez être +avertis que certains d'entre eux pourraient être inaccessibles parce qu'ils sont obsolètes, parce que leur site +est inactif ou subit un problème inattendu. Notez aussi que certains sites peuvent être lents à~répondre (quelques +secondes). +Par exemple, les entrées +\cite{latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim,bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim}, depuis le site \url{http://www.geocities.com/kijoo2000/}, +sont très difficiles à~atteindre. + +Certains URLs peuvent contenir un suffixe non supporté par votre navigateur Web; dans un tel cas, vous devriez +essayer d'accéder au document manuellement. Un exemple est~\cite{JMPL1}, dont le suffixe est \suffix{ps.gz}. + +Certains URLs sont trop longs pour certains logiciels; lorsque c'était possible, j'ai raccourci l'URL por +n'afficher que le contenu du répertoire, ainsi par exemple pour~\cite{pdftex}, ou en utilisant un URL vers +l'entrée dans le catalogue (comme pour~\cite{arabi} and~\cite{antomega}); lorsque ce n'était pas possible, +vous devrez essayer d'accéder manuellement au document.\par\lneed{12}% +}} +\fi \renewcommand\citemid{,\nolinebreak[1]} \renewcommand\citepunct{,\nolinebreak[1]\hspace{.13em plus .1em minus .1em}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -143,88 +187,88 @@ \newcommand{\upack}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} \newcommand{\ipack}[1]{\ipackA{#1}\ipackB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ipackA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackB}[1]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \fi % -- packages with special names (#1=real name, #2=sort) \newcommand{\packa}[2]{\protect\textsf{#1}\ipacka{#1}{#2}} \newcommand{\upacka}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} \newcommand{\ipacka}[2]{\ipackaA{#1}{#2}\ipackaB{#1}{#2}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ipackaA}[2]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ipackaB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \fi % -- classes \newcommand{\class}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\iclass{#1}} \newcommand{\uclass}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} \newcommand{\iclass}[1]{\iclassA{#1}\iclassB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iclassA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iclassB}[1]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \fi % -- scripts \newcommand{\scrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iscrp{#1}} \newcommand{\uscrp}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\iscrp}[1]{\iscrpA{#1}\iscrpB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iscrpA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (script)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iscrpB}[1]{\index{Scripts=\protect\leavevmode Scripts\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi % -- tools \newcommand{\tool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}\itool{#1}} \newcommand{\utool}[1]{\protect\textsf{#1}} \newcommand{\itool}[1]{\itoolA{#1}\itoolB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} +\newcommand{\itoolA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\itoolB}[1]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}}} \fi % -- examples \newcommand{\exam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\iexam{#1}} \newcommand{\uexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\iexam}[1]{\iexamA{#1}\iexamB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (example document)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(example document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Examples=\protect\leavevmode Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (exemple de document)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iexamB}[1]{\index{Exemples=\protect\leavevmode Exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi % -- old examples \newcommand{\oexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ioexam{#1}} \newcommand{\uoexam}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\ioexam}[1]{\ioexamA{#1}\ioexamB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (old example document)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(old example document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Old Examples=\protect\leavevmode Old Examples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (ancien exemple de document)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioexamA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(ancien exemple de document)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioexamB}[1]{\index{Anciens exemples=\protect\leavevmode Anciens exemples\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi % -- features \newcommand{\feat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ifeat{#1}} \newcommand{\ufeat}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\ifeat}[1]{\ifeatA{#1}\ifeatB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (feature)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Features=\protect\leavevmode Features\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ifeatA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (dispositif)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ifeatB}[1]{\index{Dispositifs=\protect\leavevmode Dispositifs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- extensions/suffixes @@ -232,11 +276,11 @@ \newcommand{\usuffix}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\isuffix}[1]{\isuffixA{#1}\isuffixB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (extension)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Extensions=\protect\leavevmode Extensions\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\isuffixA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (suffixe)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\isuffixB}[1]{\index{Suffixes=\protect\leavevmode Suffixes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- options (minitoc) @@ -246,15 +290,15 @@ \newcommand{\iopt}[1]{\ioptA{#1}\ioptB{#1}} \newcommand{\ioptd}[1]{\ioptdA{#1}\ioptdB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} +\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (option par défaut)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}} +\newcommand{\ioptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (option)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ioptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option par défaut)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptdB}[1]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- options (other packages) @@ -264,11 +308,11 @@ \newcommand{\uoptp}[2]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\ioptp}[2]{\ioptpA{#1}{#2}\ioptpB{#1}{#2}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option of \protect\textsf{#2})\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} +\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(\protect\textsf{#2} package)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option de \protect\textsf{#2})\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} +\newcommand{\ioptpA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(paquetage \protect\textsf{#2})}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ioptpB}[2]{\index{Options=\protect\leavevmode Options\hfil\null>#1#2=\protect\texttt{#1}~\textsf{(#2)}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- language options @@ -278,32 +322,32 @@ \newcommand{\ilopt}[1]{\iloptA{#1}\iloptB{#1}} \newcommand{\iloptd}[1]{\iloptdA{#1}\iloptdB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (language option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default language option)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} +\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(language option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(default language option)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Language options=\protect\leavevmode Language options\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (default)}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (option de langue)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} -\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (option de langue par défaut)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}} +\newcommand{\iloptA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(option de langue)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\iloptdA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} \hbox{(option de langue par défaut)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\iloptdB}[1]{\index{Options de langue=\protect\leavevmode Options de langue\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bfseries #1} (défaut)}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- names \ifcase\LANG\relax \newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} \newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} \or\relax \newcommand{\oinameA}[2]{\relax} \newcommand{\oinameB}[2]{\relax} -\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} -\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameA}[2]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameaA}[3]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\inameB}[2]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} +\newcommand{\inameaB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- authors names in bib @@ -313,61 +357,61 @@ \newcommand\sksep{\ensuremath{\hookrightarrow}}% % put before the bib. refs in the index \ifcase\LANG\relax \newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} -\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} -\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{People=\protect\leavevmode People\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} \or\relax \newcommand{\skname}[2]{\sksep\protect\cite{#1}} -\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} -\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameA}[3]{\index{#2 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaA}[4]{\index{#3 #1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}\hfil\null|skname{#4}}} +\newcommand{\bnameB}[3]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#2 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bnameaB}[4]{\index{Personnes=\protect\leavevmode Personnes\hfil\null>#3 #1=\protect\mbox{\protect\textsc{#2}}, \protect\mbox{\protect\textrm{#1}}|skname{#4}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- tool names in bib \newcommand{\btool}[2]{\btoolA{#1}{#2}\btoolB{#1}{#2}} \newcommand{\btoola}[3]{\btoolaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\btoolaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (tool)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Tools=\protect\leavevmode Tools\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolB}[2]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (outil)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\btoolaB}[3]{\index{Outils=\protect\leavevmode Outils\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- pack names in bib \newcommand{\bpack}[2]{\bpackA{#1}{#2}\bpackB{#1}{#2}} \newcommand{\bpacka}[3]{\bpackaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bpackaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (package)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Packages=\protect\leavevmode Packages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackB}[2]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (paquetage)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bpackaB}[3]{\index{Paquetages=\protect\leavevmode Paquetages\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- class names in bib -- nom, [ nom-tri ], clé-bib \newcommand{\bclass}[2]{\bclassA{#1}{#2}\bclassB{#1}{#2}} \newcommand{\bclassa}[3]{\bclassaA{#1}{#2}{#3}\bclassaB{#1}{#2}{#3}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (class)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} -\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassA}[2]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassB}[2]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#2}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaA}[3]{\index{#2=\protect\leavevmode \protect\textsf{#1} (classe)\hfil\null|skname{#3}}} +\newcommand{\bclassaB}[3]{\index{Classes=\protect\leavevmode Classes\hfil\null>#2=\protect\textsf{#1}|skname{#3}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- environments @@ -375,11 +419,11 @@ \newcommand{\uenv}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\ienv}[1]{\ienvA{#1}\ienvB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environment)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environments=\protect\leavevmode Environments>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ienvA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (environnement)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ienvB}[1]{\index{Environnements=\protect\leavevmode Environnements>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- files @@ -387,26 +431,40 @@ \newcommand{\uxfile}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\ixfile}[1]{\ixfileA{#1}\ixfileB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (file)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Files=\protect\leavevmode Files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\ixfileA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (fichier)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixfileB}[1]{\index{Fichiers=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\fi +%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% -- graphic files +\newcommand{\xgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\ixgrf{#1}} +\newcommand{\uxgrf}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} +\newcommand{\ixgrf}[1]{\ixgrfA{#1}\ixgrfB{#1}} +\ifcase\LANG\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(graphic file)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Graphic files=\protect\leavevmode Graphic files\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\or\relax +\newcommand{\ixgrfA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(fichier graphique)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\ixgrfB}[1]{\index{Fichiers graphiques=\protect\leavevmode Fichiers graphiques\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- .mld /mlo couples \newcommand{\xmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} +\newcommand{\ixmldo}[1]{\ixfile{#1.mld}\ixfile{#1.mlo}} +\newcommand{\uxmldo}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1.ml[d{\BAR}o]}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- depth counters \newcommand{\dcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}\idcnt{#1}} \newcommand{\udcnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\idcnt}[1]{\idcntA{#1}\idcntB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (depth counter)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(depth counter)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Depth counters=\protect\leavevmode Depth counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (compteur de profondeur)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\idcntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} \hbox{(compteur de profondeur)}\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\idcntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs de profondeur=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs de profondeur\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- counters @@ -414,11 +472,11 @@ \newcommand{\ucnt}[1]{\protect\texttt{#1}} \newcommand{\icnt}[1]{\icntA{#1}\icntB{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (counter)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Counters=\protect\leavevmode Counters\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\icntA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (compteur)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icntB}[1]{\index{Compteurs=\protect\leavevmode Compteurs\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -431,11 +489,11 @@ \newcommand{\fkcom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[fake]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{fake#1}} \newcommand{\ncom}[1]{\protect\texttt{\bs[no]#1}\icom{#1}\icom{no#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} +\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (command)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commands=\protect\leavevmode Commands\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} +\newcommand{\icomA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{\bs #1} (commande)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\icomB}[1]{\index{Commandes=\protect\leavevmode Commandes\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{\bs #1}}} \fi %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % -- messages @@ -444,7 +502,7 @@ % \let\Buttonbox\Ovalbox % to be changed easily \def\Buttonbox#1{\fbox{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily % \def\Buttonbox#1{\keystroke{\mbox{#1}}} % to be changed easily -\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\footnotesize +\newcommand{\lmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\footnotesize \hyperlink{#1}{\Buttonbox{\texttt{#1}}}} \newcommand{\phmess}{\footnotesize \item[]{\textcolor{white}{\Buttonbox{\phantom{\texttt{M0000}}}}}} @@ -457,11 +515,11 @@ \newcommand{\imess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\RMP{#1}} \newcommand{\jmess}[1]{\imessA{#1}\imessB{#1}\NMP{#1}} \ifcase\LANG\relax -\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \or\relax -\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} -\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} +\newcommand{\imessA}[1]{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode \protect\texttt{#1} (message)\hfil\null}} +\newcommand{\imessB}[1]{\index{Messages=\protect\leavevmode Messages\hfil\null>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}} \fi \newcommand{\HPH}{\footnotesize\hphantom{\fbox{\texttt{M0000}}}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -809,6 +867,11 @@ % \usepackage[french]{keystroke} % ERRORS \fi % +%%%% FANCYHDR +% \usepackage{fancyhdr} +%%%% FANCYHDR +\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% + \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} \providecommand{\hyperlink}[2]{\empty} \providecommand{\hypertarget}[2]{\empty} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% @@ -865,15 +928,15 @@ %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % NEW ENV \makeatletter - \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% - \index{\Envsname=\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% + \def\SpecialMainEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% + \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% } % \def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{\@bsphack {\let\special@index\index\SpecialIndex@{#1}{\encapchar \string\usage}}% \@esphack} - \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% - \index{\Envsname=\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% + \def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\index{#1=\protect\leavevmode\protect\texttt{#1} (\envname)\hfil\null}% + \index{\Envsname=\protect\leavevmode\Envsname>#1=\protect\texttt{#1}}% } % %\@ifundefined{main}{\def\main#1{\underline{#1}}}{} % %\@ifundefined{usage}{\def\usage#1{\textit{#1}}}{} @@ -936,10 +999,10 @@ \DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FZ}{\texttt{O}~et~\texttt{o} sont la lettre~\texttt{O}, \texttt{0}~est le chiffre zéro.} \fi \ifcase\LANG\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken is some parts of the south +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Spoken in Acadia (see figure~\vref{f+acadien}) and some parts of the south of the USA, like Louisiane.} \or\relax -\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlée dans certaines parties du +\DeclareFixedFootnote*{\FAC}{Parlée en Acadie (voir la figure~\vref{f+acadien}) et dans certaines parties du sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.} \fi \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -950,9 +1013,7 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.} \upack{Farsi\TeX} Project Group. Voir le site de \upack{Farsi\TeX} à~\url{http://www.farsitex.org}}\fron \fi \ifx\KOMAScript\undefined% - \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em - O\kern.05em% - M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}} + \DeclareRobustCommand{\KOMAScript}{\textsf{K\kern.05em O\kern.05em M\kern.05em A\kern.1em-\kern.1em Script}} \fi \ifx\PLaTeX\undefined \makeatletter @@ -1039,6 +1100,22 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.} \raggedbottom \addtolength{\marginparsep}{.5em}%ESSAI \setlength{\marginparpush}{1.0ex}% +% % FANCYHDR +% \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% +% \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} +% \pagestyle{fancy} +% \fancyhf{} % RAZ +% %\newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\marginparwidth}\addtolength{\fancyoff}{\marginparsep} +% \newlength{\fancyoff}\setlength{\fancyoff}{\leftmargin} +% \fancyheadoffset[RO,LE]{\fancyoff} +% \fancyhead[RO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} +% \fancyhead[RE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\thepage} +% \fancyhead[LO]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} +% \fancyhead[LE]{\large\bfseries\upshape\leftmark} +% \renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0.4pt} +% \renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt} +% \addtolength{\headheight}{2pt} +% % FANCYHDR \ifcase\LANG\relax \let\fron\relax \let\froff\relax @@ -1069,8 +1146,8 @@ sud des États-Unis, comme la Louisiane.} %% small in index \let\svtheindex\theindex %% preface of index - \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight} - \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt} + \setlength{\IndexMin}{.95\textheight}% + \addtolength{\IndexMin}{-5pt}% \ifcase\LANG\relax \long\def\Indexhead{In this index, italic style numbers (\textit{123}) are page numbers, normal roman numbers (123) are code line @@ -1079,7 +1156,8 @@ colored numbers in square brackets, like this:~{\sksep}\cite{minitoc}, are bibli sorted and compressed. The names of commands, environments, files, suffixes, options, features, messages identifiers\,\footnote{The -messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages, are in \texttt{typewriter} font +messages identifiers appear in the right margin of the text, near the points of usage.}, and languages, +are in \texttt{typewriter} font (\textbf{\texttt{bold}} for default options or the default language). The names of tools, packages and classes are in \textsf{sans serif} font. The people names are in \textrm{roman} for the first names, in \textsc{Small Caps} for the family names, @@ -1087,6 +1165,8 @@ separated by a comma, the family name first\,\footnote{For some oriental names (like japanese, korean, vietnamese or indian names), it is sometimes difficult to know which is the first or the last name.}, like in ``\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie'' in the index.% + +Some commands (like the internal names of language specific letters) are not indexed. % % \noindent % \incrementmtc @@ -1104,23 +1184,27 @@ les nombres colorés entre crochets carrés, comme ceci:~{\sksep}\cite{fminitoc}, Les noms des commandes, environnements, fichiers, suffixes, options, dispositifs, identificateurs de messages\,\footnote{Les identificateurs de messages apparaissent dans la marge droite du texte, près des points d'utilisation.} et -langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine à~écrire} (en \textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par défaut). +langues sont en fonte de \texttt{machine à~écrire} (\textbf{\texttt{grasse}} pour les options et la langue par défaut). Les noms des outils, des paquetages et des classes sont en fonte \textsf{sans empattement}. -Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prénoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales} pour les noms de familles, séparés par +Les noms de personnes sont en \textrm{romain} pour les prénoms, en \textsc{Petites Capitales} +pour les noms de familles, séparés par une virgule, le nom de famille en premier\,\footnote{Pour certains noms orientaux (par exemple, japonais, coréens, vietnamiens ou indiens), il est parfois difficile de savoir quel est le prénom ou le nom de famille.}, comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% + +Certaines commandes (comme les noms internes de lettres spécifiques de certaines langues) ne sont pas indexées. \par\bigskip}% \fi \makeatletter - \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{20pt}}% + \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\hspace*{15pt}}% \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\hspace*{30pt}}% \makeatother %% \def\theindex{\svtheindex\small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}\setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}\sloppy} \makeatletter \renewenvironment{theindex}{% + \columnsep=2.5em% \def\item{\@idxitem{0}\relax}% - \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{20pt}}% + \def\subitem{\@idxitem{1}\relax\hspace*{15pt}}% \def\subsubitem{\@idxitem{2}\relax\hspace*{30pt}}% \begin{multicols}{2}[\chapter*{\indexname}\Indexhead][10\baselineskip]% \mtcaddchapter[\indexname]% @@ -1128,11 +1212,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% \small\setlength{\columnseprule}{0pt}% \setlength{\parskip}{0pt}% \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}% - \setlength{\columnsep}{45pt}% + \setlength{\columnsep}{2.5em}% \sloppy\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}\thispagestyle{plain}\pagestyle{myheadings}\def\item{\@idxitem{0}}% %% \raggedcolumns \setcounter{collectmore}{-1}% Not perfect, but acceptable. - \raggedbottom} + \raggedbottom}% {\end{multicols}} \makeatother \nonfrenchspacing @@ -1220,28 +1304,34 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\expandafter,\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet,\gdef,\global} % \DoNotIndex{\fi,\fnsymbol,\futurelet} % \DoNotIndex{\hbox,\hss,\if,\if@inlabel,\if@tempswa,\if@twocolumn} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifcase} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcase} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\iffalse,\ifx,\ignorespaces,\index,\input,\item} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifcat,\ignorespaces,\index,\item} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\leftskip,\let,\llap,\lower} -% \DoNotIndex{\leavevmode,\let,\llap,\lower} -% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing} +% \DoNotIndex{\let,\llap,\lower} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage,\nobreak,\noexpand,\nonfrenchspacing} +% \DoNotIndex{\m@ne,\next,\newpage\nonfrenchspacing} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\protect,\raggedleft,\rightskip,\rm,\sc} % \DoNotIndex{\obeylines,\or,\raggedleft,\rm,\sc} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\setcounter,\small,\space,\string,\strut} % \DoNotIndex{\setbox,\small,\space,\string,\strut} % \DoNotIndex{\strutbox} -% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} -% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\thispagestyle,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} +% \DoNotIndex{\thefootnote,\topmargin,\trivlist,\tt} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\xdef,\z@} +% \DoNotIndex{\twocolumn,\typeout,\vss,\vtop,\z@} % \DoNotIndex{\,,\@bsphack,\@esphack,\@noligs,\@vobeyspaces,\@xverbatim} -% \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\`,\catcode,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} +% \DoNotIndex{\`,\end,\escapechar,\frenchspacing,\glossary} % \DoNotIndex{\hangindent,\hfil,\hfill,\hskip,\hspace,\ht,\it,\langle} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\markboth,\mathcode} % \DoNotIndex{\leaders,\long,\makelabel,\marginpar,\reversemarginpar,\mathcode} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox,\newcount,\newdimen,\newskip} % \DoNotIndex{\mathsurround,\mbox} % \DoNotIndex{\nopagebreak} -% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\penalty,\raise,\rangle} +% \DoNotIndex{\parfillskip,\parindent,\parskip,\raise,\rangle} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\section,\setlength,\TeX,\topsep,\underline,\unskip,\verb} % \DoNotIndex{\section,\TeX,\underline,\verb} % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\vskip,\vspace,\widetilde,\\,\%,\@date,\@defpar} @@ -1259,20 +1349,231 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\discretionary,\immediate,\makeatletter,\makeatother} % \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} % ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\meaning,\newenvironment,\par,\relax,\renewenvironment} -% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined} -% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize,\selectfont,\the,\undefined} +% \DoNotIndex{\repeat,\scriptsize} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} % ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\write,\@ehc} +% \DoNotIndex{\do,\makeindex,\null,\number,\show,\@ehc} % \DoNotIndex{\@author,\@ehc,\@ifstar,\@sanitize,\@title,\everypar} -% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifeof,\ifmmode} +% \DoNotIndex{\if@minipage,\if@restonecol,\ifmmode} % \DoNotIndex{\lccode,\onecolumn,\openin,\p@,\SelfDocumenting} % ^^A % \DoNotIndex{\newtoks} % \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\@resetonecoltrue,\@resetonecolfalse,\bf} % \DoNotIndex{\clearpage,\closein,\lowercase,\@inlabelfalse} -% \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} +% ^^A \DoNotIndex{\selectfont,\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} +% \DoNotIndex{\mathcode,\newmathalphabet,\rmdefault} % \DoNotIndex{\bfdefault} % \DoNotIndex{\*} % \DoNotIndex{\ } % ^^A \DoNotIndex{\MessageBreak} +% ^^A lettres de l'hébreu +% \DoNotIndex{\alef,\ayin,\bet,\finalmem,\finalnun,\kaf,\lamed,\mem,\nun,\resh,\shin,\tav,\tet,\vav,\yod} +% ^^A lettres hebrew2 +% \DoNotIndex{\hebalef} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebayin} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebbet} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalmem} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebfinalnun} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebkaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\heblamed} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebmem} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebnun} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebresh} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebshin} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebtav} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebtet} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebvav} +% \DoNotIndex{\hebyod} +% ^^A lettres arabi +% \DoNotIndex{\T} +% \DoNotIndex{\alef} +% \DoNotIndex{\alefhamza} +% \DoNotIndex{\dal} +% \DoNotIndex{\fa} +% \DoNotIndex{\ha} +% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} +% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\lam} +% \DoNotIndex{\meem} +% \DoNotIndex{\qaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\ra} +% \DoNotIndex{\seen} +% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} +% \DoNotIndex{\waw} +% \DoNotIndex{\yahamza} +% ^^A lettres bulgares +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres du cyrillique +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRF} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrf} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrhrdsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrp} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres farsi3 +% \DoNotIndex{\alef} +% \DoNotIndex{\dal} +% \DoNotIndex{\fa} +% \DoNotIndex{\ha} +% \DoNotIndex{\jeem} +% \DoNotIndex{\kaf} +% \DoNotIndex{\lam} +% \DoNotIndex{\meem} +% \DoNotIndex{\nun} +% \DoNotIndex{\ra} +% \DoNotIndex{\seen} +% \DoNotIndex{\sheen} +% \DoNotIndex{\taa} +% \DoNotIndex{\waw} +% \DoNotIndex{\ya} +% ^^A lettres mongolb +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRA} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRG} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRH} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrch} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrerev} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrg} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyru} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyry} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres russianb +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRO} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRa} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRb} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRc} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRe} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRg} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRi} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRk} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRl} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRn} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRo} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRp} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRr} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRs} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRt} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRv} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRyu} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyro} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres serbianc +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRS} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRT} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrd} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrje} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrzh} +% ^^A lettres ukrainian +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRP} +% \DoNotIndex{\CYRZ} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyra} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrb} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrc} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyre} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyri} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrii} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrishrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrk} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrl} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrm} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrr} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrs} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrsftsn} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyrt} +% \DoNotIndex{\cyryu} % % \GetFileInfo{minitoc.dtx} % @@ -1354,18 +1655,18 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % the package; % \item the chapter ``Frequently Asked Questions'', page~\pageref{FAQ}, may help you to solve some % specific problems; -% \item the ``Memento'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a +% \item the chapter ``Memento'', page~\pageref{c+memento}, is a set of tables to be used as a % remainder of the commands of this package; -% \item the ``Examples of documents'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the +% \item the chapter ``Examples of documents'', page~\pageref{c+exdocs}, gives the code of some documents showing the % basic usage of the \upack{minitoc} package and some interesting situations; -% \item the ``Messages'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some +% \item the chapter ``Messages'', page~\pageref{c+messages}, is certainly boring, but it should be searched if you get some % warning or error messages from the \upack{minitoc} package, because it explains them and also the informative % messages (table~\vref{t+allmess} will help you to find the meaning of a message); -% \item the ``Jargon'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain +% \item the chapter ``Jargon'', page~\pageref{c+jargon}, attemps to explain % most of the technical terms used here; -% \item the ``Installation'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes +% \item the chapter ``Installation'', page~\pageref{c+installation}, describes % all the files included in the distribution of the package; -% \item the ``Postface'' chapter, page~\pageref{c+postface}, +% \item the chapter ``Postface'', page~\pageref{c+postface}, % gives an abbreviated history of the package. % \end{itemize} % \item The second part, ``Implementation'', page~\pageref{p+ID}, is much more technical; you can read it if you are @@ -1373,7 +1674,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % The chapter ``Language definition (\suffix{.mld}) and object % (\suffix{.mlo}) files'', page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, may be useful if you are interested by some language. % \item The third part, ``Complements'', page~\pageref{p+complements}, contains a bibliography, a detailed history of -% the package, and an index. +% the package, a list of acknowlegments, and an index. % \end{itemize} % % \bigskip @@ -1390,19 +1691,21 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % ^^A \item for each part, a list of figures (\com{partlof}) and a list of tables (\com{partlot}) when useful; % \item for each chapter, a complete table of contents (\com{minitoc} with \dcnt{minitocdepth} equal to~6); % \item for each chapter, a list of figures (\com{minilof}) and a list of tables (\com{minilot}) when useful; -% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks, -% these mini-tables should help you to navigate in the document; +% \item customized parameters for the layout of the mini-tables; as the PDF version of the documentation uses hyperlinks +% (with the help of the \pack{hyperref} package~\cite{hyperref.web}), +% these mini-tables should help you to navigate within the document; % \item some hyperlinks, placed in the right margin, contain a message identifier; the link points to the description -% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one~$\longrightarrow$\imess{I0001} +% of the message in the ``Messages'' chapter; try this one:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} % \item the \pack{calc} package~\cite{calc} to make some computations with comfort; % \ifBT\relax % \item the \pack{booktabs} package~\cite{booktabs} to format the tables; % \else\fi -% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code. +% \item the \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} and \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} packages to document the code; +% \item many other packages to improve the presentation of the documentation. % \end{itemize} % \or\relax % \chapter*{À~propos de ce document\markboth{À~propos de ce document}{À~propos de ce document}} -% \markboth{About this document}{About this document} +% \markboth{À~propos de ce document}{À~propos de ce document} % \mtcaddchapter[À~propos de ce document] % Ce document est assez épais, mais s'il vous plaît, n'en soyez pas effrayés: vous n'avez pas besoin de lire toutes % les pages. @@ -1432,7 +1735,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % Le chapitre «~Fichiers de définition (\suffix{.mld}) et objets (\suffix{.mlo}) de langue~», % page~\pageref{c+code+mld.files}, peut être utile si vous êtes intéressés par une certaine langue. % \item La troisième partie, «~Compléments~», page~\pageref{p+complements}, contient une bibliographie, un historique -% détaillé du paquetage, et un index. +% détaillé du paquetage, une liste des remerciements et un index. % \end{itemize} % % \bigskip @@ -1453,14 +1756,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item pour chaque chapitre, une liste des figures (\com{minilof}) et une liste des tableaux (\com{minilot}) % lorsque c'est utile; % \item des paramètres adaptés pour la mise en page mini-tables; comme la version PDF de la documentation utilise -% des hyperliens, ces mini-tables devraient vous aider à~vous déplacer dans le document. +% des hyperliens, (à~l'aide du paquetage \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}), ces mini-tables devraient +% vous aider à~vous déplacer dans le document; % \item quelques hyperliens, placés dans la marge de droite, contiennent un identificateur de message; le lien -% renvoie à~la description du message dans le chapitre «~Messages~»; essayez celui-ci~$\longrightarrow$\imess{I0001} +% renvoie à~la description du message dans le chapitre «~Messages~»; +% essayez celui-ci:~\rightarrowfill\null\imess{I0001} % \item le paquetage \pack{calc}~\cite{calc} pour faire certains calculs plus confortablement; % \ifBT\relax % \item le paquetage \pack{booktabs}~\cite{booktabs} pour formater les tableaux; % \else\fi -% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code. +% \item les paquetages \pack{doc}~\cite{doc} et \pack{docstrip}~\cite{docstrip} pour documenter le code; +% \item de nombreux autres paquetages pour améliorer la présentation de la documentation. % \end{itemize} % \fi % @@ -1581,11 +1887,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \subsection{Version} -% The current version of this package is~\#55. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface'' +% The current version of this package is~\#56. You will find a resumed history of the package in the ``Postface'' % chapter (chapter~\vref{c+postface}) and a more detailed history in ``Changes History'', page~\pageref{c+history}. % \or\relax % \subsection{Version} -% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#55. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le +% La version courante de ce paquetage est~\#56. Vous trouverez un historique résumé de ce paquetage dans le % chapitre «~Postface~» (chapitre~\vref{c+postface}) et un historique plus détaillé dans «~Historique des % modifications~», page~\pageref{c+history}. % \fi @@ -1604,7 +1910,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % version 2003/12/01 or later. % % But please don't bother me about hacked versions; they will not be supported. -% However, suggestions for corrections and improvements are welcome. +% However, suggestions for corrections and reasoned improvements are welcome. % \or\relax % \section{Licence} % Ce paquetage doit être distribué et/ou peut être modifié sous les conditions de la @@ -1617,7 +1923,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % ultérieure. % % Mais, s'il vous plaît, ne me parlez pas de versions bricolées; elles ne seront pas maintenues. -% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'améliorations sont les bienvenues. +% Cependant, les suggestions de corrections et d'améliorations raisonnables sont les bienvenues. % \fi % % \lneed{8} @@ -1645,15 +1951,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ifcase\LANG\relax % in the preamble of the document\,\footnote{This command must % be placed \emph{after} any modification done on the sectionning -% commands; if you modify sectionning commands after loading the +% commands; if you modify some sectionning commands after loading the % \upack{minitoc} package, this one might not work properly.}. % The mini-table of contents will be in the chapter, % after the \com{chapter} command, at the point of the \com{minitoc} % command. The \com{minitoc} command may occur \emph{almost anywhere}\,\footnote{``Almost anywhere'' means % ``in a normal place'', like between two paragraphs of normal text, or in a (wide enough) minipage, but not in a % too strange position (like a marginal note or a footnote). Even a multicolumn or a floating environment can be -% used, but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you ask for details -% with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} inside a chapter. +% used, but with care. But note that a minitoc can be rather long, if the chapter is complex and if you are asking +% for details with a high value for \dcnt{minitocdepth}.} inside a chapter. % % \lneed{5} % Of course, it is better @@ -1836,14 +2142,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % The commands \com{dosecttoc}, \com{dosectlof}, and \com{dosectlot} (for mini-tables at the section level) % and \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, and \com{dopartlot} (for mini-tables at the part level) are analog. % -% The \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available +% The\virage{} \com{mtcprepare} command invokes (and replaces) all these preparation commands when they are available % with the document class and if the adequate contents file exists. -% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title for \virage\emph{all} the mini-tables. +% This command accepts also an optional argument to set the default position of the title +% for \emph{all} the mini-tables. +% +% All\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} the preparation commands are \emph{ignored} if the \com{nofiles} command is invoked +% in the preamble, to avoid to overwrite the mini-table auxiliary files. % % \begin{SMOOTH} -% ^^A \null\virage\hfill\null\\*[-1.7\baselineskip] -% To obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must -% \virage\emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures}, +% To\virage{} obtain a satisfactory result (i.e.,~non empty), please note that all these commands must +% \emph{imperatively be put before} any command analog to the \com{tableofcontents}, \com{listoffigures}, % and \com{listoftables} commands, or their \verb|\fake...| siblings. % % It\virage{} is also \emph{strongly} recommended to put these commands \emph{before} any sectionning command producing an @@ -1857,15 +2166,17 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % et \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof} et \com{dopartlot} (pour les mini-tables au niveau partie) sont % analogues. % -% La commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de préparation lorsqu'elles sont +% La\virage{} commande \com{mtcprepare} invoque (et remplace) toutes ces commandes de préparation lorsqu'elles sont % disponibles pour la classe du document et si le fichier de contenu adéquat existe. % Cette commande accepte aussi un argument optionnel pour établir la position par défaut du titre -% pour \virage\emph{toutes} les mini-tables. +% pour \emph{toutes} les mini-tables. +% +% Toutes\SMMZ{\lmess{W0098}}\label{x+W0098} les commandes de préparation sont \emph{ignorées} si +% la commande \com{nofiles} est invoquée dans le préambule, pour éviter d'écraser les fichiers auxiliaires des mini-tables. % % \begin{SMOOTH} -% ^^A \null\virage\hfill\null\\*[-1.7\baselineskip] -% Pour obtenir un résultat satisfaisant (c'est-à-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent -% \virage\emph{impérativement être placées avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents}, +% Pour\virage{} obtenir un résultat satisfaisant (c'est-à-dire, non vide), veuillez noter que toutes ces commandes doivent +% \emph{impérativement être placées avant} toute commande analogue aux commandes \com{tableofcontents}, % \com{listoffigures} et \com{listoftables}, ou leurs cousines \verb|\fake...|! % % Il\virage{} est aussi \emph{fortement} recommandé de placer ces commandes \emph{avant} toute commande de @@ -3103,7 +3414,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ifBT % \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} % \toprule -% Level&Font&default setting\\ +% Level&Font&Default setting\\ % \midrule % \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ % \Strut @@ -3168,7 +3479,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \else % \begin{tabular}{@{}lll@{}} % \thickline -% Level&Font&default setting\\ +% Level&Font&Default setting\\ % \hline % \multicolumn{3}{@{}l@{}}{\Strutt For the \com{parttoc} entries:}\\ % \Strut @@ -3394,6 +3705,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{meyalu}% % \ilopt{bangla}% % \ilopt{basque}% +% \ilopt{bengali}% % \ilopt{bicig}% % \ilopt{uighur}% % \ilopt{bicig2}% @@ -3497,10 +3809,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{hungarian}% % \ilopt{magyar2}% % \ilopt{magyar3}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% % \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% % \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% % \ilopt{mongol}% % \ilopt{mongolb}% % \ilopt{mongolian}% @@ -3543,6 +3859,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{spanish2}% % \ilopt{spanish3}% % \ilopt{spanish4}% +% \ilopt{swahili}% % \ilopt{swedish}% % \ilopt{swedish2}% % \ilopt{thai}% @@ -3561,8 +3878,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \centering % \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small % \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing -% \begin{multicols}{5} -% \begin{enumerate} +% \begin{multicols}{4} +% \begin{itemize} +% ^^A \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-1em +% ^^A \def\labelitemi{--} % \item afrikaan (afrikaans) % \item albanian % \item arab (arabic)\,$^{c}$ @@ -3571,7 +3890,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item armenian\,$^c$ % \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ % \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ -% \item bangla\,$^c$ +% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ % \item basque % \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ % \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ @@ -3650,10 +3969,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item magyar (hungarian) % \item magyar2 % \item magyar3 +% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ % \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ % \item mongol\,$^c$ % \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ % \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) @@ -3690,6 +4013,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item spanish2 % \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ % \item spanish4 +% \item swahili % \item swedish % \item swedish2 % \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ @@ -3701,7 +4025,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ % \item xalx2\,$^c$ % \item xalx3\,$^c$ -% \end{enumerate} +% \end{itemize} % \end{multicols} % \hrule % \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize @@ -3754,6 +4078,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{meyalu}% % \ilopt{bangla}% % \ilopt{basque}% +% \ilopt{bengali}% % \ilopt{bicig}% % \ilopt{uighur}% % \ilopt{bicig2}% @@ -3857,10 +4182,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{hungarian}% % \ilopt{magyar2}% % \ilopt{magyar3}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-b}% % \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-mr}% % \ilopt{malayalam-omega}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-keli}% % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana}% % \ilopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +% \ilopt{malayalam-rachana3}% % \ilopt{mongol}% % \ilopt{mongolb}% % \ilopt{mongolian}% @@ -3903,6 +4233,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ilopt{spanish2}% % \ilopt{spanish3}% % \ilopt{spanish4}% +% \ilopt{swahili}% % \ilopt{swedish}% % \ilopt{swedish2}% % \ilopt{thai}% @@ -3921,8 +4252,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \centering % \hspace*{-.5\widthinc}\begin{minipage}{\textwidth+\widthinc}\raggedright\small % \selectlanguage{french} ^^A to get better spacing -% \begin{multicols}{5} -% \begin{enumerate} +% \begin{multicols}{4} +% \begin{itemize} % \item afrikaan (afrikaans) % \item albanian % \item arab (arabic)\,$^{a,c}$ @@ -3931,7 +4262,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item armenian\,$^c$ % \item bahasai (bahasa, indon, indonesian)\,$^c$ % \item bahasam (malay, meyalu)\,$^c$ -% \item bangla\,$^c$ +% \item bangla (bengali)\,$^c$ % \item basque % \item bicig (uighur)\,$^{c,i}$ % \item bicig2 (uighur2)\,$^{c,i}$ @@ -4010,10 +4341,14 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item magyar (hungarian) % \item magyar2 % \item magyar3 +% \item malayalam-b\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-keli\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-keli2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-mr\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-omega\,$^{c,e,g,h}$ % \item malayalam-rachana\,$^c$ % \item malayalam-rachana2\,$^c$ +% \item malayalam-rachana3\,$^c$ % \item mongol\,$^c$ % \item mongolb (mongolian)\,$^{c,f,h}$ % \item ngermanb (ngerman, naustrian) @@ -4050,6 +4385,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item spanish2 % \item spanish3\,$^{e,f}$ % \item spanish4 +% \item swahili % \item swedish % \item swedish2 % \item thai\,$^{c,d,f,g}$ @@ -4061,7 +4397,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \item xalx (khalkha)\,$^c$ % \item xalx2\,$^c$ % \item xalx3\,$^c$ -% \end{enumerate} +% \end{itemize} % \end{multicols} % \hrule % \begin{multicols}{2}\footnotesize @@ -4821,11 +5157,12 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{offset}\verb|}| % \end{quote} % +% \lneed{3} % For instance, % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| % \end{quote} -% will set the macro \dcnt{mtcoffset} with the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a +% will set the macro \com{mtcoffset} to the given value. This command checks that you set a offset for a % mini-table type available in your document class (and that it is possible to change its offset). % \or\relax % Pour simplifier la redéfinition des déplacements des mini-tables, vous disposez de la commande @@ -4834,11 +5171,12 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{déplacement}\verb|}| % \end{quote} % +% \lneed{3} % Par exemple: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcsetoffset}\verb|{minitoc}{-4em}| % \end{quote} -% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset}~la valeur donnée. Cette commande vérifie que vous forcez un déplacement +% forcera la macro \com{mtcoffset} à~la valeur donnée. Cette commande vérifie que vous forcez un déplacement % pour un type de mini-table disponible dans votre classe de document (et qu'il est possible de changer son % déplacement). % \fi @@ -4863,7 +5201,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % some were adapted, others were made available by gentle users % or taken from specific packages, like \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, % \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, -% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla)~\cite{bangtex}, +% \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} (armenian)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex}, % \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (spanish)~\cite{spanish4}. % \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} for \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, % \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, @@ -4879,15 +5217,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % need \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), i.e.,~the Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) version of \LaTeX, (see~\cite{antomega}), % or even found by searching on the Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} for upper cyrillic bulgarian, % \xfile{japanese.mld} for japanese, \xfile{serbianc.mld} for cyrillic serbian). -% Other languages are welcome. See table~\vref{t+languages}. +% Other languages are welcome\,\footnote{I~am searching for the titles in corsican and in occitan, in +% particular.}. See table~\vref{t+languages}. % \or\relax % \subsection{Langues pour les titres}\label{fo+lang} % La plupart des chaînes définies dans les fichiers de définition de langue (\suffix{.mld}) ont été prises % dans le superbe paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, certaines ont été adaptées, % d'autres ont été mises à~disposition par d'aimables utilisateurs ou prises dans des paquetages spécifiques, tels % que \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex}, \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} -% (arménien)~\cite{armtex}, -% \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla)~\cite{bangtex}, +% (arménien)~\cite{armtex}, \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} (bangla, bengali)~\cite{bangtex}, % \packa{Cervan\TeX}{CervanTeX} (espagnol)~\cite{spanish4}. % \devnag\ipacka{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} pour \TeX~\cite{devanagari}, % \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop}, \pack{guarani}~\cite{guarani}, \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} and @@ -4903,7 +5241,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % de \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$), c'est-à-dire de la version de \LaTeX\ pour Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$), % (voir~\cite{antomega}), --- ou ont même été trouvées en % cherchant sur le Web (\xfile{bulgarianb.mld} pour le haut bulgare cyrillique, \xfile{japanese.mld} pour le -% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues. +% japonais, \xfile{serbianc.mld} pour le serbe cyrillique). D'autres langues sont les bienvenues\,\footnote{Je recherche +% notamment les titres pour le corse (\emph{corsican}) et l'occitan.}. % Voir le tableau~\vref{t+languages}. % \fi % @@ -5072,7 +5411,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \begin{macro}{\mtcsetformat} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % As these commands are internal (their names contain the ``\texttt{@}'' character) and must have a local effect only -% on specific mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command: +% on the specified kinds of mini-tables, you should alter them indirectly via the \com{mtcsetformat} command: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{parameter}\verb|}{|\emph{value}\verb|}| % \end{quote} @@ -5084,10 +5423,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| % \end{quote} % will set the right margin to \texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} in the lists of tables at the part level. The elasticity -% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long. +% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) is useful if the table captions are long (it prevents most hyphenations). % \or\relax % Puisque ces commandes sont internes (leurs noms contiennent le caractère «~\texttt{@}~») et doivent avoir un -% effet local seulement sur des mini-tables spécifiques, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande +% effet local seulement sur les types spécifiés de mini-tables, vous devriez les modifier indirectement via la commande % \com{mtcsetformat}: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{|\emph{mini-table}\verb|}{|\emph{paramètre}\verb|}{|\emph{valeur}\verb|}| @@ -5100,7 +5439,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcsetformat}\verb|{partlof}{tocrightmargin}{2.55em plus 1fil}| % \end{quote} % établira la marge de droite à~\texttt{2.55em~plus~1fil} dans la liste des tableaux au niveau partie. L'élasticité -% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs. +% (\texttt{plus~1fil}) est utile si les captions des tableaux sont longs (elle évite bien des coupures de mots). % \fi % \end{macro} % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -5881,13 +6220,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % objects like the Table of Contents itself, the List of % Figures, the List of Tables, the Bibliography or the Index, % you should use the \pack{tocbibind} package~\cite{tocbibind} by \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} -% (this package is available from the CTAN archives). +% (package available from the CTAN archives). % \or\relax % Si\SMMZ{\lmess{I0046}} vous souhaitez ajouter des entrées dans la table des matières pour des objets tels que la table de % matières elle-même, la liste des figures, la liste de tableaux, la bibliographie ou l'index, vous devriez -% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (ce -\makeatletter -% paquetage est disponible sur les archives CTAN). +% utiliser le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}~\cite{tocbibind} de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson} (paquetage disponible sur les archives CTAN). % \fi % % \lneed{5} @@ -5961,7 +6298,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcaddchapter} % \end{quote} % \lneed{3} -% But this can be done by: +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} this can be done by: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ % \end{quote} @@ -5969,8 +6306,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else % the \texttt{section} level. % If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and, -% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument. +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. % \or\relax % Pour le glossaire, c'est un peu plus compliqué; % vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printglossary}: @@ -5980,15 +6317,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcaddchapter} % \end{quote} % \lneed{3} -% Mais ceci peut être remplacé par: +% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0001}\\\lmess{W0006}\\\lmess{E0001}\\\lmess{E0026}} ceci peut être remplacé par: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcfixglossary}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ % \end{quote} % où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée du glossaire dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si % \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. % Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est -% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si -% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel. +% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \emph{devez} de vérifier le résultat et, si +% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. % \fi % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -6009,7 +6346,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcaddchapter} % \end{quote} % \lneed{3} -% But this can be done by: +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} this can be done by: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ % \end{quote} @@ -6017,8 +6354,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else % the \texttt{section} level. % If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and, -% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument. +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. % \or\relax % Pour l'index, c'est comme pour le glossaire: % vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printindex}: @@ -6028,15 +6365,15 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcaddchapter} % \end{quote} % \lneed{3} -% Mais ceci peut être remplacé par: +% Mais\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0002}\\\lmess{W0007}\\\lmess{E0002}\\\lmess{E0027}} ceci peut être remplacé par: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcfixindex}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ % \end{quote} % où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée d'index dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si % \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. % Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est -% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si -% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel. +% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \emph{devez} vérifier le résultat et, si +% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. % \fi % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -6049,7 +6386,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} % \begin{macro}{\mtcfixnomenclature} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}.}, +% For the nomenclature\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or the \pack{nomentbl} +% package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} calls \pack{nomencl}).}, % it is like for the glossary, you should add the % following commands just after the \com{printnomenclature} command: % \begin{quote} @@ -6058,7 +6396,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \com{mtcaddchapter} % \end{quote} % \lneed{3} -% But this can be done by: +% But\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{W0096}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{E0040}} this can be done by: % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcfixnomenclature}\verb+[chapter|section|part]+ % \end{quote} @@ -6066,10 +6404,11 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % By default, if \com{chapter} is defined, the \texttt{chapter} level is used, else % the \texttt{section} level. % If neither \com{chapter} or \com{section} are defined, the \texttt{part} level will be used if \com{part} is -% defined; else an error is reported. It is \virage\emph{recommended} that you check the result and, -% if necessary, you adjust the optional argument. +% defined; else an error is reported. You \emph{must} check the result and, +% if necessary, adjust the optional argument. % \or\relax -% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}.}, c'est comme pour le glossaire: +% Pour la nomenclature\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le paquetage +% \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomentbl} appelle \pack{nomencl}).}, c'est comme pour le glossaire, % vous devriez ajouter les commandes suivantes juste après la commande \com{printnomenclature}: % \begin{quote} % \com{addcontentsline}\verb|{lof}{xchapter}{}|\\ @@ -6084,8 +6423,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % où l'argument optionnel est le niveau de l'entrée de la nomenclature dans la table des matières. Par défaut, si % \com{chapter} est définie, le niveau \texttt{chapter} est utilisé, sinon le niveau \texttt{section}. % Si ni \com{chapter} ni \com{section} ne sont définies, le niveau \texttt{part} sera utilisé si \com{part} est -% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Il est \virage\emph{recommandé} que vous vérifiez le résultat et, si -% nécessaire, que vous ajustiez l'argument optionnel. +% définie; sinon une erreur est signalée. Vous \virage\emph{devez} vérifier le résultat et, si +% nécessaire, ajuster l'argument optionnel. % \fi % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -6130,7 +6469,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \ifcase\LANG\relax % This option loads the \pack{notoccite} package~\cite{notoccite} (by \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). % It avoids problems with \com{cite} commands in -% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \index{unsrt}\texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a +% sectionning commands or captions: if you then run \BibTeX{} using the \texttt{unsrt} (unsorted) style, or a % similar style, these citations get numbered starting % from the page in the table of contents where is the parasite citation, not the number they should have in the main text. % The \pack{notoccite} package prevents this. As \upack{minitoc} prints TOCs, it is subject to the same problem. @@ -6138,7 +6477,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \or\relax % Cette option charge le paquetage \pack{notoccite}~\cite{notoccite} (de \name{Donald}{Arseneau}). % Elle évite des problèmes avec des commandes \com{cite} situées dans des commandes de sectionnement ou des -% captions: si vous exécutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \index{unsrt}\texttt{unsrt} (non trié), ou un +% captions: si vous exécutez alors \BibTeX{} en utilisant le style \texttt{unsrt} (non trié), ou un % style similaire, ces citations seront numérotées en commençant à~la page de la table des matières où se trouve la % citation parasite, et non avec le numéro qu'elles auraient dans le texte principal. Le paquetage % \pack{notoccite} évite ceci. Comme \upack{minitoc} imprime des tables des matières, il est sujet au même @@ -6276,7 +6615,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \lneed{7} % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}} +% Presence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} % of the following packages or classes, which, unfortunately, are \emph{incompatible} % with the \upack{minitoc} package: % \class{amsart} (class), @@ -6288,7 +6627,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % completely alien to the standard \LaTeX\ way; hence \upack{minitoc} and \upack{titlesec}-\upack{titletoc} are % fundamentaly \emph{incompatible}, and it is very sad.}. % \or\relax -% Présence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}} +% Présence\SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{W0025}\\\lmess{W0097}\\\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0040}\\\lmess{W0099}} % des paquetages ou classes suivants, qui, malheureusement, sont \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage % \upack{minitoc}: % \class{amsart} (classe), @@ -6700,7 +7039,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \suffix{.lof}, and \suffix{.lot} files from \upack{minitoc} specific % commands which are now spurious. % \or\relax -% Si un document a été préparé avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc} package, il contient de nombreuses commandes +% Si un document a été préparé avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, il contient de nombreuses commandes % spécifiques de \upack{minitoc}, dont la plupart sont des commandes \com{dominitoc}, \com{faketableofcontents} et % \com{minitoc} (et leurs équivalentes pour les listes de figures et de tableaux). % Si vous souhaitez composer ce document sans aucune mini-table, il vous suffit de remplacer le paquetage @@ -6713,6 +7052,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \fi % \end{SMOOTH} % +% \cleardoublepage % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \chapter{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{FAQ} % \or\relax @@ -6741,8 +7081,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \fi % \ifcase\LANG\relax % Here is a list of problems and frequently asked questions about -% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~55, please -% upgrade to version~\#55. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file, +% the \upack{minitoc.sty} package. If the version has a number less than~56, please +% upgrade to version~\#56. This list is also given in the \xfile{minitoc.bug} file, % in pure text form. The numbering of this list is done by date of the first occurrence of the question. % % If a problem arises, it is often wise to: a)~use the \optd{hints} option (see section~\vref{s+hints}), @@ -6750,13 +7090,13 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % messages. If you do not find a solution, ask a question on an adequate news group, like \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} % (in french) or \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english) preferably, groups which I try to follow, or send me a mail % in last ressort (please join a minimal but complete example~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{See also: -% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=minxampl} -% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.} -% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hint} option). +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} +% and \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices.} (or~``MCE'') +% reproducing the problem; this example should use the \opt{hints} option). % \or\relax % Voici une liste de problèmes et de questions fréquemment posées («~foire aux questions~») à~propos du paquetage -% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~55, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour -% à~la version~\#55. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous +% \upack{minitoc}. Si votre version a un numéro plus petit que~56, vous êtes priés de faire une mise à~jour +% à~la version~\#56. Cette liste est aussi donnée dans le fichier \xfile{minitoc.bug}, sous % forme de texte pur (et en anglais). La numérotation de cette liste est faite selon la date de la première occurrence % de la question. % @@ -6765,9 +7105,9 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % peut contenir des messages pertinents. Si vous ne trouvez pas de solution, posez une question sur un groupe de % discussion adéquat, tel que \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français), ou \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais) de préférence, % que j'essaye de suivre, ou envoyez moi un courrier en dernier recours (prière de joindre un exemple complet -% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=minxampl} -% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/textfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} reproduisant le problème; -% cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hint}). +% minimal~\cite{talbot-mini,preusse}\,\footnote{Voir aussi: \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} +% et \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils.} (ou «~ECM~»\/) reproduisant +% le problème; cet exemple devrait utiliser l'option \opt{hints}). % \fi % % ^^A (1) @@ -7063,7 +7403,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % ^^A And look at~``Special Entries for TOC, LOF, LOT, Bibliography and Index'', section~\vref{special.entries}. % And look at~``Special Entries in the TOC'', section~\vref{special.entries}. % -% The same remark applies to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters. +% Since version~\#23 (1994/11/08), the numbering of chapters and that of minitocs are independent, so that problem just +% vanished. +% +% The same remarks apply to the \texttt{part} and \texttt{section} counters. % \or\relax % \emph{Ne trichez pas}\virage{} avec le compteur «~\texttt{chapter}~», donc n'écrivez pas des horreurs telles que: % \begin{verse} @@ -7075,7 +7418,10 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % La version \#19 vous permet de commencer par un chapitre numéroté autrement que un. % Et regardez «~Entrées spéciales dans la TdM~», section~\vref{special.entries}. % -% La même remarque s'applique aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}. +% Depuis la version~\#23 (1994/11/08), la numérotation des chapitres et celle des minitocs sont indépendantes, +% donc ce problème a disparu. +% +% Les mêmes remarques s'appliquent aux compteurs \texttt{part} et \texttt{section}. % \fi % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -7215,7 +7561,7 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % But, since version \#35, % \upack{minitoc} is able to detect and skip empty \uxfile{*.mtc*} files % (and siblings) to avoid ugly titles with just two thin rules. -% It would not be easy to do with one big auxiliary file. +% It would not be easy to do with only one big auxiliary file. % Since version \#44, the \optd{listfiles} package option is available to create a list of these auxiliary % files; see section~\vref{s+listfiles}. % \or\relax @@ -7584,15 +7930,16 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % OR\\ % \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| % \end{quote} -% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section. +% when it is necessary to delimit the end of the preceding chapter or section\,\footnote{In fact, the commands +% \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} and \com{sectend} should not be used directly by the user, in normal circumstances.}. % -% A rather elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by +% A rather more elegant solution is to add an entry into the TOC via the \com{addappheadtotoc} command offered by % the \pack{appendix} package. As this entry is a chapter-level (or section-level) entry, it delimits correctly -% the end of the preceding chapter or section. +% the end of the preceding chapter or section. % % See also the \exam{mtc-amm.tex} example file (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), % which uses the \class{memoir} class~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, -% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (same author). +% which includes itself the \pack{appendix} package functionnality (these packages and this class are from the same author). % \or\relax % Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{appendix}~\cite{appendix} (de \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}),\imess{I0042} vous observerez un % sérieux problème avec les minitocs dans l'environnement \env{appendices} (et après lui): elles ne correspondent @@ -7619,16 +7966,18 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % OU\\ % \icom{addtocontents}\icom{sectend}\verb|\addtocontents{toc}{\sectend}| % \end{quote} -% lorsqu'il est nécessaire de délimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) précédent(e). +% lorsqu'il est nécessaire de délimiter la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) précédent(e)\,\footnote{En fait, les +% commandes \com{partend}, \com{chapterend} et \com{sectend} ne devraient pas être appelées directement par +% l'utilisateur, dans des circonstances normales.}. % -% Une solution assez élégante consiste à~ajouter une entrée dans la table des matières via la +% Une solution plus élégante consiste à~ajouter une entrée dans la table des matières via la % commande \com{addappheadtotoc} fournie par le paquetage \pack{appendix}. Comme cette entrée est une entrée % au niveau chapitre (ou au niveau section), elle délimite correctement la fin du chapitre (ou de la section) % précédent(e). % % Voir aussi le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-amm.tex} (section~\vref{mtc-amm.tex}), % qui utilise la classe \class{memoir}~\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}, -% qui inclut elle-même la fonctionnalité de paquetage \pack{appendix} (même auteur). +% qui inclut elle-même la fonctionnalité du paquetage \pack{appendix} (ces paquetages et cette classe sont du même auteur). % \fi % \end{environment} % \end{macro} @@ -7737,8 +8086,8 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% % \vref{special.entries}, and~\vref{faq+tocloft} respectively). % If your version of the \class{memoir} class is recent, the syntax of the \com{chapter} command is % different and the \class{memoir} class \emph{could be no more compatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, but a -% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} is more recent than 2005/09/25, -% the patch is no more necessary. +% patch is inserted to fix the problem. Hopefully, if your version of the \class{memoir} class +% is more recent than 2005/09/25, the patch is no more necessary. % % If you are using the \class{memoir} class (or the \pack{tocloft} package), % the \com{mtcsetfont} command has no effect (\com{mtcsettitlefont} works); you should use the font @@ -7932,17 +8281,13 @@ comme dans «~\textsc{Lamport},~Leslie~» dans l'index.% \chapter{First} \minitoc First chapter -\section{First section} -\lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} -\lipsum[2] +\section{First section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] \chapter{Second} \minitoc Second -\section{First section of second chapter} -\lipsum[3] -\section{Second section of second chapter} -\lipsum[4] +\section{First section of second chapter} \lipsum[3] +\section{Second section of second chapter} \lipsum[4] \appendix % begins the appendices \addcontentsline{toc}{part}{Appendices} % adds a part entry in the TOC \adjustptc % fixes the parttoc counter ptc @@ -7954,17 +8299,13 @@ Second \chapter{First appendix} \minitoc First appendix -\section{First section} -\lipsum[5] -\section{Second section} -\lipsum[6] +\section{First section} \lipsum[5] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[6] \chapter{Second appendix} \minitoc Second appendix -\section{First section of second appendix} -\lipsum[7] -\section{Second section of second appendix} -\lipsum[8] +\section{First section of second appendix} \lipsum[7] +\section{Second section of second appendix} \lipsum[8] \end{mtchideinmaintoc} % end of hiding \end{document} %</mtc-apx> @@ -8003,13 +8344,10 @@ Second appendix \usepackage% [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} \begin{document} -\dominilof -\dominilot -\listoffigures -\listoftables +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables \chapter{First} -\minilof -\minilot +\minilof \minilot \begin{figure} \caption{AAAA1} \end{figure} @@ -8023,8 +8361,7 @@ Second appendix \caption{TAAAA2} \end{table} \chapter{Second} -\minilof -\minilot +\minilof \minilot %%---------------------- % \end{macrocode} % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -8124,10 +8461,8 @@ Second appendix \usepackage% [tight,listfiles]{minitoc} \begin{document} -\dominilof -\dominilot -\listoffigures -\listoftables +\dominilof \listoffigures +\dominilot \listoftables \chapter{First} \minilof \minilot \begin{figure} @@ -8143,8 +8478,7 @@ Second appendix \caption{TAAAA2} \end{table} \chapter{Second} -\minilof -\minilot +\minilof \minilot % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -8195,8 +8529,7 @@ Second appendix \endmtchideinmainlot % <-- \end{table} \chapter{Third} -\minilof -\minilot +\minilof \minilot \begin{figure} \caption{CCCC1} \end{figure} @@ -8577,6 +8910,7 @@ Second appendix % So \com{ptcfont} can be used to define some global characteristics for the fonts in the parttocs, while % \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) can be used to customize the fonts for each level of entries. % +% \lneed{7} % \begin{SMOOTH} % Note that if you say: % \begin{quote} @@ -8601,8 +8935,8 @@ Second appendix % \end{SMOOTH} % % For levels above subsection (part, chapter and section), the fonts a more specific in general, but you can, of course, -% say something like \com{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association. You can even make other associations, -% like this: +% say something like \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| to make a similar association. +% You can even make other associations, like this: % \begin{quote} % \verb|% for high sectionning levels:|\\ % \icom{def}\verb| \def\highlevelsfont{\rmfamily\bfseries\normalsize\upshape}|\\ @@ -8659,6 +8993,7 @@ Second appendix % quelques caractéristiques globales pour les fontes dans les parttocs, tandis que \com{ptcCfont} (etc.) peuvent % être utilisées pour personnaliser les fontes pour chaque niveau d'entrées. % +% \lneed{7} % \begin{SMOOTH} % Notez que si vous dites: % \begin{quote} @@ -8674,8 +9009,8 @@ Second appendix % après avoir chargé le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, ces commandes de fontes seront «~associées~» à~\com{ptcfont}, % donc si vous modifiez \com{ptcfont} (par une commande \com{renewcommand} ou via \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{*}{...}|), % elles suivront la modification. Mais si vous modifiez l'une de ces commandes via -% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand}, l'association -% est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme +% \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{...}| (\texttt{subsection} est un exemple) ou \com{renewcommand}, +% l'association est rompue. Mais vous pourriez agir plus subtilement en disant quelque chose comme % \begin{quote} % \com{mtcsetfont}\verb|{parttoc}{subsection}{\ptcfont\itshape}| % \end{quote} @@ -8683,7 +9018,8 @@ Second appendix % \end{SMOOTH} % % Pour les niveaux au-dessus de la sous-section (partie, chapitre et section), les fontes sont plus spécifiques en -% général, mais vous pouvez, bien sûr, utiliser une définition telle que \verb|\def\ptcCfont{\ptcfont}| pour faire une +% général, mais vous pouvez, bien sûr, utiliser une définition telle que +% \ucom{def}\com{ptcCfont}\verb|{|\com{ptcfont}\verb|}| pour faire une % association similaire. Vous pouvez même faire d'autres associations, comme ceci: % \begin{quote} % \verb|% pour les hauts niveaux de sectionnement:|\\ @@ -8897,7 +9233,7 @@ Second appendix [2007/01/04] % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical showing the position of the titles: +% We use the \pack{vruler} package (by \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) to display a vertical ruler showing the position of the titles: % \or\relax % Nous utilisons le paquetage \pack{vruler} (de \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}) pour placer une échelle verticale montrant la position % des titres: @@ -8905,13 +9241,11 @@ Second appendix % \begin{macrocode} \usepackage{vruler} % to have a vertical graduation to note positions % % (by Zhuhan Jiang) -% \begin{macrocode} \usepackage{txfonts} \usepackage[english2,tight,listfiles]{minitoc} \begin{document} \setvruler[1cm][0][10][3][0][0pt][0pt][0pt][] % with vruler package -\doparttoc -\faketableofcontents +\doparttoc \faketableofcontents \part{First part} % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -9112,8 +9446,7 @@ Second appendix % \begin{macrocode} \mtcsetfont{minitoc}{*}{\normalfont\small} \frontmatter -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents +\dominitoc \tableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\cftpagenumbersoff} @@ -10056,14 +10389,15 @@ Second appendix % &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environment to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ % \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Pair of commands to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ +% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of figures.\\ % \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ % &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environment to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ % \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{depth}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Pair of commands to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ +% &Pair of commands$^*$ to hide entries in the main list of tables.\\ % \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: recommended form.} % \end{tabularx} % \egroup % \end{table} @@ -10104,14 +10438,15 @@ Second appendix % &\ienv{mtchideinmainlof}Environnement pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\ % \com{mtchideinmainlof}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \com{endmtchideinmainlof}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Paire de commandes pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\ +% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des figures principale.\\ % \ienv{mtchideinmainlot}\ucom{begin}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \ucom{end}\texttt{\{mtchideinmainlot\}}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ % &\ienv{mtchideinmainlot}Environnement pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ % \com{mtchideinmainlot}\texttt{[}\emph{profondeur}\texttt{]} .{}.{}. % \com{endmtchideinmainlot}\hspace*{-\textwidth}&\\ -% &Paire de commandes pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ +% &Paire de commandes\,$^*$ pour cacher des entrées dans la liste des tableaux principale.\\ % \bottomrule +% \multicolumn{2}{l}{$*$: forme recommandée.} % \end{tabularx} % \egroup % \end{table} @@ -10122,6 +10457,7 @@ Second appendix % \changeskips % \caption{Classes and packages needing some precautions with \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} % \centering +% \bgroup\mysize % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} % \toprule % &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Names}&\textbf{Author(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Reference(s)}\\ @@ -10137,21 +10473,20 @@ Second appendix % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ % $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ % $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ % &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ % &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} and\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, and \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ @@ -10161,18 +10496,21 @@ Second appendix % $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ % \bottomrule % \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lass.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}ackage.}\\ % \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Any class not defining the main standard sectionning commands is % \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}.}\\ % \end{tabularx} +% \egroup % \end{table} % \or\relax % \begin{table}[tpb] % \changeskips % \caption{Classes et paquetages nécessitant quelques précautions avec \upack{minitoc}}\label{t+packs} % \centering +% \bgroup\mysize % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}clZ{1.5}Z{.7}Z{.8}@{}} % \toprule % &\textbf{P/C}&\textbf{Noms}&\textbf{Auteur(s)}&\textbf{Page(s)}&\textbf{Référence(s)}\\ @@ -10188,21 +10526,20 @@ Second appendix % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption}&\cite{caption,cap-anleitung}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{caption2}&\name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}&\pageref{h.caption2}&\cite{caption2}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{ccaption}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.ccaption}&\cite{ccaption}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ % $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{flowfram}&\name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}&\pageref{faq.48}&\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{fncychap}&\name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}&\pageref{faq.38}&\cite{fncychap}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{hangcaption}&\name{David~M.}{Jones}&\pageref{faq.47}&\cite{hangcaption}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{hyperref}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} et \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}&\pageref{faq.17}&\cite{hyperref-paper,hyperref.web,hyperref,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf}\\ % $*$&\textbf{C}&\class{jura}&\name{Felix}{Braun}&\pageref{faq.36}&\cite{jura}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{mcaption}&\name{Stephan}{Hennig}&\pageref{h.mcaption}&\cite{mcaption}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{float}&\name{Anselm}{Lingnau}&\pageref{h.float}&\cite{float}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{floatrow}&\name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}&\pageref{h.floatrow}&\cite{floatrow}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ -% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ % &\textbf{C}&\class{memoir}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+memoir}&\cite{memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{notoccite}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{ss+notoccite}&\cite{notoccite}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{placeins}&\name{Donald}{Arseneau}&\pageref{rem+FB}&\cite{placeins}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{quotchap}&\name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}&\pageref{h.quotchap}&\cite{quotchap}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{romannum}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{h.romannum}&\cite{romannum}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{rotfloat}&\name{Sebastian}{Rahtz} and \name{Leonor}{Barroca}&\pageref{h.rotfloat}&\cite{rotfloat}\\ % &\textbf{C}&\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}\class{scrartcl},\\\class{scrbook} et\\\class{scrreprt}\end{tabular}&\name{Frank}{Neukam}, \name{Markus}{Kohm}, \name{Axel}{Kielhorn} et \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}&\pageref{faq.35}&\cite{komab,koma,robbers-pj-2006-3}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{sectsty}&\name{Rowland}{McDonnell}&\pageref{faq.28}&\cite{sectsty}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{sfheaders}&\name{Maurizio}{Loreti}&\pageref{faq.41}&\cite{sfheaders}\\ @@ -10212,12 +10549,14 @@ Second appendix % $*$&\textbf{P}&\pack{titletoc}&\name{Javier}{Bezos}&\pageref{fn+titlesec}&\cite{titletoc}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocbibind}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{special.entries}&\cite{tocbibind}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{tocloft}&\name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}&\pageref{faq+tocloft}, \pageref{faq.46}&\cite{tocloft}\\ +% &\textbf{P}&\pack{trivfloat}&\name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}&\pageref{h.trivfloat}&\cite{trivfloat}\\ % &\textbf{P}&\pack{varsects}&\namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}&\pageref{h.varsects}&\cite{varsects}\\ % \bottomrule % \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{$*$:~\emph{Incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.\quad\textbf{C}:~\textbf{C}lasse.\quad\textbf{P}:~\textbf{P}aquetage.}\\ % \multicolumn{6}{@{}p{\textwidth}@{}}{Toute classe ne définissant pas les principales commandes de sectionnement standard % est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}.}\\ % \end{tabularx} +% \egroup % \end{table} % \fi % @@ -10335,8 +10674,7 @@ Second appendix \usepackage[latin]{babel} \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} \begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents +\dominitoc \tableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \begin{environment}{multicols} @@ -10458,10 +10796,10 @@ Second appendix % \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We test if there is only two parts: if yes, we will use ``seconde''. -% Else (zero, one, three or more parts), we will use ``deuxième''. +% Else (three or more parts), we will use ``deuxième''. % \or\relax % Nous testons s'il y a seulement deux parties: si oui, nous utiliserons «~seconde~». -% Sinon (zéro, une, trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons «~deuxième~». +% Sinon (trois parties ou plus), nous utiliserons «~deuxième~». % \fi % \end{macro} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -10666,9 +11004,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième. \section{Twenty-second section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] \section{Twenty-third section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] \section{Twenty-fourth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] -\subsection{A very long subsection title, - for the fun in a multicolumn - table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] +\subsection{A very long subsection title, for the fun in +a multicolumn table of contents} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] \section{Twenty-fifth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] \section{Twenty-sixth section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] \section{Twenty-seventh section} \lipsum[\arabic{section}] @@ -10763,9 +11100,7 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième. % Nous appelons les commandes de préparation des mini-tables: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\dominilof -\dominilot +\dominitoc \dominilof \dominilot % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -10782,12 +11117,9 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième. % donc nous devons prendre les précautions spécifiées dans la section~\vref{special.entries}: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\tableofcontents -\mtcaddchapter -\listoffigures -\mtcaddchapter -\listoftables -\mtcaddchapter +\tableofcontents \mtcaddchapter +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -10805,10 +11137,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \chapter{First chapter}\index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc -\mtcskip -\minilof -\mtcskip +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip \minilot % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -10824,12 +11154,8 @@ Il y a une partie ou plus de deux parties: deuxième. % \begin{macrocode} \section{First section} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{First figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] -\caption{First table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} \section{Second section} A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ @@ -10845,12 +11171,8 @@ But I imagine that he would, yes.}\\ Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks}~(1993),~\textsl{Against~a~dark~background.}% \index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{Second figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Second table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\chapter*} % \begin{macro}{\mtcaddchapter} @@ -10902,28 +11224,18 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \chapter{Third chapter} \index{chapter!normal} -\minitoc -\mtcskip -\minilof -\mtcskip +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip \minilot \section{Third section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Third figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Third table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} \section{Fourth section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Fourth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Fourth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\bibliographystyle} % \begin{macro}{\bibliography} @@ -10970,28 +11282,18 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \appendix \chapter{App.~1} \index{chapter!appendix} -\minitoc -\mtcskip -\minilof -\mtcskip +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip \minilot \section{Fifth section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Fifth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Fifth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} \section{Sixth section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Sixth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Sixth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % The next chapter asks for a minitoc, a minilof and a minilot, but contains no tables; hence @@ -11004,27 +11306,17 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \chapter{App.~2} \index{chapter!appendix} %% contains no tables but asks for a minilot! No minilot printed. -\minitoc -\mtcskip -\minilof -\mtcskip +\minitoc \mtcskip +\minilof \mtcskip \minilot \section{Seventh section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Seventh figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Eighth figure} -\end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} \section{Eighth section} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Ninth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Eleventh figure} -\end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} \end{document} %</mtc-add> @@ -11044,12 +11336,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. % \begin{macrocode} %<*mtc-addbib> @MISC{minitoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=jun, - YEAR=2007} + TITLE="The {\textsf{minitoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/minitoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=2007} % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -11059,12 +11351,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} @MISC{fminitoc, - TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/fminitoc.pdf}}", - MONTH=jun, - YEAR=2007} + TITLE="Le paquetage {\textsf{minitoc}}", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/minitoc/fminitoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=dec, + YEAR=2007} % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -11074,12 +11366,12 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} @MISC{shorttoc, - TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", - AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", - ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", - NOTE="{\url{CTAN:macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.dtx}}", - MONTH=aug, - YEAR=2002} + TITLE="The {\textsf{shorttoc}} package", + AUTHOR="Drucbert, Jean-Pierre F.", + ADDRESS="{\url{mailto:drucbert@onera.fr}}", + NOTE="{\url{http://www.dante.de/CTAN/macros/latex/contrib/shorttoc/shorttoc.pdf}}", + MONTH=aug, + YEAR=2002} % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -11089,29 +11381,29 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} @BOOK{dark, - TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", - AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", - PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", - ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", - YEAR=1993} + TITLE="{Against a Dark Background}", + AUTHOR="Banks, Iain Menzies", + PUBLISHER="Bantam Books", + ISBN="0553292240 (pb)", + YEAR=1993} %</mtc-addbib> % \end{macrocode} % \end{itemize} % -% ^^A \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines; -% ^^A on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we use no preamble for -% ^^A this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some lines of percent characters were still generated. This -% ^^A problem is corrected now, but we keep the solution.}: -% ^^A \or\relax -% ^^A Mais la base ainsi créée doit être purgée des lignes superflues; -% ^^A sur les systèmes analogues à~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous -% ^^A n'utilisons pas de préambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; néanmoins, des lignes de signes -% ^^A pour-cent étaint encore produites. Ce problème est désormais corrigé, mais conservons sa solution.}: -% ^^A \fi -% ^^A \begin{verse}\small -% ^^A \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib" -% ^^A \end{verse} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% But the database created this way must be trimmed of some spurious lines; +% on Unix-like systems, do\footnote{Note that we should use no preamble for +% this file in \xfile{minitoc.ins}; nevertheless, some spurious lines are still generated. This +% problem is not yet corrected now, so we keep the solution.}: +% \or\relax +% Mais la base ainsi créée doit être purgée des lignes superflues; +% sur les systèmes analogues à~Unix, faites\,\footnote{Notez que nous +% ne devrions pas utiliser de préambule pour ce fichier dans \xfile{minitoc.ins}; néanmoins, des lignes +% superflues sont encore produites. Ce problème n'est pas encore corrigé, donc nous conservons sa solution.}: +% \fi +% \begin{verse}\small +% \verb"cat mtc-add.bib | grep -v '^%%' > addbib;mv addbib mtc-add.bib" +% \end{verse} % % \lneed{6} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -11134,10 +11426,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \ProvidesFile{mtc-ads.tex}% [2007/01/04] \usepackage{url,tocbibind,makeidx} -\makeatletter -\newif\ifscan@allowed -\scan@allowedtrue -\makeatother +\makeatletter \newif\ifscan@allowed \scan@allowedtrue \makeatother \def\dotfil{\leaders\hbox to.6em{\hss .\hss}\hfil}% \def\pfill{\unskip~\dotfill\penalty500\strut\nobreak \dotfil~\ignorespaces}% @@ -11183,12 +11472,9 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \setcounter{tocdepth}{6} \setcounter{parttocdepth}{6} \setcounter{secttocdepth}{6} -\tableofcontents -\mtcaddsection -\listoffigures -\mtcaddsection -\listoftables -\mtcaddsection +\tableofcontents \mtcaddsection +\listoffigures \mtcaddsection +\listoftables \mtcaddsection % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -11218,12 +11504,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{First subsection} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{First figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] -\caption{First table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{First figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{First table} \end{table} \subsection{Second subsection} A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ @@ -11236,14 +11518,9 @@ A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ \hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}% -\index{background} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{Second figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Second table} -\end{table} +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Second figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Second table} \end{table} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -11294,21 +11571,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{Third subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Third figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Third table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Third figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Third table} \end{table} \subsection{Fourth subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Fourth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Fourth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Fourth table} \end{table} \subsubsection{Even a sub-sub-section!} \subsubsection{And yet another one} @@ -11321,12 +11590,8 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{Fifth subsection} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{Fifth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table}[tp] -\caption{Fifth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Fifth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table}[tp] \caption{Fifth table} \end{table} \subsection{Sixth subsection} A small nice citation from~\cite{dark}:\\ @@ -11340,15 +11605,10 @@ A bird cannot land once on a great tree and claim to know it. But I imagine that he would, yes.\\ \hbox{}\hfill Iain~M.~\textsc{Banks} (1993), \textsl{Against a dark background.}% -\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}% -\index{dark}\index{background} +\index{Iain}\index{Banks}\index{Against}\index{dark}\index{background} -\begin{figure}[tp] -\caption{Sixth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Sixth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure}[tp] \caption{Sixth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Sixth table} \end{table} \section*{Fifth section, starred} \index{section!starred} @@ -11383,21 +11643,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{Seventh subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Seventh figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Seventh table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Seventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Seventh table} \end{table} \subsection{Eighth subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Eighth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Eighth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eighth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Eighth table} \end{table} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -11443,21 +11695,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{Ninth subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Ninth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Ninth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Ninth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Ninth table} \end{table} \subsection{Tenth subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Tenth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{table} -\caption{Tenth table} -\end{table} +\begin{figure} \caption{Tenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{table} \caption{Tenth table} \end{table} \section{App.~2} \index{section!appendix} @@ -11465,21 +11709,13 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof \mtcskip \sectlot \subsection{Eleventh subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Eleventh figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Twelfth figure} -\end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Eleventh figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Twelfth figure} \end{figure} \subsection{Twelfth subsection} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Thirdteenth figure} -\end{figure} -\begin{figure} -\caption{Fourteenth figure} -\end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Thirdteenth figure} \end{figure} +\begin{figure} \caption{Fourteenth figure} \end{figure} \end{document} %</mtc-ads> @@ -11509,7 +11745,7 @@ I also added a lot of index entries, just to test. %<*mtc-amm> \documentclass[oneside]{memoir} \ProvidesFile{mtc-amm.tex}% - [2007/06/29] + [2007/08/29] \usepackage{lipsum} % filling text \usepackage{hyperref} \usepackage{memhfixc} @@ -11605,7 +11841,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix % \begin{macrocode} %<*mtc-art> %% mtc-art.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #55 +%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56 %% package. You can alter most of parameters to test. %% article (\section must be defined) \documentclass[12pt,a4paper]{article} @@ -11732,14 +11968,12 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \secttoc[r] % secttoc title on the right \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED \lipsum[1] -\subsection{S1} -\lipsum[2] -\subsection{S2} -\lipsum[3] -\subsection{S3} -\lipsum[4] +\subsection{S1} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{S2} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{S3} \lipsum[4] \subsection*{S4} %% \addcontentsline{toc}{starsubsection}{*S4*} +\lipsum[5] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -11753,59 +11987,32 @@ Afterthoughts appendix % \fi % {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} % \begin{macrocode} -\lipsum[5] -\subsection{S5} -\lipsum[6] -\subsection{S6} -\lipsum[7] -\subsection{S7} -\lipsum[8] -\subsection{S8} -\lipsum[9] -\subsection{S9} -\lipsum[10] -\subsection{S10} -\lipsum[11] -\subsection{S11} -\lipsum[12] -\subsection{S12} -\lipsum[13] -\subsection{S13} -\lipsum[14] -\subsection{S14} -\lipsum[15] -\subsection{S15} -\lipsum[16] -\subsection{S16} -\lipsum[17] -\subsection{S17} -\lipsum[18] -\subsection{S18} -\lipsum[19] -\subsection{S19} -\lipsum[20] -\subsection{S20} -\lipsum[21] -\subsection{S21} -\lipsum[22] -\subsection{S22} -\lipsum[23] -\subsection{S23} -\lipsum[24] -\subsection{S24} -\lipsum[25] -\subsection{S25} -\lipsum[26] -\subsection{S26} -\lipsum[27] -\subsection{S27} -\lipsum[28] -\subsection{S28} -\lipsum[29] -\subsection{S29} -\lipsum[30] -\subsection{S30} -\lipsum[31] +\subsection{S5} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{S6} \lipsum[7] +\subsection{S7} \lipsum[8] +\subsection{S8} \lipsum[9] +\subsection{S9} \lipsum[10] +\subsection{S10} \lipsum[11] +\subsection{S11} \lipsum[12] +\subsection{S12} \lipsum[13] +\subsection{S13} \lipsum[14] +\subsection{S14} \lipsum[15] +\subsection{S15} \lipsum[16] +\subsection{S16} \lipsum[17] +\subsection{S17} \lipsum[18] +\subsection{S18} \lipsum[19] +\subsection{S19} \lipsum[20] +\subsection{S20} \lipsum[21] +\subsection{S21} \lipsum[22] +\subsection{S22} \lipsum[23] +\subsection{S23} \lipsum[24] +\subsection{S24} \lipsum[25] +\subsection{S25} \lipsum[26] +\subsection{S26} \lipsum[27] +\subsection{S27} \lipsum[28] +\subsection{S28} \lipsum[29] +\subsection{S29} \lipsum[30] +\subsection{S30} \lipsum[31] % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \begin{macro}{\FloatBarrier} @@ -11830,8 +12037,7 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \mtcskip % put some skip here \sectlof % a sectlof \lipsum[32] -\subsection{T1} -\lipsum[33] +\subsection{T1} \lipsum[33] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -11841,10 +12047,8 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \FloatBarrier \subsubsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command \lipsum[34] -\paragraph{TTT1} -\lipsum[35] -\subparagraph{TTTT1} -\lipsum[36] +\paragraph{TTT1} \lipsum[35] +\subparagraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[36] \begin{figure}[t] \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -11852,23 +12056,17 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption \end{figure} \FloatBarrier -\subsection{T2} -\lipsum[37] +\subsection{T2} \lipsum[37] \section*{CCCCC} % tests a pseudo-section. should have no secttoc %% \addstarredsection{CCCCC} \mtcaddsection[CCCCC] \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED \lipsum[38] -\subsection{U1} -\lipsum[39] -\subsubsection{UU1} -\lipsum[40] -\paragraph{UUU1} -\lipsum[41] -\subparagraph{UUUU1} -\lipsum[42] -\subsection{U2} -\lipsum[43] +\subsection{U1} \lipsum[39] +\subsubsection{UU1} \lipsum[40] +\paragraph{UUU1} \lipsum[41] +\subparagraph{UUUU1} \lipsum[42] +\subsection{U2} \lipsum[43] \part{Second Part} \parttoc \partlof[c] @@ -11879,14 +12077,10 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED % % the secttoc appears \lipsum[44] -\subsection{V1} -\lipsum[45] -\subsubsection{VV1} -\lipsum[46] -\paragraph{VVV1} -\lipsum[47] -\subparagraph{VVVV1} -\lipsum[48] +\subsection{V1} \lipsum[45] +\subsubsection{VV1} \lipsum[46] +\paragraph{VVV1} \lipsum[47] +\subparagraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[48] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -11894,15 +12088,14 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) \end{figure} \FloatBarrier -\lipsum[49] -\subsection{V2} -\lipsum[50] +\lipsum[49] \subsection{V2} \lipsum[50] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \lneed{10} % \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} % \begin{macro}{\section} % \begin{macro}{\chapter} @@ -11932,10 +12125,8 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \lipsum[51] \subsection{W1} % with the given depth \lipsum[52] -\subsubsection{WW1} -\lipsum[53] -\paragraph{WWW1} -\lipsum[54] +\subsubsection{WW1} \lipsum[53] +\paragraph{WWW1} \lipsum[54] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -11944,29 +12135,21 @@ Afterthoughts appendix \end{figure} \FloatBarrier bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla -\subparagraph{WWWW1} -\lipsum[55] -\subsection{W2} -\lipsum[56] +\subparagraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsection{W2} \lipsum[56] \chapter*{} \part{Appendices} -\parttoc -\mtcskip -\partlof -\mtcskip +\parttoc \mtcskip +\partlof \mtcskip \partlot \FloatBarrier \appendix -\section{Comments} -\lipsum[57] +\section{Comments} \lipsum[57] \secttoc \mtcskip \sectlof %ADDED -\subsection{C1} -\lipsum[58] -\subsection{C2} -\lipsum[59] -\subsection{C3} -\lipsum[60] +\subsection{C1} \lipsum[58] +\subsection{C2} \lipsum[59] +\subsection{C3} \lipsum[60] \begin{figure}[hb] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -11974,22 +12157,17 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \caption{F5} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) \end{figure} \FloatBarrier -\subsection{C4} -\lipsum[61] +\subsection{C4} \lipsum[61] \FloatBarrier \section{Evolution} \secttoc \sectlof % empty \sectlot % empty \lipsum[62] -\subsection{D1} -\lipsum[63] -\subsection{D2} -\lipsum[64] -\subsection{D3} -\lipsum[65] -\subsection{D4} -\lipsum[66] +\subsection{D1} \lipsum[63] +\subsection{D2} \lipsum[64] +\subsection{D3} \lipsum[65] +\subsection{D4} \lipsum[66] \end{document} %</mtc-art> % \end{macrocode} @@ -12030,7 +12208,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla %<*mtc-bk> %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% A example file (differs from previous versions) %% mtc-bk.tex -%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #55 +%% This file contains a set of tests for the minitoc.sty version #56 %% package file. You can alter most of parameters to test. %% book/report (\chapter must be defined). %% You can use a copy of this file to play with minitoc @@ -12068,11 +12246,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla % minitoc est indépendante de celle des chapitres (elle est absolue). % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -%%% TEST: uncomment the 3 next lines to test -%%% resetting chapter number in each part -%% \makeatletter -%% \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} -%% \makeatother +%%% TEST: uncomment the next line to test resetting chapter number in each part +%% \makeatletter \@addtoreset{chapter}{part} \makeatother %%% END TEST % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\mtcpagenumbers} @@ -12172,12 +12347,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \chapter{AAAAA} % a chapter with a lot of sections \minitoc[r] % minitoc title on the right \lipsum[1] -\section{S1} -\lipsum[2] -\section{S2} -\lipsum[3] -\section{S3} -\lipsum[4] +\section{S1} \lipsum[2] +\section{S2} \lipsum[3] +\section{S3} \lipsum[4] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\section*} % \begin{macro}{\addtocontentsline} @@ -12190,6 +12362,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla % \begin{macrocode} \section*{S4} \addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\protect\numberline{}{S4}} +\lipsum[5] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -12201,63 +12374,34 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla % \fi % {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} % \begin{macrocode} -\lipsum[5] -\section{S5} -\lipsum[6] -\section{S6} -\lipsum[6] -\section{S7} -\lipsum[7] -\section{S8} -\lipsum[9] -\section{S9} -\lipsum[10] -\section{S10} -\lipsum[11] -\section{S11} -\lipsum[12] -\section{S12} -\lipsum[13] -\section{S13} -\lipsum[14] -\section{S14} -\lipsum[15] -\section{S15} -\lipsum[16] -\section{S16} -\lipsum[17] -\section{S17} -\lipsum[18] -\section{S18} -\lipsum[19] -\section{S19} -\lipsum[20] -\section{S20} -\lipsum[21] -\section{S21} -\lipsum[22] -\section{S22} -\lipsum[23] -\section{S23} -\lipsum[24] -\section{S24} -\lipsum[25] -\section{S25} -\lipsum[26] -\section{S26} -\lipsum[27] -\section{S27} -\lipsum[28] -\section{S28} -\lipsum[29] -\section{S29} -\lipsum[30] -\section{S30} -\lipsum[31] -\subsection{SS1} -\lipsum[32] -\section{S31} -\lipsum[33] +\section{S5} \lipsum[6] +\section{S6} \lipsum[6] +\section{S7} \lipsum[7] +\section{S8} \lipsum[9] +\section{S9} \lipsum[10] +\section{S10} \lipsum[11] +\section{S11} \lipsum[12] +\section{S12} \lipsum[13] +\section{S13} \lipsum[14] +\section{S14} \lipsum[15] +\section{S15} \lipsum[16] +\section{S16} \lipsum[17] +\section{S17} \lipsum[18] +\section{S18} \lipsum[19] +\section{S19} \lipsum[20] +\section{S20} \lipsum[21] +\section{S21} \lipsum[22] +\section{S22} \lipsum[23] +\section{S23} \lipsum[24] +\section{S24} \lipsum[25] +\section{S25} \lipsum[26] +\section{S26} \lipsum[27] +\section{S27} \lipsum[28] +\section{S28} \lipsum[29] +\section{S29} \lipsum[30] +\section{S30} \lipsum[31] +\subsection{SS1} \lipsum[32] +\section{S31} \lipsum[33] % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \begin{macro}{\chapter} @@ -12279,8 +12423,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \mtcskip % put some skip here \minilot % a minilot \lipsum[34] -\section{T1} -\lipsum[35] +\section{T1} \lipsum[35] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -12296,18 +12439,15 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \clearpage \subsection[tt1]{TT1} % tests optional arg. of a sectionning command \lipsum[36] -\subsubsection{TTT1} -\lipsum[37] -\paragraph{TTTT1} -\lipsum[38] +\subsubsection{TTT1} \lipsum[37] +\paragraph{TTTT1} \lipsum[38] \begin{figure} \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) \end{picture} \caption[f2]{F2} % tests optional arg. of a caption \end{figure} -\section{T2} -\lipsum[39] +\section{T2} \lipsum[39] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -12372,14 +12512,10 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \chapter{DDDDD} % but if you uncomment \minitoc, %% \minitoc % the minitoc appears \lipsum[46] -\section{V1} -\lipsum[47] -\subsection{VV1} -\lipsum[48] -\subsubsection{VVV1} -\lipsum[49] -\paragraph{VVVV1} -\lipsum[50] +\section{V1} \lipsum[47] +\subsection{VV1} \lipsum[48] +\subsubsection{VVV1} \lipsum[49] +\paragraph{VVVV1} \lipsum[50] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -12387,8 +12523,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \caption{F3} % (I have not tested tables, but it is similar) \end{figure} \lipsum[51] -\section{V2} -\lipsum[52] +\section{V2} \lipsum[52] % \end{macrocode} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We change the depth of the minitocs, inside a local group (a pair of braces): @@ -12407,10 +12542,8 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \lipsum[53] \section{W1} % with the given depth \lipsum[54] -\subsection{WW1} -\lipsum[55] -\subsubsection{WWW1} -\lipsum[56] +\subsection{WW1} \lipsum[55] +\subsubsection{WWW1} \lipsum[56] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -12418,12 +12551,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \caption{F4} % (I have not tested tables here, but it is similar) \end{figure} \lipsum[57] -\paragraph{WWWW1} -\lipsum[58] -\subparagraph{WWWWW1} -\lipsum[59] -\section{W2} -\lipsum[60] +\paragraph{WWWW1} \lipsum[58] +\subparagraph{WWWWW1} \lipsum[59] +\section{W2} \lipsum[60] % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\appendix} % \begin{macro}{\part} @@ -12457,12 +12587,9 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \begin{mtchideinmaintoc}[-1] \chapter{Comments} \minitoc -\section{C1} -\lipsum[61] -\section{C2} -\lipsum[62] -\section{C3} -\lipsum[63] +\section{C1} \lipsum[61] +\section{C2} \lipsum[62] +\section{C3} \lipsum[63] \begin{figure}[t] % tests compatibility with floating bodies \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} \begin{picture}(100,50) @@ -12474,13 +12601,10 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \minitoc \minilof %Empty => invisible \minilot %Empty => invisible -\section{D1} -\lipsum[64] -\section{D2} -\lipsum[65] -\section{D3} -\lipsum[66] -\section{D4} +\section{D1} \lipsum[64] +\section{D2} \lipsum[65] +\section{D3} \lipsum[66] +\section{D4} \lipsum[67] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -12501,7 +12625,7 @@ bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla bla \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} %% this line restore the depth in the main TOC \end{mtchideinmaintoc} -\lipsum[67] +\lipsum[68] \end{document} %</mtc-bk> % \end{macrocode} @@ -12963,8 +13087,7 @@ things by halves around here. \mtcsetdepth{parttoc}{2} \begin{document} -\doparttoc -\dominitoc +\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents \part*{Présentation générale} \mtcaddpart[Présentation générale] @@ -13141,11 +13264,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert. \usepackage{txfonts} \usepackage[tight]{minitoc} \begin{document} -\doparttoc -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents -\part{Introduction} -\clearpage +\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents +\part{Introduction} \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13158,7 +13278,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Une première copie, avec les fontes par défaut: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\parttoc +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} @@ -13169,9 +13289,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Une deuxième copie, fonte romaine grasse pour les entrées de chapitres: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\clearpage \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13183,9 +13302,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Une troisième copie, fonte bâton grasse pour les entrées de chapitres: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\clearpage \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13202,24 +13320,17 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Une quatrième copie, fonte bâton non grasse pour les entrées de chapitres: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\clearpage \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc +\parttoc \clearpage \chapter{A very short chapter} \minitoc \lipsum[1] -\section{First section} -\lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} -\lipsum[3] -\subsection{Beta} -\lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} -\lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} -\lipsum[6] -\subsection{Delta} -\lipsum[7] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] \end{document} %</mtc-fo1> % \end{macrocode} @@ -13248,7 +13359,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % \begin{macrocode} %<*mtc-fo2> \documentclass{report} -\ProvidesFile{mtc-f02.tex}% +\ProvidesFile{mtc-fo2.tex}% [2007/01/04] \usepackage{lipsum} \usepackage{txfonts} @@ -13283,8 +13394,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. \def\pltfont{\ptcfont} % (tables) \def\pltSfont{\ptcfont} % (subtables) \begin{document} -\doparttoc -\dominitoc +\doparttoc \dominitoc \tableofcontents \part{Introduction} \clearpage @@ -13309,8 +13419,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Une première version de la parttoc, avec les fontes définies ci-dessus: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\parttoc -\clearpage +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfont} @@ -13322,8 +13431,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\rmfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc -\clearpage +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13336,8 +13444,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{chapter}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\bfseries} -\parttoc -\clearpage +\parttoc \clearpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13350,22 +13457,16 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \mtcsetfont{parttoc}{*}{\normalsize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries} -\parttoc +\parttoc \clearpage \chapter{A very short chapter} \minitoc \lipsum[1] -\section{First section} -\lipsum[2] -\subsection{Alpha} -\lipsum[3] -\subsection{Beta} -\lipsum[4] -\section{Second section} -\lipsum[5] -\subsection{Gamma} -\lipsum[6] -\subsection{Delta} -\lipsum[7] +\section{First section} \lipsum[2] +\subsection{Alpha} \lipsum[3] +\subsection{Beta} \lipsum[4] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[5] +\subsection{Gamma} \lipsum[6] +\subsection{Delta} \lipsum[7] \end{document} %</mtc-fo2> % \end{macrocode} @@ -13636,10 +13737,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % (cependant son fichier est préparé): % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\dominitoc -\dominilof -\tableofcontents -\fakelistoffigures +\dominitoc \tableofcontents +\dominilof \fakelistoffigures % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -13668,40 +13767,31 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \chapter{Chapter 1} -\minitoc -\minilof -\section{Section one of first chapter} -\lipsum[1] +\minitoc \minilof +\section{Section one of first chapter} \lipsum[1] \begin{figure} - \centering - Test + \centering Test \caption{Picture one of first chapter} \end{figure} -\section{Section two of first chapter} -\lipsum[2] +\section{Section two of first chapter} \lipsum[2] \begin{figure} - \centering - Test + \centering Test \caption{Picture two of first chapter} \end{figure} \chapter{Chapter 2} \minitoc \minilof -\section{Section one of second chapter} -\lipsum[3] +\section{Section one of second chapter} \lipsum[3] \begin{figure} - \centering - Test + \centering Test \caption{Picture one of second chapter} \end{figure} \cleardoublepage -\section{Section two of second chapter} -\lipsum[4] +\section{Section two of second chapter} \lipsum[4] \begin{figure} - \centering - Test + \centering Test \caption{Picture two of second chapter} \end{figure} \end{document} @@ -13784,6 +13874,8 @@ so wie koma es definiert. \usepackage{franc,frnew,mypatches} \providecommand{\fup}{\textsuperscript} % \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{9} % \begin{macro}{\addtolength} % \begin{macro}{\cftsubsecindent} % \begin{macro}{\cftsetrmarg} @@ -13824,8 +13916,7 @@ so wie koma es definiert. % Des informations pour la page de titre: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\title{Systèmes d'occultation} -\author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} +\title{Systèmes d'occultation} \author{Laurent~\textsc{Bloch}} % \end{macrocode} % \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} % \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} @@ -14040,23 +14131,15 @@ modèle~[...] \chapter[oneA][oneB]{oneC} \minitoc -\lipsum[1] -\newpage -\lipsum[2] -\section{S-1-one} -\lipsum[3] -\section{S-1-two} -\lipsum[4] +\lipsum[1] \newpage \lipsum[2] +\section{S-1-one} \lipsum[3] +\section{S-1-two} \lipsum[4] \chapter[twoA][twoB]{twoC} \minitoc -\lipsum[4] -\newpage -\lipsum[5] -\section{S-2-one} -\lipsum[6] -\section{S-2-two} -\lipsum[7] +\lipsum[4] \newpage \lipsum[5] +\section{S-2-one} \lipsum[6] +\section{S-2-two} \lipsum[7] \end{document} %</mtc-mem> % \end{macrocode} @@ -14184,17 +14267,13 @@ modèle~[...] % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents* +\dominitoc \tableofcontents* \chapter[OneA][OneB]{OneC} \minitoc -\section{This section} -\lipsum[1] -\section{Second section} -\lipsum[2] -\section{Third section} -\lipsum[3] +\section{This section} \lipsum[1] +\section{Second section} \lipsum[2] +\section{Third section} \lipsum[3] \end{document} %</mtc-mm1> % \end{macrocode} @@ -14230,12 +14309,12 @@ modèle~[...] \usepackage{wrapfig} \newcommand{\LangSig}[1]{\textsc{[#1]}} % smallcaps \begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents +\dominitoc \tableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \lneed{7} % \begin{environment}{wrapfigure} % \begin{environment}{minipage} % \begin{macro}{\chapter} @@ -14267,6 +14346,7 @@ modèle~[...] % \end{macro} % \end{environment} % \end{environment} +% \lneed{6} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % The remaining of the text: % \or\relax @@ -14435,8 +14515,7 @@ follows easily. % suivantes sont fausses): % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\printnomenclature -\mtcfixnomenclature +\printnomenclature \mtcfixnomenclature % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -14457,9 +14536,7 @@ follows easily. \chapter{Demons} \minitoc \section{False equations} -\begin{equation} - i=\sqrt{-1} -\end{equation} +\begin{equation} i=\sqrt{-1} \end{equation} \nomenclature{$i$}{The imaginary unit}% \end{document} %</mtc-nom> @@ -14481,7 +14558,7 @@ follows easily. % to prepare a minitoc on three columns. % The old package \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} is used to have a wide text area. % \or\relax -% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} package +% Ce document montre l'utilisation des dispositifs \feat{open} et \feat{close} du paquetage \upack{minitoc} % pour préparer une minitoc sur trois colonnes. % Le vieux paquetage \pack{fullpage}~\cite{fullpage} est utilisé pour avoir une grande zone de texte. % \fi @@ -14636,6 +14713,7 @@ follows easily. %\usepackage[a4paper]{geometry} \usepackage[tight]{minitoc} % \end{macrocode} +% \lneed{6} % \begin{macro}{\setlength} % \begin{macro}{\mtcindent} % \begin{macro}{\mtcsetfeature} @@ -14671,8 +14749,7 @@ follows easily. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \begin{document} -\dominitoc -\faketableofcontents +\dominitoc \faketableofcontents \chapter{Introduction} \minitoc % \end{macrocode} @@ -14883,10 +14960,8 @@ follows easily. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \chapter{First Chapter} -\minilof -\mtcskip -\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} -\minilof +\minilof \mtcskip +\mtcsetdepth{minilof}{1} \minilof % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -14911,8 +14986,7 @@ follows easily. \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ \subfigure[Third]{\label{3figs-c}% \fbox{\hbox to 20mm{\vbox to 10mm{\vfil\null}\hfil}}}\\ - \caption{Three subfigures.}% - \label{3figs}% + \caption{Three subfigures.}\label{3figs}% \end{center} \vspace{4pt}% This figure contains two top `subfigures' and @@ -14925,7 +14999,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. %</mtc-sbf> % \end{macrocode} % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{6} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{The \uexam{mtc-scr.tex} document file}\label{mtc-scr.tex}\iexam{mtc-scr.tex} % \or\relax @@ -14977,8 +15051,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. \usepackage[germanb]{babel} \begin{document} \pagenumbering{Roman} % page number in Roman, reset to 1 (I) -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents +\dominitoc \tableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -14995,8 +15068,7 @@ Figure~\vref{3figs-c}. % après \com{listoftables}: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\listoftables -\mtcaddchapter +\listoftables \mtcaddchapter % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -15208,8 +15280,7 @@ Some more text. \usepackage[nottoc]{tocbibind} \usepackage[tight]{minitoc} \begin{document} -\dominitoc -\tableofcontents +\dominitoc \tableofcontents % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \end{macro} @@ -15258,20 +15329,16 @@ Some more text. % \begin{macrocode} \chapter{Title of chapter~1} \minitoc -\section{as1} -\section{as2} +\section{as1} \section{as2} \chapter{Title of chapter~2} \minitoc -\section{bs1} -\section{bs2} +\section{bs1} \section{bs2} \chapter{Title of chapter~3} \minitoc -\section{cs1} -\section{cs2} +\section{cs1} \section{cs2} \chapter{Title of chapter~4} \minitoc -\section{ds1} -\section{ds2} +\section{ds1} \section{ds2} % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \end{macro} @@ -15333,9 +15400,8 @@ Some more text. % \fi % {\columnseprule=.4pt\columnsep=45pt\begin{multicols}{2} % \begin{macrocode} -\listoffigures %% tocbibind compatibility -\mtcaddchapter +\listoffigures \mtcaddchapter % \end{macrocode} % \end{multicols}} % \end{macro} @@ -15563,8 +15629,7 @@ Some more text. % \begin{macrocode} \begin{document} \setcounter{lofdepth}{2} -\dominilof -\listoffigures +\dominilof \listoffigures \newpage % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -15670,36 +15735,37 @@ have centered labels. % \caption[Identificateurs des messages]{Identificateurs des messages (cliquez sur un identificateur de message % pour voir sa signification).}\label{t+allmess} % \fi\relax -% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}} +% ^^A {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}O{1}@{}} +% {\footnotesize\begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}X@{}c@{}} % \toprule -% \mstrut\lmess{E0001} & \lmess{E0002} & \lmess{E0003} & \lmess{E0004} & \lmess{E0005} & \lmess{E0006} & \lmess{E0007} & \lmess{E0008} & \lmess{E0009} & \lmess{E0010} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0011} & \lmess{E0012} & \lmess{E0013} & \lmess{E0014} & \lmess{E0015} & \lmess{E0016} & \lmess{E0017} & \lmess{E0018} & \lmess{E0019} & \lmess{E0020} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0021} & \lmess{E0022} & \lmess{E0023} & \lmess{E0024} & \lmess{E0025} & \lmess{E0026} & \lmess{E0027} & \lmess{E0028} & \lmess{E0029} & \lmess{E0030} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0031} & \lmess{E0032} & \lmess{E0033} & \lmess{E0034} & \lmess{E0035} & \lmess{E0036} & \lmess{E0037} & \lmess{E0038} & \lmess{E0039} & \lmess{E0040} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{E0041} & \lmess{E0042} & \lmess{E0043} & & & & &&& \\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0001}&&\lmess{E0002}&&\lmess{E0003}&&\lmess{E0004}&&\lmess{E0005}&&\lmess{E0006}&&\lmess{E0007}&&\lmess{E0008}&&\lmess{E0009}&&\lmess{E0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0011}&&\lmess{E0012}&&\lmess{E0013}&&\lmess{E0014}&&\lmess{E0015}&&\lmess{E0016}&&\lmess{E0017}&&\lmess{E0018}&&\lmess{E0019}&&\lmess{E0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0021}&&\lmess{E0022}&&\lmess{E0023}&&\lmess{E0024}&&\lmess{E0025}&&\lmess{E0026}&&\lmess{E0027}&&\lmess{E0028}&&\lmess{E0029}&&\lmess{E0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0031}&&\lmess{E0032}&&\lmess{E0033}&&\lmess{E0034}&&\lmess{E0035}&&\lmess{E0036}&&\lmess{E0037}&&\lmess{E0038}&&\lmess{E0039}&&\lmess{E0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{E0041}&&\lmess{E0042}&&\lmess{E0043}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ % \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{F0001} & \lmess{F0002} & \lmess{F0003} & \lmess{F0004} & \lmess{F0005} & \lmess{F0006} & \lmess{F0007} & \lmess{F0008} & \lmess{F0009} & \\ +% \mstrut\lmess{F0001}&&\lmess{F0002}&&\lmess{F0003}&&\lmess{F0004}&&\lmess{F0005}&&\lmess{F0006}&&\lmess{F0007}&&\lmess{F0008}&&\lmess{F0009}&&\\ % \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{I0000} & & & & & & & & & \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0001} & \lmess{I0002} & \lmess{I0003} & \lmess{I0004} & \lmess{I0005} & \lmess{I0006} & \lmess{I0007} & \lmess{I0008} & \lmess{I0009} & \lmess{I0010} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0011} & \lmess{I0012} & \lmess{I0013} & \lmess{I0014} & \lmess{I0015} & \lmess{I0016} & \lmess{I0017} & \lmess{I0018} & \lmess{I0019} & \lmess{I0020} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0021} & \lmess{I0022} & \lmess{I0023} & \lmess{I0024} & \lmess{I0025} & \lmess{I0026} & \lmess{I0027} & \lmess{I0028} & \lmess{I0029} & \lmess{I0030} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0031} & \lmess{I0032} & \lmess{I0033} & \lmess{I0034} & \lmess{I0035} & \lmess{I0036} & \lmess{I0037} & \lmess{I0038} & \lmess{I0039} & \lmess{I0040} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0041} & \lmess{I0042} & \lmess{I0043} & \lmess{I0044} & \lmess{I0045} & \lmess{I0046} & \lmess{I0047} & \lmess{I0048} & \lmess{I0049} & \lmess{I0050} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{I0051} & \lmess{I0052} & \lmess{I0053} &&&&&&& \\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0000}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0001}&&\lmess{I0002}&&\lmess{I0003}&&\lmess{I0004}&&\lmess{I0005}&&\lmess{I0006}&&\lmess{I0007}&&\lmess{I0008}&&\lmess{I0009}&&\lmess{I0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0011}&&\lmess{I0012}&&\lmess{I0013}&&\lmess{I0014}&&\lmess{I0015}&&\lmess{I0016}&&\lmess{I0017}&&\lmess{I0018}&&\lmess{I0019}&&\lmess{I0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0021}&&\lmess{I0022}&&\lmess{I0023}&&\lmess{I0024}&&\lmess{I0025}&&\lmess{I0026}&&\lmess{I0027}&&\lmess{I0028}&&\lmess{I0029}&&\lmess{I0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0031}&&\lmess{I0032}&&\lmess{I0033}&&\lmess{I0034}&&\lmess{I0035}&&\lmess{I0036}&&\lmess{I0037}&&\lmess{I0038}&&\lmess{I0039}&&\lmess{I0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0041}&&\lmess{I0042}&&\lmess{I0043}&&\lmess{I0044}&&\lmess{I0045}&&\lmess{I0046}&&\lmess{I0047}&&\lmess{I0048}&&\lmess{I0049}&&\lmess{I0050}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{I0051}&&\lmess{I0052}&&\lmess{I0053}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ % \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{M0001} &&&&&&&&& \\ +% \mstrut\lmess{M0001}&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&&\\ % \midrule -% \mstrut\lmess{W0001} & \lmess{W0002} & \lmess{W0003} & \lmess{W0004} & \lmess{W0005} & \lmess{W0006} & \lmess{W0007} & \lmess{W0008} & \lmess{W0009} & \lmess{W0010} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0011} & \lmess{W0012} & \lmess{W0013} & \lmess{W0014} & \lmess{W0015} & \lmess{W0016} & \lmess{W0017} & \lmess{W0018} & \lmess{W0019} & \lmess{W0020} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0021} & \lmess{W0022} & \lmess{W0023} & \lmess{W0024} & \lmess{W0025} & \lmess{W0026} & \lmess{W0027} & \lmess{W0028} & \lmess{W0029} & \lmess{W0030} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0031} & \lmess{W0032} & \lmess{W0033} & \lmess{W0034} & \lmess{W0035} & \lmess{W0036} & \lmess{W0037} & \lmess{W0038} & \lmess{W0039} & \lmess{W0040} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0041} & \lmess{W0042} & \lmess{W0043} & \lmess{W0044} & \lmess{W0045} & \lmess{W0046} & \lmess{W0047} & \lmess{W0048} & \lmess{W0049} & \lmess{W0050} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0051} & \lmess{W0052} & \lmess{W0053} & \lmess{W0054} & \lmess{W0055} & \lmess{W0056} & \lmess{W0057} & \lmess{W0058} & \lmess{W0059} & \lmess{W0060} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0061} & \lmess{W0062} & \lmess{W0063} & \lmess{W0064} & \lmess{W0065} & \lmess{W0066} & \lmess{W0067} & \lmess{W0068} & \lmess{W0069} & \lmess{W0070} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0071} & \lmess{W0072} & \lmess{W0073} & \lmess{W0074} & \lmess{W0075} & \lmess{W0076} & \lmess{W0077} & \lmess{W0078} & \lmess{W0079} & \lmess{W0080} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0081} & \lmess{W0082} & \lmess{W0083} & \lmess{W0084} & \lmess{W0085} & \lmess{W0086} & \lmess{W0087} & \lmess{W0088} & \lmess{W0089} & \lmess{W0090} \\ -% \mstrut\lmess{W0091} & \lmess{W0092} & \lmess{W0093} & \lmess{W0094} & \lmess{W0095} & \lmess{W0096} & \lmess{W0097} &&&\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0001}&&\lmess{W0002}&&\lmess{W0003}&&\lmess{W0004}&&\lmess{W0005}&&\lmess{W0006}&&\lmess{W0007}&&\lmess{W0008}&&\lmess{W0009}&&\lmess{W0010}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0011}&&\lmess{W0012}&&\lmess{W0013}&&\lmess{W0014}&&\lmess{W0015}&&\lmess{W0016}&&\lmess{W0017}&&\lmess{W0018}&&\lmess{W0019}&&\lmess{W0020}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0021}&&\lmess{W0022}&&\lmess{W0023}&&\lmess{W0024}&&\lmess{W0025}&&\lmess{W0026}&&\lmess{W0027}&&\lmess{W0028}&&\lmess{W0029}&&\lmess{W0030}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0031}&&\lmess{W0032}&&\lmess{W0033}&&\lmess{W0034}&&\lmess{W0035}&&\lmess{W0036}&&\lmess{W0037}&&\lmess{W0038}&&\lmess{W0039}&&\lmess{W0040}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0041}&&\lmess{W0042}&&\lmess{W0043}&&\lmess{W0044}&&\lmess{W0045}&&\lmess{W0046}&&\lmess{W0047}&&\lmess{W0048}&&\lmess{W0049}&&\lmess{W0050}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0051}&&\lmess{W0052}&&\lmess{W0053}&&\lmess{W0054}&&\lmess{W0055}&&\lmess{W0056}&&\lmess{W0057}&&\lmess{W0058}&&\lmess{W0059}&&\lmess{W0060}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0061}&&\lmess{W0062}&&\lmess{W0063}&&\lmess{W0064}&&\lmess{W0065}&&\lmess{W0066}&&\lmess{W0067}&&\lmess{W0068}&&\lmess{W0069}&&\lmess{W0070}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0071}&&\lmess{W0072}&&\lmess{W0073}&&\lmess{W0074}&&\lmess{W0075}&&\lmess{W0076}&&\lmess{W0077}&&\lmess{W0078}&&\lmess{W0079}&&\lmess{W0080}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0081}&&\lmess{W0082}&&\lmess{W0083}&&\lmess{W0084}&&\lmess{W0085}&&\lmess{W0086}&&\lmess{W0087}&&\lmess{W0088}&&\lmess{W0089}&&\lmess{W0090}\\ +% \mstrut\lmess{W0091}&&\lmess{W0092}&&\lmess{W0093}&&\lmess{W0094}&&\lmess{W0095}&&\lmess{W0096}&&\lmess{W0097}&&\lmess{W0098}&&\lmess{W0099}&&\\ % \bottomrule % \end{tabularx}} % \end{table} @@ -15709,7 +15775,7 @@ have centered labels. % This chapter lists and comments the messages given by the \upack{minitoc} package, and is associates, % \pack{mtcoff} and \pack{mtcpatchmem}\footnote{The % texts of the messages given in this chapter may slighty differ from the real text, because some messages contain -% variable elements and the layout may differ.}. +% variable elements and the layout may vary.}. % The table~\vref{t+allmess} lists all messages; in this table, you can click on a message identifier to find quickly its meaning. % \begin{itemize} % \item The first line of each message contains usually the name of the package and an unique identifier (this @@ -15755,7 +15821,7 @@ have centered labels. % Ce chapitre liste et commente les messages émis par le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, et ses associés \pack{mtcoff} et % \pack{mtcpatchmem}\,\footnote{Les % textes des messages donnés dans ce chapitre peuvent être légèrement différents du texte réel, car certains -% messages contiennent des éléments variables et la mise en page peut aussi être différente.}. +% messages contiennent des éléments variables et la mise en page peut aussi varier.}. % Le tableau~\vref{t+allmess} liste tous les messages; vous pouvez cliquer dans ce tableau sur un identifieur de message pour % trouver rapidement sa signification. % \begin{itemize} @@ -15817,7 +15883,7 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \begin{xmessage}[I0000] % \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package: minitoc 2007/06/29 v55 Package minitoc (JPFD)| +% \verb|Package: minitoc 2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % This is the announce message of the \upack{minitoc} package, with its name, date and version. ``JPFD'' are my @@ -15833,7 +15899,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{xmessage}[I0001] % \begin{quote} % \verb|Package minitoc Info: I0001|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 55 ***.| +% \verb|(minitoc) *** minitoc package, version 56 ***.| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % Remember the version of the package. @@ -16546,7 +16612,7 @@ have centered labels. % \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or +% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or % from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. % \or\relax % Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mld} n'a pas été installé sur votre système. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution @@ -16565,7 +16631,7 @@ have centered labels. % \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or +% The \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} file has not been installed on your system. You should take it from a recent distribution or % from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, else the \emph{\LLL} language option will not be available. % \or\relax % Le fichier \emph{\LLL}\suffix{.mlo} n'a pas été installé sur votre système. Vous devriez le prendre dans une distribution @@ -16933,10 +16999,10 @@ have centered labels. % \verb|(minitoc) Trying to continue...| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will try to continue. It would be +% You\virage{} are using an obsolete version of \LaTeX, but the \upack{minitoc} package will still try to continue. It would be % better to update your \LaTeX\ installation. % \or\relax -% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolète de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va essayer de continuer. Il +% Vous\virage{} utilisez une version obsolète de \LaTeX, mais le paquetage \upack{minitoc} va quand même essayer de continuer. Il % serait préférable de mettre à~jour votre installation de \LaTeX. % \fi % \end{xmessage} @@ -16964,22 +17030,26 @@ have centered labels. % \verb|(minitoc) in your installation.|\\ % \verb|(minitoc) Search for the I0050 and I0051 info messages|\\ % \verb|(minitoc) in the \jobname.log file.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) The full list of the missing language files|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) is gigen in the W0094 warning message.|\\ % \verb|(minitoc) Please install the missing files from|\\ % \verb|(minitoc) a recent distribution|\\ % \verb|(minitoc) or from the CTAN archives.| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. Search for the \texttt{I0050} and -% \texttt{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing. +% Some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files have not been installed on your system. +% Search for the \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} and +% \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} info messages in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file to find which files are missing. % You can retrieve them from a recent distribution or from the CTAN archives to complete your installation, -% else some language options will not be available. The list of the missing files is given in the \texttt{W0094} +% else some language options will not be available. +% The full list of the missing language files is given in the \texttt{W0094}\imess{W0094} % warning message. % \or\relax % Certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} n'ont pas été installés sur votre système. Cherchez les -% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050} et \texttt{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour +% messages informatifs \texttt{I0050}\imess{I0050} et \texttt{I0051}\imess{I0051} dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log} pour % trouver quels fichiers sont manquants. Vous pouvez les récupérer depuis une distribution récente ou depuis les % archives CTAN pour compléter votre installation, sinon certaines options de langue ne seront pas disponibles. -% La liste des fichiers manquants est donnée dans le message d'avertissement \texttt{W0094}. +% La liste complète des fichiers de langue manquants est donnée dans le message d'avertissement \imess{W0094}\texttt{W0094}. % \fi % \end{xmessage} % @@ -17032,20 +17102,20 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \end{xmessage} % -% \begin{xmessage}[W0097] +% \begin{xmessage}[W0098] % \begin{quote} -% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ -% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \verb|Package minitoc Warning: W0098|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) --- You have used the \nofiles command|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in your preamble; all preparation commands|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc) in the body of the document will be ignored.| % \end{quote} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, -% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% You have used the \com{nofiles} command in the preamble of your document; hence the preparation commands will be +% ignored in your document. Please verify that the mini-table auxiliary files are in their final state. +% See page~\pageref{x+W0098}. % \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, -% car il a ses propres définitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le résultat pourrait être -% insatisfaisant. +% Vous avez utilisé la commande \com{nofiles} dans le préambule de votre document; veuillez vérifier que les +% fichiers auxiliaires pour les mini-ables sont dans leur état final. Voir page~\pageref{x+W0098}. % \fi % \end{xmessage} % @@ -17358,7 +17428,7 @@ have centered labels. % the \upack{minitoc} package. % See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. % \or\relax -% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc} package, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titletoc}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le % paquetage \upack{minitoc}. % Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. % \fi @@ -18179,6 +18249,41 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \end{xmessage} % +% \begin{xmessage}[W0097] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0097|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The flowfram package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are using the \pack{flowfram} package which is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package, +% because it has its own definitions for minitocs. The compilation can continue, but the result could be unsatisfactory. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} utilisez le paquetage \pack{flowfram} qui est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% car il a ses propres définitions pour des minitocs. La compilation continue, mais le résultat pourrait être +% insatisfaisant. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% +% \begin{xmessage}[W0099] +% \begin{quote} +% \verb|Package minitoc(hints) Warning: W0099|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) --- The titlesec package is loaded.|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) It is incompatible|\\ +% \verb|(minitoc(hints)) with the minitoc package.| +% \end{quote} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% You\Virage{} are trying to use also the \pack{titlesec} package, but it is \emph{incompatible} with +% the \upack{minitoc} package. +% See note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \or\relax +% Vous\Virage{} essayez d'utiliser aussi le paquetage \pack{titlesec}, mais il est \emph{incompatible} avec le +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}. +% Voir la note~\vref{fn+titlesec}. +% \fi +% \end{xmessage} +% % \lneed{10} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \subsection{Error messages} @@ -19355,13 +19460,16 @@ have centered labels. % \mtcskip % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % \minilot +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} -% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} % This chapter attempts to explain some terms used in this documentation, and describes some useful files and suffixes. % Many data come from the documentations of various cited packages (often from the abstract), and % from~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. +% \clearpage +% \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} % \jsection{.\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{``.''} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \item[\usuffix{.aux}]\isuffix{.aux} The suffix of the name for an \emph{auxiliary} file of a \LaTeX{} document. It carries @@ -19526,14 +19634,15 @@ have centered labels. % tables. The \upack{minitoc} package creates its own auxiliary files, to store the contents of each % mini-table. These files are the \emph{minitoc auxiliary files}, whose names are % \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{extension}, the table~\vref{t+suffixes} lists the possible extensions. +% See also the \suffix{.maf} extension above. % \end{wdesc} % \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \item[\upack{babel}] The \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and others) is % a large package useful to write \LaTeX\ documents in many languages, not only english. % Many titles for mini-tables come from the \pack{babel} package. -% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla} language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems; -% see~\cite{bangtex}. +% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} A package for typesetting documents in the \lopt{bangla} +% (\lopt{bengali}) language using the {\TeX/\LaTeX} systems; see~\cite{bangtex}. % \item[\feat{before}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed \emph{before} a given type of mini-table. % Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. % \item[\BibTeX] A program by \name{Oren}{Patashnik} to make bibliographies in \LaTeX{} documents. Distributed with \LaTeX. @@ -19622,6 +19731,8 @@ have centered labels. % unnumbered captions, and a legend heading for any environment. Methods are provided to define captions % for use outside float environments, and to define new float environments and subfloats. Tools are provided % for defining your own captioning styles. +% \item[\upack{chngpage}] The \pack{chngpage} package (by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) provides commands to change +% the page layout in the middle of a document, and to robustly check for typesetting on odd or even pages. % \item[Chapter~0] % Some documents do not begin with chapter number one, but with chapter number zero (or even a weirder number). % This caused a serious problem in old versions of the \upack{minitoc} package: the minitocs appeared in the @@ -19642,7 +19753,7 @@ have centered labels. % and thai, plus some variants of russian. % The titles of mini-tables for these languages come from some \pack{CJK} files and were inserted in % \suffix{.mld} files when possible, or in \suffix{.mlo} files when the encoding is incompatible with the -% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism; +% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx} mechanism; % then the \suffix{.mld} file must input the corresponding \suffix{.mlo} file. % \pack{CJK} implements the GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8, and CNS encodings (on 16~bits, except UTF~8 on 24~bits). % See table~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. @@ -19814,7 +19925,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\texttt{em}] A length unit equal (approximatively) to the width of a~``m'' letter in the current font. % \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} % An example of shell script to prepare the english documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script -% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN9}. +% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] A bibliographic style derived from the \xfile{plain.bst}\isuffix{.bst} standard style, but % modified with the \tool{urlbst} tool~\cite{urlbst} to add an~\texttt{URL} field. Family names of authors % and editors are in small caps, years are in old style digits. @@ -19822,7 +19933,7 @@ have centered labels. % The most common value for TeX font encoding is OT1. The other predefined option is T1 (extended \TeX). There's also % US~ASCII (7~bit), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bit), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), % etc. See table~\vref{t+var-encodings} and ~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \begin{table}[htp] +% \begin{table}[tp] % \changeskips % \caption{Various encodings}\label{t+var-encodings} % \centering @@ -19930,7 +20041,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\pack{floatrow}] This package~\cite{floatrow} (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} is an extension of the % \pack{float} package~\cite{float} (by \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), reusing its code, with extensions from % the \pack{rotfloat} package~\cite{rotfloat} (by \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). -% \item[\pack{flowframe}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you +% \item[\pack{flowfram}] This\imess{W0097} package~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} is designed to enable you % to create text \emph{frames} % in a document such that the contents of the \env{document} environment flow from one frame to the next in the % order that they were defined. This is useful for creating posters or magazines or any other form of document that @@ -19952,7 +20063,7 @@ have centered labels. % \scrp{cmk} script). % \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} % An example of shell script to prepare the french documentation of the \upack{minitoc} package. The script -% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN9}. +% \scrp{imk} must have be run previously. See item~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\upack{fncychap}] The \pack{fncychap}\imess{W0086} package~\cite{fncychap} provides a set of commands for changing % the format used for some headings (chapters) in the standard \LaTeXe\ document classes: % \class{book} and \class{report}. @@ -19981,7 +20092,8 @@ have centered labels. % \verb|\usepackage[margin=2cm]{geometry}| % \end{quote} % This powerful (and recommended) package is used in some example documents and in this documentation. -% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guarani, the main language spoken in Paraguay. +% \item[\upack{guarani}]\ipack{guarani} A \LaTeX\ package to compose text in \ilopt{guarani}Guarani, +% the main language spoken in Paraguay. % The file \xfile{guarani.ldf}, included in this package, defines the titles. See~\cite{guarani} and % section~\vref{s+mld+guarani}. % \end{wdesc} @@ -19993,6 +20105,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[Hindi] For the Hindi language, see the \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari} package~\cite{devanagari} above. The % \upack{minitoc} package accepts the \lopt{devanagari} and \lopt{hindi} language options, which are % synonyms. A \lopt{hindi-modern} language option is also available. +% See also~\cite{hindi99} about the Hindi language. % \item[hint] An indication, a clue to detect a problem. It is also a message written (into the % \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file) by the \optd{hints} option (see below). % \item[\uopt{hints}]\ioptd{hints} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It verifies the loading order of some @@ -20012,8 +20125,8 @@ have centered labels. % \LaTeX\ to produce some sort of \com{special} commands; there are % backends for the \com{special} set defined for \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} \texttt{dvi} processors, % for embedded pdfmark commands for processing by Acrobat Distiller -% (\textbf{dvips} and \textbf{dvipsone}), for \textbf{dviwindo}, -% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \textbf{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML +% (\tool{dvips} and \tool{dvipsone}), for \tool{dviwindo}, +% for \textbf{pdf\TeX}, for \textbf{\TeX4ht}, and for \tool{VTEX}'s pdf and HTML % backends. % % This package derives from, and builds on, the work of the \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX} @@ -20033,7 +20146,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} % An example of shell script, which prepares the \upack{minitoc} package from \xfile{minitoc.ins} and % \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; note that \scrp{imk} must be run before running \scrp{emk} or \scrp{fmk}. -% See item~\vref{IN9}. +% See item~\vref{IN10}. % \end{SMOOTH} % \item[\uopt{insection}] The \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} package option loads the \pack{placeins} package~\cite{placeins} % with adequate options to avoid the floats (like figures and tables) to drift outside of their sections. @@ -20041,7 +20154,7 @@ have centered labels. % section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. % \item[insertion] The insertion commands of the \upack{minitoc} package insert a mini-table in the document. % A~corresponding \emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before. The insertion commands -% are: +% are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): % \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} % \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ % \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ @@ -20104,7 +20217,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[Lambda] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of % Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) is called ``\emph{Lambda}'' ($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). % \item[Lamed] The \LaTeX{} format (in the \TeX\ meaning of that word) adapted to the special features of -% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). +% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) is called ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). % \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} is a typesetting system that is very % suitable for producing scientific and mathematical % documents of high typographical quality. It is also suitable for @@ -20181,6 +20294,11 @@ have centered labels. % operating system, but variants exists. % \item[\upack{mcaption}] The \pack{mcaption}\imess{W0036} package~\cite{mcaption} provides a \env{margincap} % environment for putting captions in the outer document margin with either a top or bottom alignment. +% \item[\textbf{MCE}] A minimal [complete] example is the smallest possible complete document that illustrates a problem. +% A minimal example file should not include any packages or code that do not contribute to the problem, but must +% include a document class and the \env{document} environment (from~\cite{talbot-mini}). See also~\cite{preusse}, +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} and +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} for good advices. % \lneed{7} % \begin{SMOOTH} % \item[\uclass{memoir}, \xfile{memoir.cls}]\iclass{memoir} A very% @@ -20198,7 +20316,7 @@ have centered labels. % list of tables) for a sectionning unit (part, chapter or section), by opposition to a global table (the % table of contents, the list of figures or the list of tables for the whole document). The main aim of the % \upack{minitoc} package is the creation of such mini-tables. But the term ``minitoc'' is also used to refer -% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only table of +% to such mini-table, as a generic term, because the first versions of the package allowed only tables of % contents for chapters. % \item[mini-toc] See ``minitoc'' below. % \item[minibbl] Short for ``mini-bibliography'', i.e.,~to have a bibliography per part, chapter or section, or @@ -20252,18 +20370,24 @@ have centered labels. % of the Mongol language (Bicig and Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe and Manju, Buryat, Xalx and Khalkha) and in a % dialect of Russian used in Mongolia (Russianc). Bicig is another name for Uighur. % You can find many things about Mongolia and Mongolian at the web site~\cite{mongol-web}. +% See also~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems} +% and~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}. % The following description is extracted from~\cite{montex}. % +% \reversemarginpar % \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} is a package which offers support for writing documents in % Mongolian, Manju, Buryat and Russian. Mongolian can be represented -% in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or Traditional +% in traditional Uighur script (also known as Classical or +% Traditional\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}}% % Script) and Cyrillic. Manju resembles the Traditional Mongolian script % (from which it is derived) but uses a rich choice of diacritics in % order to eliminate numerous ambiguities of the Mongolian script % ancestor. Modern Buryat, like Mongolian in its present form, is written -% with a Cyrillic alphabet, but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat +% with a Cyrillic alphabet, +% but both Mongolian (35 letters) and Buryat\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}} % (36 letters) use more letters than Russian (33 letters). % +% \normalmarginpar % \begin{description} % \item[Mongolian] % The word \emph{Mongolian} is actually an umbrella term for @@ -20580,7 +20704,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{table}[!tp] % \changeskips % \centering -% \caption{The five font parameters for some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5} +% \caption{The five font parameters of some fonts}\label{t+nfss+5} % ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} % \toprule @@ -20659,7 +20783,8 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \begin{SMOOTH} % \item[Omega] The Omega typesetting system\,\footnote{Most but not all of this note is taken in the Omega documentation -% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.} +% \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. +% See~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} for more information.} % ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (by \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} and \xname{John}{Plaice}) % is an extension of \TeX{} that is aimed primarily at improving \TeX's multilingual abilities. % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -20691,9 +20816,11 @@ have centered labels. % Extending Omega with the \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} extensions is a separate % project, known as ``\pack{Aleph}'' ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} and led by \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. % The \LaTeX\ for \pack{Aleph} is known as -% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). +% ``\emph{Lamed}''~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). % There is an experimental system, named \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, which will regroup % \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} and other developments. +% A promising development is \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} by~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, with +% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. % \begin{table}[tp!] % ^^A \changeskips % \caption{Some systems derived from \TeX{} and \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} @@ -20708,8 +20835,8 @@ have centered labels. % &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\usebox{\LAMED}} % \end{array} \] % \end{table} -% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before (\emph{open}) the insertion -% of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. +% \item[\feat{open}] A type of \emph{feature} (see this term) which is executed immediately before +% (\emph{open}) the insertion of the auxiliary file for a given type of mini-table. % Look at the documentation of the \com{mtcsetfeature} command, in section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. % See the \exam{mtc-ocf.tex} example file, in section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. % \end{wdesc} @@ -20763,7 +20890,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} % An example of shell script to prepare the \upack{minitoc} package % and its documentation; you should adapt it to your needs. -% See item~\vref{IN9}. +% See item~\vref{IN10}. % \item[PostScript] A page description language, by Adobe. It describes the appearance of a page, including % elements such as text, graphics, and scanned images, to a printer or visualization device. Introduced by % Adobe in 1985, it has become the language of choice in high quality printing. @@ -20774,7 +20901,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{SMOOTH} % \item[preparation] The preparation commands of the \upack{minitoc} package prepare the auxiliary files for the % mini-tables of a given type. A~\emph{preparation} command must have been invoked (only once) before any -% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are: +% insertion command for the mini-table type. The preparation commands are (see table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): % \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} % \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(part level)\\ % \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(chapter level)\\ @@ -20808,7 +20935,7 @@ have centered labels. % of the \upack{minitoc} package into classes (one directory % for each class). It should be run after the scripts % \scrp{imk} (mandatory) and \scrp{emk} and/or -% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN9}. +% \scrp{fmk}, in that sequence. See item~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\upack{romannum}] The \pack{romannum} package~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} changes the numbers (for sectionning commands) % generated by \LaTeX{} from arabic digits to roman numerals. This package uses % the \pack{stdclsdv} package~\cite{stdclsdv}. @@ -20924,7 +21051,7 @@ have centered labels. % documents in the Thai language. You can also use the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2}. % \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} An option of the \upack{minitoc} package. It gives a tight line spacing in the % mini-tables. The opposite option is \optd{loose}. -% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\Virage{} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles. +% \item[\upack{titlesec}] The \pack{titlesec}\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} package~\cite{titletoc} allows to change the sectioning titles. % Amongst its many features it provides margin titles, different format in left and right pages, rules above % and below the title, etc. Unfortunately, it is \emph{incompatible} with the \upack{minitoc} package. % \item[\upack{titletoc}] The\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0040}} \pack{titletoc} package is useful for toc entries formatting, @@ -20963,7 +21090,7 @@ have centered labels. % because the category code appears in the token itself; but when the digestive processes encounter a control sequence % token, they must look up the current definition of that control sequence in order to figure out what it means. % \item[\pack{trivfloat}] The \pack{trivfloat} package~\cite{trivfloat} (by \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright})\imess{I0053} provides -% a quick method for defining new float types in LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the +% a quick method for defining new float types in \LaTeX. A single command sets up a new float in the % same style as the \LaTeX{} kernel \env{figure} and \env{table} float types. % \item[\pack{txfonts}] The \pack{txfonts} package~\cite{txfonts} provides the \texttt{TX} fonts, which consist of % \begin{enumerate}\itemsep=0pt @@ -20978,9 +21105,9 @@ have centered labels. % \item math fonts of all symbols corresponding to those of AmS{} fonts (MSAM and MSBM); % \item additional math fonts of various symbols. % \end{enumerate} -% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \texttt{afm} and \texttt{pfb} files). -% Necessary \texttt{tfm} and \texttt{vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files -% for \texttt{dvips} are provided. +% All fonts are in the Type~1 format (in \suffix{.afm} and \suffix{.pfb} files). +% Necessary \suffix{.tfm} and \suffix{.vf} files together with \LaTeXe\ package files and font map files +% (\suffix{.map}) for \tool{dvips} are provided. % \end{wdesc} % \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} @@ -21019,7 +21146,7 @@ have centered labels. % first version of this package, but it had severe problems. \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} rewrote it in a much % better and more robust way. With his permission, I used some of his code in the \upack{minitoc} package % to implement the preparation commands (like \com{dominitoc}). If you use also the \pack{hyperref} -% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \pack{xr} package. +% package~\cite{hyperref.web}, use \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} in place of the \upack{xr} package. % \end{wdesc} % \end{mtchideinmaintoc} % \or\relax @@ -21036,7 +21163,9 @@ have centered labels. % \mtcskip % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{0pt} % \minilot +% \setlength{\mtcindent}{24pt} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{open}{\empty} % \mtcsetfeature{minilot}{close}{\empty} % Ce chapitre tente d'expliquer certains termes utilisés dans cette documentation et décrit quelques fichiers et suffixes @@ -21044,12 +21173,13 @@ have centered labels. % De nombreuses informations proviennent des documentations de divers paquetages cités (souvent du résumé ou % \emph{abstract}), et % de~\cite{malayalam,malayalam-o,mlsquick,montex,HLATEX,komab,classes,usrguide,clsguide,fontsel,lunde1993,lunde,ttb,TLC2F,koma,CIL2E,NSSL2E,cyrguide}. +% \clearpage % \begin{mtchideinmaintoc} % \jsection{<<~.~>>\vphantom{A}}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{<<~.~>>} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \item[\suffix{.aux}] Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier \emph{auxiliaire} d'un document \LaTeX{}. Il transfère % des informations d'une exécution de \LaTeX{} à~la suivante. -% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour une fichier classe de document, +% \item[\usuffix{.cls}]\isuffix{.aux} Le suffixe du nom pour un fichier classe de document, % chargé via la commande \com{documentclass}. % \item[\usuffix{.dtx}]\isuffix{.dtx} Le suffixe du nom pour le fichier source documenté d'un paquetage ou d'une classe \LaTeX. % Ce fichier est souvent associé à~un fichier \suffix{.ins} pour engendrer le paquetage ou la classe. @@ -21152,8 +21282,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{3} % \item[\AmS] L'\emph{American Mathematical Society}~\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.ams.org}}\fron.% % \SMM{\lmess{W0026}\\\lmess{W0027}\\\lmess{I0041}} -% Cette société savante a développé les classes de -% document suivantes: +% Cette société savante a développé les classes de document suivantes: % \class{amsart} et \class{amsproc} sont, malheureusement, \emph{incompatibles} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, % \class{amsbook} est compatible mais demande des précautions. Voir la section~\vref{s+AMS}. % \item[\uclass{amsart}]\iclass{amsart} Une\imess{W0026} classe de document pour des articles~\cite{amslatex}, @@ -21223,14 +21352,15 @@ have centered labels. % fichiers auxiliaires, pour y~stocker les contenus de chaque mini-table. Ces fichiers sont les % \emph{fichiers auxiliaires minitoc}, dont les noms sont de la forme \emph{document}\texttt{.}\emph{suffixe}, % le tableau~\vref{t+suffixes} liste les suffixes possibles. +% Voir aussi le suffixe \suffix{.maf} plus haut. % \end{wdesc} % \jsection{B}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{B} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \item[\upack{babel}] Le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et autres) est un % vaste paquetage permettant de préparer des documents \LaTeX\ dans de nombreuses langues, et pas seulement en % anglais. De nombreux titres pour les mini-tables proviennent du paquetage \pack{babel}. -% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla} en utilisant les systèmes {\TeX/\LaTeX}; -% voir~\cite{bangtex}. +% \item[\upack{Bang\TeX}]\ipacka{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} Un paquetage pour composer des documents dans la langue \lopt{bangla} +% (\lopt{bengali}) en utilisant les systèmes {\TeX/\LaTeX}; voir~\cite{bangtex}. % \item[\feat{before}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté \emph{avant} un type donné de mini-table. % Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. % \item[\BibTeX] Un programme écrit par \name{Oren}{Patashnik} pour produire des bibliographies dans des documents \LaTeX. @@ -21326,6 +21456,9 @@ have centered labels. % environnement. Des méthodes sont fournies pour définir des captions à~utiliser en dehors des environnements % flottants et pour définir de nouveaux environnements flottants et des sous-flottants. Des outils sont fournis % pour définir vos propres styles de captions. +% \item[\upack{chngpage}] Le paquetage \pack{chngpage} (de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}) fournit des commandes pour changer +% la mise en page au milieu d'un document et pour tester de manière robuste la mise en page pour les pages +% paires ou impaires. % \item[Chapter~0] % Certains documents ne commencent pas par le chapitre numéro un, mais par un chapitre numéroté zéro (ou même % avec un numéro plus bizarre). Ceci posait un sérieux problème dans les anciennes versions du paquetage @@ -21349,7 +21482,8 @@ have centered labels. % Les titres des mini-tables pour ces langues % proviennent de fichiers du système \pack{CJK} et ont été insérés dans des fichiers \suffix{.mld} lorsque ceci % était possible, ou dans des fichiers \suffix{.mlo} lorsque le codage est incompatible avec le mécanisme -% \isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx}; le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant. +% \isuffix{.ins}\isuffix{.dtx}\isuffix{.mld}\isuffix{.mlo}\usuffix{.ins/.dtx}; +% le fichier \suffix{.mld} doit alors charger le fichier \suffix{.mlo} correspondant. % \pack{CJK} implante les codages GB, Big~5, JIS, SJIS, KS, UTF~8 et CNS (sur 16~bits, sauf UTF~8 sur 24~bits). % Voir le tableau~\vref{t+jargon+CJK}. % \begin{table}[tp] @@ -21430,11 +21564,11 @@ have centered labels. % \item[CMR] Pour «~Computer Modern Roman~». Le sous-ensemble romain des fontes «~Computer Modern~». % Voir «~Computer Modern~» ci-dessous. % \item[codage] Un codage (\emph{encoding}) spécifie l'ordre selon lequel les caractères apparaissent dans la -% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinzième caractère est un «~~»). Le codage de fonte le plus courant +% fonte (par exemple, si le soixante-quinzième caractère est un «~A~»). Le codage de fonte le plus courant % pour \TeX\ est OT1. L'autre option prédéfinie est~T1 (\TeX\ étendu). Il y~a aussi % US~ASCII (7~bits), ISO~Latin-1 (8~bits), Adobe Standard Encoding, UTF8 (Unicode~\cite{chou,unicode-des,unicode}), % etc. Voir la table~\vref{t+var-encodings} et~\cite{encguide,enc-inter}. -% \begin{table}[htp] +% \begin{table}[tp] % \changeskips % \caption{Codages divers}\label{t+var-encodings} % \centering @@ -21479,7 +21613,7 @@ have centered labels. % préféré pour le turc.\\ % \texttt{latin4}&Codage ASCII plus les caractères nécessaires % pour les langues baltes (latvien ou letton, estonien et -% lithuanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sâme, sámi).\\ +% lituanien), le groendlandais et le lapon (sâme, sámi).\\ % \texttt{latin5}&Est essentiellement identique à~\texttt{latin1}, % excepté que certains caractères turcs remplacent des % lettres islandaises moins souvent utilisées.\\ @@ -21557,11 +21691,16 @@ have centered labels. % \end{wdesc} % \jsection{E}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{E} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} +% \item[\textbf{ECM}] Un exemple minimal complet est le plus petit document complet possible qui illustre un +% problème. Un exemple minimal ne devrait aucun paquetegage ni code qui ne contribue pas au problème, mais +% il doit contenir une classe de document et l'environnement \env{document} (d'après~\cite{talbot-mini}). +% Voir aussi~\cite{preusse}, \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=minxampl} et +% \url{http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html?label=askquestion} pour de bons conseils. % \item[\texttt{em}] Une unité de longueur égale (approximativement) à~la largeur de la lettre~\og m\fg % dans la fonte courante. En typographie, c'est un \og cadratin\fg. % \item[\uscrp{emk}]\iscrp{emk} % Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer la documentation en anglais du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}. +% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\xfile{en-mtc.bst}] Un style bibliographique similaire au style \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{plain.bst} standard, mais % modifié avec l'outil \tool{urlbst}~\cite{urlbst} pour ajouter un champ \texttt{URL}. Les noms de famille % des auteurs et rédacteurs (\emph{editors}) sont en petites capitales, les années en chiffres de style ancien. @@ -21605,8 +21744,8 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\com{firstpartis}] Analogue à~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. % \item[\com{firstsectionis}] Analogue à~\com{firstchapteris} ci-dessus. % \item[\pack{float}] Ce paquetage~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau})\imess{I0053} améliore l'interface de définition -% d'objets flottants teles que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>> -% qui régit l'aspect des flottants. Ne nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent être définies en utilisant une +% d'objets flottants tels que figures et tableaux en \LaTeX. Il ajoute la notion de <<~style de flottant~>> +% qui régit l'aspect des flottants. De nouvelles sortes de flottants peuvent être définies en utilisant une % commande \com{newfloat} analogue à~\com{newtheorem}. Ce paquetage incorpore aussi la fonctionnalité du % paquetage \pack{here} de \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, donnant aux environnements flottants une option % \texttt{[H]} qui signifie <<~METTEZ-LE ICI~>> (par opposition à~l'option standard \texttt{[h]} qui signifie @@ -21617,7 +21756,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\pack{floatrow}] Ce paquetage~\cite{floatrow} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko})\imess{I0053} est une extension du paquetage % \pack{float}~\cite{float} (de \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}), réutilisant son code, avec des extensions venant du % paquetage \pack{rotfloat}~\cite{rotfloat} (de \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}). -% \item[\pack{flowframe}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conçu pour vous permettre de créer des +% \item[\pack{flowfram}] Ce\imess{W0097} paquetage~\cite{flowfram,ffuserguide} est conçu pour vous permettre de créer des % blocs (\emph{frames}) de texte dans un document de manière que le contenu de l'environnement \env{document} % coule d'un bloc au suivant dans l'ordre où ils ont été définis. Ceci est utile pour créer des posters ou des % magazines ou toute autre forme de document qui n'est pas conforme à~la mise en page standard sur une ou deux colonnes. @@ -21641,7 +21780,7 @@ have centered labels. % regardez le script \scrp{cmk}). % \item[\uscrp{fmk}]\iscrp{fmk} % Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer la documentation en français du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. -% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}. +% Le script \scrp{imk} doit avoir été exécuté au préalable. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\upack{fncychap}] Le paquetage \imess{W0086}\pack{fncychap}~\cite{fncychap} fournit diverses commandes pour changer % le format utilisé pour certaines en-têtes (chapitres) dans les classes stantard de documents de \LaTeXe: % \class{book} et \class{report}. @@ -21687,6 +21826,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[Hindi] Pour la langue hindi, voir le paquetage \packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}~\cite{devanagari} plus haut. Le % paquetage \upack{minitoc} accepte les options de langue \lopt{devanagari} et \lopt{hindi}, qui sont % synonymes. Une option de langue \lopt{hindi-modern} est également disponible. +% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. % \end{SMOOTH} % \item[\emph{hint}] Une indication, un indice pour détecter un problème. C'est aussi un message écrit (dans % le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}) par l'option \optd{hints} (voir ci-dessous). @@ -21711,8 +21851,8 @@ have centered labels. % de références croisées de \LaTeX\ afin de produire une certaine sorte de commandes \com{special}; % elles sont des prémices de l'ensemble de commandes \com{special} définis pour les processeurs de % \texttt{dvi} vers \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, pour les commandes \texttt{pdfmark} incluses pour le traitement par -% Acrobat Distiller (\textbf{dvips} et \textbf{dvipsone}), pour \textbf{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX}, -% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \textbf{VTEX}. +% Acrobat Distiller (\tool{dvips} et \tool{dvipsone}), pour \tool{dviwindo}, pour \textbf{pdf\TeX}, +% pour \textbf{\TeX4ht} et pour les outils de conversion en PDF et HTML de \tool{VTEX}. % % Ce paquetage dérive de, et est bâti sur, le travail du projet \packa{Hyper\TeX}{HyperTeX}, % décrit dans~\cite{hypertex}. Il étend la fonctionnalité de toutes les commandes de @@ -21730,7 +21870,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{SMOOTH} % \item [\uscrp{imk}]\iscrp{imk} Un exemple de script \emph{shell}, qui prépare le paquetage \upack{minitoc} % depuis \xfile{minitoc.ins} et \xfile{minitoc.dtx}; notez que \scrp{imk} doit être exécuté avant -% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}. +% de lancer \scrp{emk} ou \scrp{fmk}. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. % \end{SMOOTH} % \item[\uopt{insection}]\iopt{insection} L'option de paquetage \opt{insection}\imess{W0056} charge le paquetage \pack{placeins}~\cite{placeins} % avec les options adéquates pour éviter que les éléments flottants (tels que figures et tableaux) dérivent @@ -21740,7 +21880,7 @@ have centered labels. % des sectlots dans votre document. Voir la section~\vref{mtcsecttoc}. % \item[insertion] Les commandes d'insertion du paquetage \upack{minitoc} insèrent une mini-table dans le document. % Une commande de \emph{préparation} correspondante doit avoir été invoquée (une seule fois) auparavant. -% Les commandes d'insertion sont: +% Les commandes d'insertion sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): % \par\begin{tabular}{@{}l@{}} % \com{parttoc}, \com{partlof}, \com{partlot},\\ % \com{minitoc}, \com{minilof}, \com{minilot},\\ @@ -21797,7 +21937,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[Lambda] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système % Omega~($\mathbf{\Omega}$) est appelé «~\emph{Lambda}~»~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$). % \item[Lamed] Le format (au sens \TeX\ du terme) \LaTeX{} adapté aux capacités spéciales du système -% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). +% \pack{Aleph}~($\aleph$) est appelé «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). % \item[\LaTeX] \LaTeX~\cite{latex-manual} est un système de préparation de documents qui convient fort bien pour % produire des documents scientifiques et mathématiques de haute qualité typographique. Il convient aussi pour % produire toutes sortes d'autres documents, depuis de simples lettres jusqu'à des livres complets. @@ -21959,16 +22099,24 @@ have centered labels. % dans divers dialectes de la langue mongole (Bicig et Bicig2, Mongol, Bithe et Manju, Buryat, Xalx et Khalkha) et dans % un dialecte du russe utilisé en Mongolie (Russianc). Bigig est un autre nom pour le Ouïghour. % Vous pourrez trouver beaucoup d'informations sur la langue mongole et la Mongolie sur le site web~\cite{mongol-web}. +% voir aussi~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems} +% et~\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_language}. % La description suivante a été extraite de~\cite{montex} et traduite: % -% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour écrire des documents en mongol (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou -% (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe. Le mongol peut être représenté en écriture ouïghure (\emph{uighur}) -% traditionnelle (appelée aussi écriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en écriture cyrillique. Le mandchou -% (\emph{manju}) ressemble à~l'écriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dérive) mais utilise un grand choix de -% signes diacritiques afin d'éliminer de nombreuses ambiguïtés de son ancêtre l'écriture mongole. Le bouriate -% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle, est écrit avec un alphabet cyrillique, mais tant -% le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres que le russe (33~lettres). -% +% \reversemarginpar +% \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} est un paquetage qui fournit le support pour écrire des documents en mongol +% (\emph{mongolian}), mandchou (\emph{manju}), bouriate (\emph{buryat}) et russe. +% Le mongol peut être représenté en écriture ouïghure (\emph{uighur}) +% traditionnelle\ixgrf{mongoltr.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,height=2.5cm]{mongoltr.png}}} +% (appelée aussi écriture classique ou traditionnelle) et en écriture cyrillique. Le mandchou +% (\emph{manju}) ressemble à~l'écriture mongole traditionnelle (dont elle dérive) mais utilise un grand choix de +% signes diacritiques afin d'éliminer de nombreuses ambiguïtés de son ancêtre l'écriture mongole. Le bouriate +% (\emph{buryat}) moderne, comme le mongol dans sa forme actuelle, +% est écrit avec un alphabet cyrillique,\ixgrf{mongolcy.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mongolian_writing_systems}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{mongolcy.png}}}% +% mais tant le mongol (35~lettres) que le bouriate (36~lettres) utilisent davantage de lettres +% que le russe (33~lettres). +% +% \normalmarginpar % \begin{description} % \item[Mongol] % Le terme \emph{mongol} (\emph{mongolian} en anglais) recouvre en fait plusieurs langues et n'est pas le nom précis @@ -22097,7 +22245,7 @@ have centered labels. % section~\vref{mtc-scr.tex}. % \item[\uexam{mtc-syn.tex}]\iexam{mtc-syn.tex} Un exemple de document montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} lorsque % la table des matières est précédée de quelques chapitres étoilés. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-syn.tex}. -% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} package avec +% \item[\uexam{mtc-tbi.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tbi.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} avec % le paquetage \pack{tocbibind}. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tbi.tex}. % \item[\uexam{mtc-tlc.tex}]\iexam{mtc-tlc.tex} Un fichier d'exemple montrant l'utilisation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} dans un document % de la classe \class{article}. C'est l'exemple de~\cite[page~58]{TLC2}, modernisé. Voir la section~\vref{mtc-tlc.tex}. @@ -22280,7 +22428,7 @@ have centered labels. % paramètres spécifient chaque fonte \LaTeX{}, voir le tableau~\vref{t+nfss+5}, par exemple. % \begin{table}[!tp] % \changeskips -% \caption{Les cinq paramètres de fontes pour quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5} +% \caption{Les cinq paramètres de fontes de quelques fontes}\label{t+nfss+5} % \centering % ^^A \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}l@{\,}ll@{}l@{}} % \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}lllllZ{1}l@{}} @@ -22362,7 +22510,8 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} % \begin{SMOOTH} % \item[Omega] Le système de typographie\,\footnote{L'essentiel (mais pas la totalité) de cette note provient de -% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}.} +% la documentation d'Omega \cite{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}. +% Voir~\url{http://omega.enstb.org/} pour plus d'informations.} % Omega ($\mathbf{\Omega}$) (de \xname{Yannis}{Haralambous} et \xname{John}{Plaice}). % \end{SMOOTH} % @@ -22397,9 +22546,11 @@ have centered labels. % L'ajout à~Omega des extensions de \packa{\eTeX}{etex}~\cite{etex} est un projet % distinct, connu sous le nom de «~\pack{Aleph}~» ($\aleph$)~\cite{aleph,aleph-hagen} et conduit par \xname{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}. % La version de \LaTeX\ pour \pack{Aleph} est connue sous le nom de -% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). +% «~\emph{Lamed}~»~(\raisebox{-1pt}[0pt][0pt]{\ixgrf{lamed.pdf}\includegraphics[scale=1,clip]{lamed}}). % Il~y~a un système expérimental, nommé \packa{\textsc{Lua}\TeX}{LuaTeX}~\cite{luatex}, qui regroupera % \textsc{pdf}\TeX, \pack{Aleph}, \packa{\eTeX}{etex} et d'autres développements. +% Une voie prometteuse est \packa{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}~\cite{xetex} par~\name{Jonathan}{Kew}, avec +% \packa{\protect\XeLaTeX}{xelatex}. % \begin{table}[tp!] % ^^A \changeskips % \caption{Quelques systèmes dérivés de \TeX{} et \LaTeX}\label{t+tex-latex} @@ -22414,8 +22565,8 @@ have centered labels. % &&\aleph&+&\mbox{\LaTeX}&\longrightarrow&\mbox{\usebox{\LAMED}} % \end{array} \] % \end{table} -% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté immédiatement avant (ouverture, \emph{open}) -% l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donné de mini-table. +% \item[\feat{open}] Un type de \emph{dispositif} (voir ce terme) qui est exécuté immédiatement +% avant (ouverture, \emph{open}) l'insertion du fichier auxiliaire pour un type donné de mini-table. % Regardez la documentation de la commande \com{mtcsetfeature}, dans la section~\vref{t+parttoc+features}. % Voir le fichier exemple \exam{mtc-ocf.tex}, dans la section~\vref{mtc-ocf.tex}. % \end{wdesc} @@ -22478,7 +22629,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[\uscrp{pmk}]\iscrp{pmk} % Un exemple de script \emph{shell} pour préparer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} % et sa documentation; vous devriez l'adapter à~vos besoins. -% Voir le point~\vref{IN9}. +% Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. % \item[points de conduite] (\emph{leaders}) Une séquence répétive de points (ou d'un autre petit caractère), % espacés régulièrement, utilisée pour relier deux objets sur la même ligne (conduisant d'un titre à~un % numéro de page dans une table des matières ou analogue). @@ -22495,7 +22646,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item[préparation] Les commandes de préparation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} préparent les fichiers auxiliaires % pour les mini-tables d'un type donné. Une commande de~\emph{préparation} doit avoir été invoqué % préalablement (et une seule fois) à~toute commande d'insertion pour le type de mini-table. Les commandes -% de préparation sont: +% de préparation sont (voir la table~\vref{t+SUC-PI}): % \par\begin{tabular}{@{}ll@{}} % \com{doparttoc}, \com{dopartlof}, \com{dopartlot},&(niveau partie)\\ % \com{dominitoc}, \com{dominilof}, \com{dominilot},&(niveau chapitre)\\ @@ -22564,7 +22715,7 @@ have centered labels. % du paquetage \upack{minitoc} en classes (un répertoire pour chaque classe). % Il devrait être exécuté après les scripts % \scrp{imk} (obligatoire) et \scrp{emk} et/ou -% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN9}. +% \scrp{fmk}, dans cet ordre. Voir le point~\vref{IN10}. % \item[\upack{romannum}] Le paquetage \pack{romannum}~\cite{romannum}\imess{W0088} change les numéros (pour les commandes de % sectionnement) engendrés par \LaTeX{} de chiffres arabes en chiffres romains. Ce paquetage utilise le % paquetage \pack{stdclsdv}~\cite{stdclsdv}. @@ -22695,7 +22846,7 @@ have centered labels. % des documents en langue thaïe. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}. % \item[\uopt{tight}]\iopt{tight} Une option du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. Elle donne un espacement serré des lignes dans % les mini-tables. L'option contraire est \optd{loose}. -% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\Virage{} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de +% \item[\upack{titlesec}] Le\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} permet de changer les titres de % sectionnement. Parmi ses nombreux dispositifs, il permet des titres dans la marge, un format différent dans % les pages de gauche et de droite, des filets au-dessus et en dessous du titre, etc. % Malheureusement, il est \emph{incompatible} avec le paquetage \upack{minitoc}. @@ -22760,9 +22911,9 @@ have centered labels. % \item des fontes mathématiques de tous les symboles correspondant à~ceux des fontes \AmS{} fonts (MSAM et MSBM); % \item des fontes mathématiques de divers symboles. % \end{enumerate} -% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \texttt{afm} et \texttt{pfb}). -% Les fichiers \texttt{tfm} et \texttt{vf} nécessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et -% fichiers <<~font map~>> pour \texttt{dvips} sont fournis. +% Toutes ces fontes sont en format Type~1 (dans des fichiers \suffix{.afm} et \suffix{.pfb}). +% Les fichiers \suffix{.tfm} et \suffix{.vf} nécessaires ainsi que les fichiers de paquetage \LaTeXe{} et +% fichiers <<~font map~>> (\suffix{.map}) pour \tool{dvips} sont fournis. % \end{wdesc} % \jsection{U}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{U} % \begin{wdesc}{XXXXXX} @@ -22805,7 +22956,7 @@ have centered labels. % \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle} a réécrit ce paquetage d'une manière bien meilleure et plus robuste. Avec sa permission, % j'ai utilisé une partie de son code dans le paquetage \upack{minitoc} pour réaliser les commandes de % préparation (telles que \com{dominitoc}). Si vous utilisez aussi le paquetage -% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \pack{xr}. +% \pack{hyperref}~\cite{hyperref.web}, utilisez \pack{xr-hyper}~\cite{xr-hyper} au lieu du paquetage \upack{xr}. % \end{wdesc} % \end{mtchideinmaintoc} % \fi @@ -22815,38 +22966,39 @@ have centered labels. % \or\relax % \chapter{Installation}\label{c+installation} % \fi +% \bgroup\mtcindent=0pt % \minilot +% \egroup % % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#55). +% This chapter describes the installation of the \upack{minitoc} package (version~\#56). % % This package contains a lot of files. The list of all files is given in \xfile{minitoc.l}. See -% table~\vref{t+files}. +% tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}. % The files are sorted into ``classes'' below (a file can appear in more than one class). Each class specifies % the function and the placement of its files. % \or\relax -% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#55). +% Ce chapitre décrit l'installation du paquetage \upack{minitoc} (version~\#56). % % Ce paquetage contient de nombreux fichiers. La liste de tous les fichiers est donnée dans -% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files}. +% \xfile{minitoc.l}. Voir le tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}. % Les fichiers sont répartis en «~classes~» ci-dessous (un même fichier peut apparaître dans plusieurs classes). % Chaque classe spécifie la fonction et le placement de ses fichiers. % \fi -% \begin{table}[p] -% \ifDP\begin{leftfullpage}\fi +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi % \centering % \changeskips -% \vspace*{4\baselineskip} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \def\CLA{class} % ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} % \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l})}\label{t+files}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), first part}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} % \or\relax % \def\CLA{classe} % ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} % \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} -% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l})}\label{t+files}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), première partie}\label{t+files1}\ixfile{minitoc.l} % \fi % \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} % \medskip @@ -22855,7 +23007,8 @@ have centered labels. % \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries % \flushleft % \noextrasfrancais -% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} +% \smash{\vphantom{\mpfootnotemark[0]}}\vspace{-.5\baselineskip}% +% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns % \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} % \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt @@ -22900,6 +23053,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{bahasam.mld} % \item \xfile{bangla.mld} % \item \xfile{basque.mld} +% \item \xfile{bengali.mld} % \item \xfile{bicig.mld} % \item \xfile{bicig2.mld} % \item \xfile{bicig3.mld} @@ -22998,10 +23152,14 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{magyar2.mld} % \item \xfile{magyar3.mld} % \item \xfile{malay.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-b.mld} % \item \xfile{malayalam-keli.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} % \item \xmldo{malayalam-omega} % \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} % \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} +% \item \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} % \item \xfile{manju.mld} % \item \xfile{meyalu.mld} % \item \xfile{mongol.mld} @@ -23045,6 +23203,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{spanish2.mld} % \item \xfile{spanish3.mld} % \item \xfile{spanish4.mld} +% \item \xfile{swahili.mld} % \item \xfile{swedish.mld} % \item \xfile{swedish2.mld} % \item \xmldo{thai} @@ -23080,7 +23239,7 @@ have centered labels. % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt % \listparindent=1em -% \item +% \item % \exam{mtc-2c.tex}, % \exam{mtc-2nd.tex}, % \exam{mtc-3co.tex}, @@ -23118,6 +23277,45 @@ have centered labels. % \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, % \exam{mtc-tsf.tex} % \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \footnotetext{See continuation in table~\vref{t+files2}.} +% \or\relax +% \footnotetext{Voir la suite dans le tableau~\vref{t+files2}.} +% \fi +% \end{minipage}} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{table} +% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \centering +% \changeskips +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \def\CLA{class} +% ^^A \def\ET{\textrm{, and}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{List of files (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), second part}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \or\relax +% \def\CLA{classe} +% ^^A \def\ET{ \textrm{et}\xspace} +% \def\ET{\textrm{,}\xspace} +% \caption{Liste des fichiers (\uxfile{minitoc.l}), seconde partie}\label{t+files2}\ixfile{minitoc.l} +% \fi +% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} +% \medskip +% \fboxsep=1em +% ^^A % was -.22\textwidth +% \null\hspace*{-.24\textwidth}\fbox{\begin{minipage}{1.32\textwidth}\footnotesize\ttfamily\upshape\mdseries +% \flushleft +% \noextrasfrancais +% \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}\raggedcolumns +% \begin{multicols}{4}\selectlanguage{french} +% \def\NL{\mbox{}\hfill\mbox{}\\} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=0em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=0pt +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \medskip % \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN4}):}}}]\NL % \begin{itemize} @@ -23140,7 +23338,6 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{minitoc.lan}\isuffix{.lan} % \item \xfile{minitoc.pre}\isuffix{.pre} % \item \xfile{en-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} -% \item \xfile{lamed.eps}, \xfile{lamed.pdf}, \xfile{lamed.tex} % \end{itemize} % \medskip % \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN6}):}}}]\NL @@ -23148,6 +23345,146 @@ have centered labels. % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt % \listparindent=1em +% \item \xgrf{acadien.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{albania.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{allemand.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{anglo.png} +% \item \xgrf{arabic.png} +% \item \xgrf{armeniar.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{baltes.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{bangla.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{bangla2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{basque1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{basque2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{belgique.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{bosnia.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{brazil.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{brazilp.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{bretagne.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{bulgmap.png} +% \item \xgrf{buryatia.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{canada.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{canada-l.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{canada-pe.png} +% \item \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{canada1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{caucasus.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{chine1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{chine2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{croatie1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{croatie2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{cz1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{cz3.png} +% \item \xgrf{danemark.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{espa-l.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{ethiolang.png} +% \item \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{farsi.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{farsi-logo.png} +% \item \xgrf{feroe.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{finlande1.png} +% \item \xgrf{finlande2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{finnishd.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{franco.png} +% \item \xgrf{fswahili.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{galles1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{galles2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{grece1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{grece2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{greekm.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{hangul.png} +% \item \xgrf{hanja.png} +% \item \xgrf{hispano.png} +% \item \xgrf{hum-lang.png} +% \item \xgrf{hun1.png} +% \item \xgrf{hun2.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{inde1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{inde2.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{iranian.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{irish.png} +% \item \xgrf{irlande.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{islande.png} +% \item \xgrf{islandep.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{isr1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{isr2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{italian.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{italo1.png} +% \item \xgrf{japon1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{japon2.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{karnataka.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{kerala.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{khalkha.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{korean1.png} +% \item \xgrf{korean2.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{lamed.pdf} +% \item \xfile{lamed.tex} +% \item \xgrf{lettonie.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{lituanie.png} +% \item \xgrf{luso.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{malayalam.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{mondep.png} +% \item \xgrf{mongasie.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{mongolcy.png} +% \item \xgrf{mongolian.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{mongoltr.png} +% \item \xgrf{neder.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{paraguay.png} +% \item \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{pologne.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{portugal.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{romanian.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{russian.png} +% \item \xgrf{russianlan.png} +% \item \xgrf{same.png} +% \item \xgrf{serbia1.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{slovakia.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{slovenie.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{sorbian.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{spain.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{suede-a.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{suede-f.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{svenska.png} +% \item \xgrf{swahili.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{sweden.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{thai.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{turquie.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{uighur.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{ukraine.jpg} +% \item \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{viet2.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{viet3.pdf} +% \item \xgrf{xinjiang.png} +% \item \xgrf{xinjiangc.png} +% \end{itemize} +% \medskip +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL +% \begin{itemize} +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \leftmargin=0pt +% \listparindent=1em % \item \xfile{minitoc.dtx} % \item \xfile{fminitoc.dtx} % \item \xfile{fminitoc.bib} @@ -23158,7 +23495,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{fr-mtc.bst}\isuffix{.bst} % \end{itemize} % \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN7}):}}}]\NL +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL % \begin{itemize} % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt @@ -23166,7 +23503,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{minitoc.pdf} % \end{itemize} % \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN8}):}}}]\NL +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL % \begin{itemize} % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt @@ -23174,7 +23511,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{fminitoc.pdf} % \end{itemize} % \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN9}):}}}]\NL +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL % \begin{itemize} % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt @@ -23183,7 +23520,7 @@ have centered labels. % ^^A \item \xfile{duplex2v.pro} % \end{itemize} % \medskip -% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN10}):}}}]\NL +% \item[\textrm{\small\textup{\textbf{\CLA~(\ref{IN11}):}}}]\NL % \begin{itemize} % \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt % \leftmargin=0pt @@ -23193,10 +23530,9 @@ have centered labels. % \end{itemize} % \end{multicols} % \end{minipage}} -% \vspace*{-3\baselineskip} -% \ifDP\end{leftfullpage}\fi % \end{table} -% \begin{table}[!tp] +% \begin{table}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi % \centering % \changeskips % \def\TDSPH{\vphantom{\'TDSj}} @@ -23218,10 +23554,11 @@ have centered labels. % \texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\textbf{(D)}&\textbf{(E)}&\texttt{minitoc/}&\texttt{minitoc/}\\ % \cmidrule(r){1-1}\cmidrule(lr){2-2}\cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){6-6}\cmidrule(l){7-7}% % \textbf{(A)}&\textbf{(B)}&\textbf{(C)}&\multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(F)}&\textbf{(G)}\\ -% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}% -% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\multicolumn{4}{c}{}\\ -% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}% -% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\multicolumn{4}{c}{}\\ +% ^^A \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% +% \cmidrule{3-4}% +% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\texttt{examples/}&\texttt{images/}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ +% \cmidrule(lr){3-3}\cmidrule(lr){4-4}% +% \multicolumn{2}{c|}{}&\textbf{(H)}&\textbf{(I)}&\multicolumn{3}{c}{}\\ % \morecmidrules\cmidrule[\heavyrulewidth]{1-7} % \multicolumn{7}{@{}c@{}}{% % \begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\footnotesize @@ -23248,9 +23585,6 @@ have centered labels. % \xfile{CATALOG}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan}, % \xfile{fminitoc.pdf}, -% \xfile{lamed.eps}, -% \xfile{lamed.pdf}, -% \xfile{lamed.tex}, % \xfile{minitoc.bug}, % \xfile{minitoc.l}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, @@ -23341,7 +23675,141 @@ have centered labels. % \exam{mtc-tlo.pdf}, % \exam{mtc-tlo.tex}, % \exam{mtc-tsf.pdf}, -% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}. +% \exam{mtc-tsf.tex}; +% \sepitem +% \item[(I)\hfill\null]~\unskip\xgrf{acadien.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{albania.pdf}, +% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}, +% \xgrf{allemand.jpg}, +% \xgrf{anglo.png}, +% \xgrf{arabic.png}, +% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{baltes.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{belgique.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazil.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{bulgmap.png}, +% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-pe.png}, +% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz3.png}, +% \xgrf{danemark.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiolang.png}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}, +% \xgrf{feroe.jpg}, +% \xgrf{finlande1.png}, +% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}, +% \xgrf{franco.png}, +% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{greekm.jpg}, +% \xgrf{hangul.png}, +% \xgrf{hanja.png}, +% \xgrf{hispano.png}, +% \xgrf{hum-lang.png}, +% \xgrf{hun1.png}, +% \xgrf{hun2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{inde1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{inde2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{iranian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{irish.png}, +% \xgrf{irlande.pdf}, +% \xgrf{islande.png}, +% \xgrf{islandep.jpg}, +% \xgrf{isr1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{isr2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italo1.png}, +% \xgrf{japon1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{japon2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}, +% \xgrf{kerala.jpg}, +% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}, +% \xgrf{korean1.png}, +% \xgrf{korean2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{lamed.pdf}, +% \xfile{lamed.tex}, +% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{lituanie.png}, +% \xgrf{luso.jpg}, +% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mondep.png}, +% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongolcy.png}, +% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongoltr.png}, +% \xgrf{neder.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}, +% \xgrf{paraguay.png}, +% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{pologne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{portugal.pdf}, +% \xgrf{romanian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{russian.png}, +% \xgrf{russianlan.png}, +% \xgrf{same.png}, +% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{spain.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf}, +% \xgrf{svenska.png}, +% \xgrf{swahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sweden.pdf}, +% \xgrf{thai.pdf}, +% \xgrf{turquie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{uighur.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{xinjiang.png}, +% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}. % \end{description} % \end{multicols} % \end{minipage}}\\ @@ -23366,6 +23834,7 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{bahasam.mld}% % \ixfile{bangla.mld}% % \ixfile{basque.mld}% +% \ixfile{bengali.mld}% % \ixfile{bicig.mld}% % \ixfile{bicig2.mld}% % \ixfile{bicig3.mld}% @@ -23383,10 +23852,8 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{castillan.mld}% % \ixfile{castillian.mld}% % \ixfile{catalan.mld}% -% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}% -% \ixfile{chinese1.mlo}% -% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}% -% \ixfile{chinese2.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{chinese1}% +% \ixmldo{chinese2}% % \ixfile{croatian.mld}% % \ixfile{czech.mld}% % \ixfile{danish.mld}% @@ -23401,10 +23868,8 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{ethiopia.mld}% % \ixfile{ethiopian.mld}% % \ixfile{ethiopian2.mld}% -% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}% -% \ixfile{farsi1.mlo}% -% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}% -% \ixfile{farsi2.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{farsi1}% +% \ixmldo{farsi2}% % \ixfile{farsi3.mld}% % \ixfile{finnish.mld}% % \ixfile{finnish2.mld}% @@ -23424,22 +23889,14 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld}% % \ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld}% % \ixfile{guarani.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul1.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul2.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul3.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul4.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}% -% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}% -% \ixfile{hanja1.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}% -% \ixfile{hanja2.mlo}% -% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}% -% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{hangul1}% +% \ixmldo{hangul2}% +% \ixmldo{hangul3}% +% \ixmldo{hangul4}% +% \ixmldo{hangul-u8}% +% \ixmldo{hanja1}% +% \ixmldo{hanja2}% +% \ixmldo{hanja-u8}% % \ixfile{hebrew.mld}% % \ixfile{hebrew2.mld}% % \ixfile{hindi.mld}% @@ -23452,18 +23909,12 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{irish.mld}% % \ixfile{italian.mld}% % \ixfile{italian2.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese.mlo}% -% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese2.mlo}% -% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese3.mlo}% -% \ixfile{japanese4.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese4.mlo}% -% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese5.mlo}% -% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}% -% \ixfile{japanese6.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{japanese}% +% \ixmldo{japanese2}% +% \ixmldo{japanese3}% +% \ixmldo{japanese4}% +% \ixmldo{japanese5}% +% \ixmldo{japanese6}% % \ixfile{kannada.mld}% % \ixfile{khalkha.mld}% % \ixfile{latin.mld}% @@ -23481,11 +23932,14 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{magyar.mld}% % \ixfile{magyar2.mld}% % \ixfile{magyar3.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-b.mld}% % \ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}% -% \ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld}% +% \ixmldo{malayalam-omega}% % \ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}% % \ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}% +% \ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}% % \ixfile{malay.mld}% % \ixfile{manju.mld}% % \ixfile{meyalu.mld}% @@ -23513,19 +23967,13 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{russian2m.mld}% % \ixfile{russian2o.mld}% % \ixfile{russianb.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{russian-cca1}% +% \ixmldo{russian-cca}% % \ixfile{russianc.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}% -% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}% -% \ixfile{russian-lh.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}% +% \ixmldo{russian-lh}% % \ixfile{samin.mld}% % \ixfile{scottish.mld}% % \ixfile{serbianc.mld}% @@ -23536,10 +23984,10 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{spanish2.mld}% % \ixfile{spanish3.mld}% % \ixfile{spanish4.mld}% +% \ixfile{swahili.mld}% % \ixfile{swedish.mld}% % \ixfile{swedish2.mld}% -% \ixfile{thai.mld}% -% \ixfile{thai.mlo}% +% \ixmldo{thai}% % \ixfile{turkish.mld}% % \ixfile{uighur.mld}% % \ixfile{uighur2.mld}% @@ -23557,6 +24005,7 @@ have centered labels. % \ixfile{xalx2.mld}% % \ixfile{xalx3.mld}% % }% +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi % \end{table} % \begin{SMOOTH} % \begin{enumerate}[(1)] @@ -23631,7 +24080,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{INSTALL} is a file describing the installation of the package. % You are (almost) reading it (but it is shorter). % \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contains the list of all files of the \upack{minitoc} distribution. See -% table~\vref{t+files}. +% tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}. % \item \xfile{README} is a file describing briefly the \upack{minitoc} package, % plus some useful infos. % \item \xfile{CATALOG} contains basic infos about the \upack{minitoc} package (abstract, date, @@ -23645,7 +24094,7 @@ have centered labels. % \item \xfile{INSTALL} est un fichier décrivant l'installation du paquetage. À~part la langue, % vous êtes (presque) en train de le lire (mais il est plus court). % \item \xfile{minitoc.l} contient la liste de tous les fichiers de la distribution de -% \upack{minitoc}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files}. +% \upack{minitoc}. Voir le tableau~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}. % \item \xfile{README} est un fichier décrivant sommairement le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, % plus quelques informations utiles. % \item \xfile{CATALOG} contient des informations basiques sur le paquetage \upack{minitoc} @@ -23754,27 +24203,297 @@ have centered labels. % \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, % \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and -% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english, -% \xfile{lamed.eps} and \xfile{lamed.pdf} are images to include, -% \xfile{lamed.tex} is the source code\footnote{Compiling \xfile{lamed.tex} -% requires a specific hebrew font and a specific package (both obsolete), plus conversion into EPS or PDF; -% hence I prefer to provide also the image files.}. +% \xfile{minitoc.bib} are the source of the documentation in (non perfect) english. % \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} is the common preambule code for the documentation. -% \or\relax +% \else\relax % \label{IN5} \xfile{minitoc.ins}, \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{minitoc.ist}, % \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{minitoc.lan}, \isuffix{.bst}\xfile{en-mtc.bst}, % \xfile{minitoc.dtx} et -% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque), -% \xfile{lamed.eps} et \xfile{lamed.pdf} sont des images à~inclure, -% \xfile{lamed.tex} est le code source\,\footnote{La compilation de \xfile{lamed.tex} -% a besoin d'une fonte hébraïque et d'un paquetage spécifiques (tous deux obsolètes), puis d'une conversion -% en EPS ou PDF; j'ai donc préféré fournir aussi les fichiers images.}. +% \xfile{minitoc.bib} forment le code source de la documentation en anglais (ou presque). % \isuffix{.pre}\xfile{minitoc.pre} est le code de préambule commun pour la documentation. % \fi % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN6}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, +% \label{IN6} +% \xgrf{acadien.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{albania.pdf}, +% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}, +% \xgrf{allemand.jpg}, +% \xgrf{anglo.png}, +% \xgrf{arabic.png}, +% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{baltes.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{belgique.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazil.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{bulgmap.png}, +% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-pe.png}, +% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz3.png}, +% \xgrf{danemark.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiolang.png}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}, +% \xgrf{feroe.jpg}, +% \xgrf{finlande1.png}, +% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}, +% \xgrf{franco.png}, +% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{greekm.jpg}, +% \xgrf{hangul.png}, +% \xgrf{hanja.png}, +% \xgrf{hispano.png}, +% \xgrf{hum-lang.png}, +% \xgrf{hun1.png}, +% \xgrf{hun2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{inde1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{inde2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{iranian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{irish.png}, +% \xgrf{irlande.pdf}, +% \xgrf{islande.png}, +% \xgrf{islandep.jpg}, +% \xgrf{isr1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{isr2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italo1.png}, +% \xgrf{japon1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{japon2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}, +% \xgrf{kerala.jpg}, +% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}, +% \xgrf{korean1.png}, +% \xgrf{korean2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{lamed.pdf}, +% \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} is the source code\footnote{Compiling \xfile{lamed.tex} +% requires a specific hebrew font and a specific package (both obsolete), plus a conversion into PDF (or EPS); +% hence I prefer to provide also the graphic files.}), +% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{lituanie.png}, +% \xgrf{luso.jpg}, +% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mondep.png}, +% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongolcy.png}, +% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongoltr.png}, +% \xgrf{neder.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}, +% \xgrf{paraguay.png}, +% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{pologne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{portugal.pdf}, +% \xgrf{romanian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{russian.png}, +% \xgrf{russianlan.png}, +% \xgrf{same.png}, +% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{spain.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf}, +% \xgrf{svenska.png}, +% \xgrf{swahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sweden.pdf}, +% \xgrf{thai.pdf}, +% \xgrf{turquie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{uighur.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{xinjiang.png}, +% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}, +% are images to include. +% \or\relax +% \label{IN6} +% \xgrf{acadien.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{albania.pdf}, +% \xgrf{alba-eth.pdf}, +% \xgrf{allemand.jpg}, +% \xgrf{anglo.png}, +% \xgrf{arabic.png}, +% \xgrf{armeniar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{baltes.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bangla2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{basque2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{belgique.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bosnia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazil.pdf}, +% \xgrf{brazilp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bretagne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{bulgariar.jpg}, +% \xgrf{bulgmap.png}, +% \xgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{buryatia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada-pe.png}, +% \xgrf{canada-pf.pdf}, +% \xgrf{canada1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-d.pdf}, +% \xgrf{catalan-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{caucasus.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{chine2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{croatie2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{cz3.png}, +% \xgrf{danemark.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ecosse1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ecosse3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{espa-l.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{estonia-b.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiolang.png}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi.pdf}, +% \xgrf{farsi-logo.png}, +% \xgrf{feroe.jpg}, +% \xgrf{finlande1.png}, +% \xgrf{finlande2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{finnishd.pdf}, +% \xgrf{franco.png}, +% \xgrf{fswahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-m.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{galles2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{grece2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{greekm.jpg}, +% \xgrf{hangul.png}, +% \xgrf{hanja.png}, +% \xgrf{hispano.png}, +% \xgrf{hum-lang.png}, +% \xgrf{hun1.png}, +% \xgrf{hun2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{inde1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{inde2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{indonesia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{indonesia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{iranian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{irish.png}, +% \xgrf{irlande.pdf}, +% \xgrf{islande.png}, +% \xgrf{islandep.jpg}, +% \xgrf{isr1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{isr2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{italo1.png}, +% \xgrf{japon1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{japon2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{karnataka.jpg}, +% \xgrf{kerala.jpg}, +% \xgrf{khalkha.pdf}, +% \xgrf{korean1.png}, +% \xgrf{korean2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{lamed.pdf}, +% \xfile{lamed.tex} (\xfile{lamed.tex} est le code source\,\footnote{La compilation de \xfile{lamed.tex} +% a besoin d'une fonte hébraïque et d'un paquetage spécifiques (tous deux obsolètes), puis d'une conversion +% en PDF (ou EPS); j'ai donc préféré fournir aussi les fichiers graphiques.}), +% \xgrf{lettonie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{lituanie.png}, +% \xgrf{luso.jpg}, +% \xgrf{malaysia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malaysia2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{malayalam.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mondep.png}, +% \xgrf{mongasie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongolcy.png}, +% \xgrf{mongolian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{mongoltr.png}, +% \xgrf{neder.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-c.pdf}, +% \xgrf{norvege-t.pdf}, +% \xgrf{paraguay.png}, +% \xgrf{paraguayp.pdf}, +% \xgrf{pologne.pdf}, +% \xgrf{portugal.pdf}, +% \xgrf{romanian.pdf}, +% \xgrf{russian.png}, +% \xgrf{russianlan.png}, +% \xgrf{same.png}, +% \xgrf{serbia1.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovakia.pdf}, +% \xgrf{slovenie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}, +% \xgrf{sorbian.jpg}, +% \xgrf{spain.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-a.pdf}, +% \xgrf{suede-f.pdf}, +% \xgrf{svenska.png}, +% \xgrf{swahili.pdf}, +% \xgrf{sweden.pdf}, +% \xgrf{thai.pdf}, +% \xgrf{turquie.pdf}, +% \xgrf{uighur.pdf}, +% \xgrf{ukraine.jpg}, +% \xgrf{ukrainep.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet2.pdf}, +% \xgrf{viet3.pdf}, +% \xgrf{xinjiang.png}, +% \xgrf{xinjiangc.png}, +% sont des images à~inclure. +% \fi +% \item +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, % \xfile{fminitoc.bib}, % \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{fminitoc.ist}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan}, @@ -23793,7 +24512,7 @@ have centered labels. % file \xfile{minitoc.dtx}, and this helps the maintenance. % Note that there is no more any \xfile{fminitoc.ins} file.}. % \or\relax -% \label{IN6}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, +% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.dtx}, \xfile{fminitoc.dtx}, % \xfile{fminitoc.bib}, % \isuffix{.ist}\xfile{fminitoc.ist}, % \isuffix{.lan}\xfile{fminitoc.lan}, @@ -23814,25 +24533,25 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}, +% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf}, % is the documentation in (non perfect) english, in PDF format. % \or\relax -% \label{IN7}\xfile{minitoc.pdf} +% \label{IN8}\xfile{minitoc.pdf} % forme la documentation en anglais (ou presque), en format PDF. % \fi % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN8}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf} +% \label{IN9}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf} % is the documentation in french, in PDF format. The french documentation and its source % files must not be left out. % \or\relax -% \label{IN8}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf} +% \label{IN9}\xfile{fminitoc.pdf} % forme la documentation en français, en format PDF. La documentation en français % et ses fichiers sources ne doivent pas être omis. % \fi % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN9} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} +% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} is a shell script\,\footnote{You can sip a big cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} % while this script is running! Be patient.} % to prepare the package and its documentation; % the \scrp{pmk} script uses the \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} @@ -23863,7 +24582,7 @@ have centered labels. % the CTAN archives, but the \scrp{cmk} script can prepare it from the documentation in PDF formate % (recto-verso printing ). % \or\relax -% \label{IN9} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de déguster un +% \label{IN10} \scrp{pmk} est un script \emph{shell}\,\footnote{Vous avez le temps de déguster un % grand cappuccino{\myCoffeecup} pendant que ce script s'exécute! Soyez patients.} pour préparer le paquetage % et sa documentation; % le script \scrp{pmk} utilise les répertoires \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.imk} @@ -23897,10 +24616,10 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \label{IN10} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a +% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} is a ZIP-archive file containing a % \index{TDS}TDS-compliant hierarchy with all the files of the \upack{minitoc} package. % \or\relax -% \label{IN10} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une +% \label{IN11} \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip} est un fichier archive ZIP contenant une % hiérarchie conforme à~la \index{TDS}TDS avec tous les fichiers du paquetage \upack{minitoc}. % \fi % \end{enumerate} @@ -23916,9 +24635,9 @@ have centered labels. % \item the files of~(\ref{IN0}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.dtx} % and \suffix{.ins} files; % \item the files of~(\ref{IN1}) must be installed in a directory where \LaTeXe{} finds \suffix{.sty} files; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed in -% a separate directory, but must not be left out; -% \item the files of~(\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN8}) must be installed as on-line documentation; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) and~(\ref{IN10}) +% must be installed in a separate directory, but must not be left out; +% \item the files of~(\ref{IN8}) and~(\ref{IN9}) must be installed as on-line documentation; % \item the directories created by the \scrp{rmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} to not waste disk space % under your home directory. % \end{enumerate} @@ -23933,7 +24652,7 @@ have centered labels. % comparison with your \index{TDS}TDS installation) and tailor the \scrp{tmk} script before using it; % \item the directories created by the \scrp{tmk} script are under \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} to not waste disk space % under your home directory; -% \item the file \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN10}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making +% \item the file \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) should not be installed; it is just a method to help making % a~\index{TDS}TDS-compliant installation. % \end{enumerate} % \nopagebreak[4] @@ -23963,9 +24682,9 @@ have centered labels. % et \suffix{.ins}; % \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN1}) doivent être installés dans un répertoire où \LaTeXe{} trouve les % fichiers \suffix{.sty}; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent être -% installés dans un répertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas être omis; -% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN8}) doivent être installés comme documentation en ligne; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN2}), (\ref{IN3}), (\ref{IN4}), (\ref{IN5}), (\ref{IN6}), (\ref{IN7}) et~(\ref{IN10}) +% doivent être installés dans un répertoire distinct, mais ne doivent pas être omis; +% \item les fichiers de~(\ref{IN8}) et~(\ref{IN9}) doivent être installés comme documentation en ligne; % \item les répertoires créés par le script \scrp{rmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.rmk} pour de pas gâcher de % l'espace disque sous votre répertoire de base. % \end{enumerate} @@ -23981,7 +24700,7 @@ have centered labels. % comparaison avec votre installation de la \index{TDS}TDS) et adapter le script \scrp{tmk} avant de l'utiliser; % \item les répertoires créés par le script \scrp{tmk} le sont sous \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`.tmk} pour de pas gâcher de % l'espace disque sous votre répertoire de base; -% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN10}) ne devrait pas être installé; c'est juste une méthode +% \item le fichier \xfile{minitoc-tds.zip}~(\ref{IN11}) ne devrait pas être installé; c'est juste une méthode % pour aider à~faire une installation conforme à~la \index{TDS}TDS. % \end{enumerate} % \item \textbf{avec \scrp{pmk}:} @@ -24155,7 +24874,7 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{Developments en~1996} +% \section{Developments in~1996} % The very annoying problem with the starred sectionning commands received some (rather primitive) solutions, but it % is very complex, so manual interventions are often required. % @@ -24709,6 +25428,47 @@ have centered labels. % % Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. % +% Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% +% Added stuff (files) for maps of areas of some languages. +% +% Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. +% +% Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}). +% +% Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid +% erasing (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). +% +% Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% +% The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. +% +% Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. +% +% Complete indexing of the messages. +% +% Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to make increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. +% +% Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% +% Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. +% +% Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. +% +% Graphic files are indexed separately. +% +% Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. +% +% Updated \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% +% Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% +% Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% +% Suppressed parasite entries from the index. +% ^^A MAJ-E % \or\relax % Retrait de la préparation de la documentation en format PostScript. % @@ -24847,482 +25607,50 @@ have centered labels. % Correction de quelques commandes \verb|\mtcset...| pour utiliser \com{edef} afin d'évaluer correctement \com{mtc@toks}. % % Changement du format des en-têtes. -% \fi % -% \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}} -% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}% -% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip} -% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]% -% \noindent -% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their -% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and -% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well: -% send me also a mail in french or english).}, -% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{} -% \or\relax -% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}} -% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}% -% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]% -% \noindent -% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliées me pardonnent.}, pour -% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement, -% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi -% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis très mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en français ou en anglais).} -% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{} -% \fi +% Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. % -% \begin{raggedright}\noindent -% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, -% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}, -% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata}, -% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo}, -% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}, -% \name{Stéphane}{Aicardi}, -% \name{Vartan}{Akopian}, -% \name{A.~J.}{Alex}, -% \name{Mark}{Alford}, -% \namea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}, -% \name{Jérôme}{Andrieux}, -% \name{Ralf}{Angeli}, -% \name{Walter}{Appel}, -% \name{Achod~André}{Aradian}, -% \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}, -% \name{Tim}{Arnold}, -% \name{Jouko}{Arponen}, -% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, -% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken}, -% \name{David}{Aspinall}, -% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen}, -% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann}, -% \name{Gonçal}{Badenes}, -% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky}, -% \name{Leonor}{Barroca}, -% \name{Pierre}{Basso}, -% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}, -% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais}, -% \name{David}{Bausum}, -% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, -% \name{Thierry}{Bayet}, -% \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, -% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara}, -% \name{Benoît}{Belet}, -% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}, -% \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces}, -% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov}, -% \name{Jens}{Berger}, -% \name{Karl}{Berry}, -% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, -% \name{Javier}{Bezos}, -% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}, -% \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, -% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzé}{Bitouze}, -% \name{Laurent}{Bloch}, -% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}, -% \name{Patrice}{Bougette}, -% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais}, -% \name{Victor}{Boyko}, -% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, -% \name{Felix}{Braun}, -% \name{Jim}{Breen}, -% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner}, -% \namea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso}, -% \name{Mimi}{Burbank}, -% \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, -% \name{Alexey}{Burykin}, -% \name{Olivier}{Cardi}, -% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno}, -% \name{David}{Carella}, -% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, -% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, -% \name{Manuel}{Carriba}, -% \name{Régis}{Caspar}, -% \name{Winston}{Chang}, -% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}, -% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}, -% \name{Pehong}{Chen}, -% \name{Céline}{Chevalier}, -% \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova}, -% \name{Otfried}{Cheong}, -% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou}, -% \name{Marian}{Clegg}, -% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, -% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno}, -% \name{David~B.}{Cook}, -% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet}, -% \name{Oliver}{Corff}, -% \name{Prakash}{Countcham}, -% \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, -% \name{Adrian}{Daerr}, -% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan}, -% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly}, -% \name{Holger}{Danielsson}, -% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}, -% \name{Sébastien}{Demoustier}, -% \name{Éric}{Depardieu}, -% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt}, -% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes}, -% \name{Cécile}{Desprairies}, -% \name{Sébastien}{Desreux}, -% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller}, -% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}, -% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}, -% \name{Denys}{Duchier}, -% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}, -% \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja}, -% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung}, -% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}, -% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs -% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, -% \name{Thomas}{Esser}, -% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne}, -% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt}, -% \name{Mike}{Fabian}, -% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns}, -% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer}, -% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs -% \name{Jürgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}, -% \name{Jeff}{Fessler}, -% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer}, -% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}, -% \name{Daniel}{Flipo}, -% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom}, -% \name{Peter}{Flynn}, -% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat -% \namea{Danny~M.}{Fürniß}{Furniss}, -% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}, -% \name{Federico}{Garcia}, -% \namea{Diego}{García~Morate}{Garcia~Morate}, -% \namea{Hubert}{Gäßlein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e -% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman}, -% \name{Chuck}{Genschte}, -% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, -% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly}, -% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}, -% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk}, -% \name{Michel}{Goossens}, -% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle}, -% \name{Fraser}{Grant}, -% \namea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer}, -% \name{Norman}{Gray}, -% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade}, -% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}, -% \name{Loïc}{Grenon}, -% \name{Charles}{Grether}, -% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva}, -% \name{Sébastien}{Grot}, -% \name{Micael}{Guignard}, -% \name{Marion}{Gunn}, -% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}, -% \name{Thomas}{Hafner}, -% \name{Hans}{Hagen}, -% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi}, -% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}, -% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen}, -% \name{Patrick}{Happel}, -% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous}, -% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}, -% \name{Alexander}{Harin}, -% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris}, -% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison}, -% \name{Stephen}{Hartke}, -% \name{Danny}{Heap}, -% \name{Jim}{Hefferon}, -% \name{André}{Heider}, -% \name{Thorsten}{Hein}, -% \name{Sten}{Hellman}, -% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, -% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel}, -% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym% -% \name{Stephan}{Hennig}, -% \name{Florence}{Henry}, -% \name{Stephen}{Herborn}, -% \name{Jörg}{Hesoll}, -% \name{David}{Hoadley}, -% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater}, -% \name{Alan}{Hoenig}, -% \name{Joe}{Hogg}, -% \namea{Morten}{Høgholm}{Hogholm}, -% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, -% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}, -% \name{Umstatter}{Horst}, -% \name{Don}{Hosek}, -% \name{Yufan}{Hu}, -% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}, -% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby}, -% \name{Helene}{Hyna}%, -% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda}, -% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}, -% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, -% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}, -% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}, -% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi -% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls -% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne}, -% \name{Radwan}{Jalam}, -% \name{Michael}{Janich}, -% \name{Frank}{Jensen}, -% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey}, -% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}, -% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}, -% \name{Loïc}{Joly}, -% \name{David~M.}{Jones}, -% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen}, -% \name{Robert}{Juhasz}, -% \name{Stefan}{Junge}, -% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, -% \name{Akira}{Kakuto}, -% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva}, -% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, -% \name{David}{Kastrup}, -% \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, -% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, -% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim}, -% \name{Bil}{Kleb}, -% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}, -% \name{Rune}{Kleveland}, -% \namea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl}, -% \name{Jörg}{Knappen}, -% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, -% \name{Markus}{Kohm}, -% \name{Helmut}{Kopka}, -% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}, -% \name{Adamantios}{Korais}, -% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack}, -% \name{Kai}{Kratt}, -% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker}, -% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg}, -% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}, -% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, -% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}, -% \name{Florian}{Kulzer}, -% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}, -% \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, -% \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}, -% \name{Stéphane}{Laborde}, -% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}, -% \name{Klaus}{Lagally}, -% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}, -% \name{Fabio}{Lanari}, -% \name{Robert}{Lange}, -% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr}, -% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, -% \name{Henning}{Larsen}, -% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes}, -% \name{Andris}{Lasis}, -% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger}, -% \name{Arnaud}{Launay}, -% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet}, -% \name{Boris}{Lavva}, -% \name{André}{Lebacq}, -% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme}, -% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand}, -% \name{Philipp}{Lehman}, -% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, -% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt}, -% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}, -% \name{Stéphane}{Lepolozec}, -% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut}, -% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg}, -% \name{Knut}{Lickert}, -% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}, -% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}, -% \name{Pierre}{Lobel}, -% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}, -% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}, -% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}, -% \name{Tristan}{Lorino}, -% \name{Tim}{Love}, -% \name{Vincent}{Lozano}, -% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking}, -% \name{Ken}{Lunde}, -% \name{Anders}{Lyhne}, -% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}, -% \name{Lars}{Madsen}, -% \name{Richard}{Mahoney}, -% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}, -% \name{Bob}{Margolis}, -% \name{Nicolas}{Markey}, -% \name{Marcus}{Marr}, -% \name{Françoise}{Marre-Fournier}, -% \name{Terry}{Mart}, -% \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, -% \name{Henri}{Massias}, -% \name{Andreas}{Matthias}, -% \name{Sven}{Mattisson}, -% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}, -% \name{Ben}{McKay}, -% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, -% \name{Sébastien}{Mengin}, -% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}, -% \name{Yanick}{Michou}, -% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, -% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon}, -% \name{Ross}{Moore}, -% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}, -% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}, -% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison}, -% \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}, -% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}, -% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}, -% \name{Lee}{Netherton}, -% \name{Frank}{Neukam}, -% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen}, -% \name{Julien}{Nicolas}, -% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e -% \name{Josselin}{Noirel}, -% \name{Tim}{Null}, -% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, -% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker}, -% \name{Mariusz}{Olko}, -% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo}, -% \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, -% \name{Jörg}{Ott}, -% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}, -% \name{Scott}{Pakin}, -% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}, -% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, -% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}, -% \name{Hubert}{Partl}, -% \name{Oren}{Patashnik}, -% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta}, -% \name{Kasper}{Peeters}, -% \name{Matthias}{Pelger}, -% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}, -% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau}, -% \name{Éric}{Picheral}, -% \name{Bruno}{Piguet}, -% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}, -% \name{John}{Plaice}, -% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}, -% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau}, -% \name{Nico}{Poppelier}, -% \name{Rama}{Porrat}, -% \namea{Camille-Aimé}{Possamaï}{Possamai}, -% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, -% \namea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse}, -% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, -% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz}, -% \name{Bernd}{Raichle}, -% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}, -% \name{Keranen}{Reino}, -% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}, -% \name{Yuri}{Robbers}, -% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}, -% \name{Will}{Robertson}, -% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel}, -% \name{Christian}{Rolland}, -% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}, -% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley}, -% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}, -% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}, -% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts -% \name{Enn}{Saar}, -% \name{David}{Samsoen}, -% \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, -% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux}, -% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais}, -% \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck}, -% \name{Bernd}{Schandl}, -% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}, -% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}, -% \name{Walter}{Schmidt}, -% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}, -% \name{Uwe}{Schneider}, -% \namea{Rainer}{Schöpf}{Schopf}, -% \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc -% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz}, -% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}, -% \name{Michael}{Shell}, -% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik}, -% \name{Ali}{Shoukat}, -% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, -% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}, -% \name{Sindhu}{Singh}, -% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}, -% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}, -% \name{John}{Smith}, -% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha}, -% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou}, -% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}, -% \name{Lianyi}{Song}, -% \name{Yves}{Soulet}, -% \name{Arjen}{Steiner}, -% \name{D.~P.}{Story}, -% \name{Éric}{Streit}, -% \name{Ralf}{Stubner}, -% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}, -% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor}, -% \name{Chris}{Swoyer}, -% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}, -% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, -% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}, -% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}, -% \name{Philip}{Taylor}, -% \name{Christina}{Thiele}, -% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}, -% \name{Aurélien}{Thureau}, -% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}, -% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam}, -% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}, -% \name{Laurent}{Tordella}, -% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu -% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}, -% \name{Ahto}{Truu}, -% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, -% \name{Hideo}{Umeki}, -% \name{Un}{Koaunghi}, -% \name{Turgut}{Uyar}, -% \name{Jari}{Vaario}, -% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum}, -% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Géry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}, -% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}, -% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin}, -% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}, -% \name{Didier}{Verna}, -% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco}, -% \name{Boris}{Veytsman}, -% \name{Alexandre}{Vial}, -% \name{André}{Violante}, -% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}, -% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin}, -% \name{Martin}{Vogel}, -% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, -% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}, -% \namea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss}, -% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, -% \name{David}{Walden}, -% \name{Nigel}{Ward}, -% \name{John}{Warnock}, -% \name{Douglas}{Waud}% -% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}, -% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck}, -% \name{Eduard}{Werner}, -% \name{Daphne}{West}, -% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl}, -% \name{Graham}{Williams}, -% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, -% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}, -% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}, -% \name{Élisabeth}{Wolkowski}, -% \name{Mark}{Wooding}, -% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}, -% \name{Tim}{Wright}, -% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}, -% \name{Damien}{Wyart}, -% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda}, -% \name{Adi}{Zaimi}, -% \name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof}, -% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}, -% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}, -% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender}, -% \name{Federico}{Zenith}, -% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}, -% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi -% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par -% \end{raggedright} +% Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) de régions où certaines langues sont parlées. +% +% Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. +% +% Éclatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}). +% +% Remplacement du suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour éviter +% d'écraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). +% +% Correction d'un problème avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% +% Les remerciements sont déplacés vers la partie «~Compléments~». +% +% Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} +% à~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. +% +% Indexation complète des messages. +% +% Mise à~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% +% Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour élargir les pages de la bibliographie. +% +% Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% +% Mise à~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. +% +% Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. +% +% Les fichiers graphiques sont indexés séparément. +% +% Ajout d'un répertoire spécifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiérarchie TDS. +% +% Mise à~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}, \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% +% Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% +% Mise à~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% +% Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index. +% ^^A MAJ-F +% \fi % % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \part{Implementation}\label{p+ID} @@ -25424,10 +25752,10 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/02]% \ProvidesPackage{minitoc}% - [2007/06/29 v55 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000 + [2007/12/04 v56 Package minitoc (JPFD)] % message I0000 \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] \mtcPackageInfo[I0001]{minitoc}% - {*** minitoc package, version 55 ***\@gobble} + {*** minitoc package, version 56 ***\@gobble} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -25465,6 +25793,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\mtcskip} % \begin{macro}{\mtcskipamount} % \begin{macro}{\parskip} +% \begin{macro}{\addvspace} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We define the indentation \com{mtcindent} (both sides) of the mini-tables and the % command \com{mtcskip} to make a vertical skip before a mini-table, its value is \com{mtcskipamount} @@ -25489,6 +25818,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\mtcgapbeforeheads} @@ -26268,7 +26598,6 @@ have centered labels. \def\toclevel@xpart{1000}% \def\toclevel@xchapter{1000}% \def\toclevel@xsect{1000}% - \def\toclevel@xsection{1000}% \let\toclevel@starpart\toclevel@part \let\toclevel@starchapter\toclevel@chapter \let\toclevel@starsection\toclevel@section @@ -26881,14 +27210,14 @@ have centered labels. % \ifcase\LANG\relax % Some macros for testing if an argument of a macro is empty (taken from the package % \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, by \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} and -% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \xfile{while.tip}, -% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode +% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, and from \uxfile{while.tip}, +% by \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). The group is necessary to keep local the catcode % change of ``Q'', hence a \com{gdef} is needed for \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. % \or\relax % Quelques macros pour tester si un argument d'une macro est vide (elles sont tirées du paquetage % \pack{ifmtarg}~\cite{ifmtarg}, de \xname{Peter~R.}{Wilson} et -% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \xfile{while.tip}, -% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nécessaire pour garder local le +% \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}, et de \uxfile{while.tip}, +% de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}~\cite[Vol~III, page~408]{tex-bech}). Le groupe est nécessaire pour garder local le % changement de «~\emph{catcode}~» de «~Q~», il faut donc utiliser un \com{gdef} pour définir \com{mtc@ifmtarg}. % \fi % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -27166,14 +27495,14 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\chapter} % \begin{macro}{\section} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% The \SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} +% The\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} % section level macros are defined if \com{chapter} is not defined and \com{section} defined, i.e.,~in % document classes like \class{article}, but not in document classes % like \class{book} or \class{report}. So we % test if \com{chapter} is defined and if \com{section} is defined, with adequate warnings. If neither are % defined, you are in big trouble to use the \upack{minitoc} package with the class of your document. % \or\relax -% Les \SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} +% Les\SMM{\lmess{I0004}\\\lmess{I0029}\\\lmess{W0017}\\\lmess{I0028}} % macros au niveau section sont définies si \com{chapter} n'est pas définie mais \com{section} est définie, % c'est-à-dire dans les classes de document telles que \class{article}, mais pas dans les classes de % document telles que \class{book} ou \class{report}. Donc nous testons si \com{chapter} @@ -27284,7 +27613,6 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\contentsline} % \begin{macro}{\adjuststc} % \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xsection} % \begin{macro}{\l@section} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % To add an entry in the TOC for a starred section, we need the \com{mtcaddsection} macro, which has an optional @@ -27330,7 +27658,6 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % \end{SMOOTH} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % This code terminates (temporarily) the section level commands, and we continue with chapter level macros. @@ -27563,10 +27890,10 @@ have centered labels. % \toprule % \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (time runs from left to right):}}&1&2&3\\ % \midrule -% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc1}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\ +% \textbf{OS with long extensions}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&TRUE&TRUE&$*$\\ % \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FALSE&\\ % \midrule -% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(1)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\ +% \textbf{OS with short extensions}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&TRUE&FALSE&$*$\\ % \bottomrule % \end{tabularx} % \end{table} @@ -27604,17 +27931,19 @@ have centered labels. % \toprule % \multicolumn{2}{@{}l@{}}{\textbf{Phase (le temps s'écoule de gauche à~droite):}}&1&2&3\\ % \midrule -% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc1}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\ +% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes longs}&\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc0}&VRAI&VRAI&$*$\\ % \space &\xfile{\bs jobname.mtc}&&FAUX&\\ % \midrule -% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(1)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\ +% \textbf{S.E\@. avec suffixes courts}&\uxfile{\bs jobname.mtc(0)}&VRAI&FAUX&$*$\\ % \bottomrule % \end{tabularx}} % \end{table} % \fi % \lneed{7} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\newif} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} +% \begin{macro}{\immediate} % \begin{macro}{\openout} % \begin{macro}{\write} % \begin{macro}{\closeout} @@ -27631,56 +27960,56 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \mtcPackageInfo[I0002]{minitoc}% {Autoconfiguration of extensions\@gobble} -\newif\if@longextensions@\@longextensions@false +\newif\if@mtc@longext@\@mtc@longext@false % \end{macrocode} % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We write ``\com{@longextensions@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. But if the OS has short extensions, the +% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@true}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the % real name of the file will be truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \or\relax -% Nous écrivons «~\com{@longextensions@true}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. Mais si le système +% Nous écrivons «~\com{@mtc@longext@true}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le système % d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du fichier sera tronqué à~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \fi % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc1 -\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@longextensions@true} +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 +\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@true} \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc % \end{macrocode} % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We write ``\com{@longextensions@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% We write ``\com{@mtc@longext@false}'' in \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \or\relax -% Nous écrivons «~\com{@longextensions@false}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. +% Nous écrivons «~\com{@mtc@longext@false}~» dans \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc -\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@longextensions@false} +\immediate\write\tf@mtc{\string\@mtc@longext@false} \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc % \end{macrocode} % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be +% We read \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. But if the OS has short extensions, the real name of the file will be % truncated to \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \or\relax -% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}. Mais si le système d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du +% Nous lisons \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}. Mais si le système d'exploitation a des suffixes courts, le vrai nom du % fichier sera tronqué à~\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\input{\jobname.mtc1} +\input{\jobname.mtc0} % \end{macrocode} % \item % \ifcase\LANG\relax % Hence,\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} the flag is true if we read really -% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}, but false if we read from +% from \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, but false if we read from % \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. The text and the severity of the messages are different. % \or\relax % En\SMM{\lmess{I0012}\\\lmess{I0031}\\\lmess{W0019}} conséquence, -% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}, mais faux +% l'indicateur est vrai si nous lisons effectivement depuis le fichier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0}, mais faux % si nous lisons depuis \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc}. Le texte et la sévérité des messages sont différents. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\if@longextensions@ +\if@mtc@longext@ \mtcPackageInfo[I0012]{minitoc}% {Long extensions (Unix-like) will be used\@gobble} \mtcPackageInfo[I0031]{minitoc}% @@ -27707,7 +28036,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc -\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc1 +\immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.mtc0 \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc % \end{macrocode} % \end{enumerate} @@ -27718,6 +28047,8 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -28391,6 +28722,10 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\fakelistoffigures} % \begin{macro}{\fakelistoftables} % \begin{macro}{\fake@starttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} +% \begin{macro}{\newwrite} +% \begin{macro}{\immediate} +% \begin{macro}{\openout} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % If you don't want a table of contents, but want minitocs, % you need to create the \suffix{.toc} file, without inserting it @@ -28434,6 +28769,10 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -28997,7 +29336,7 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % The name of the file containing the minitoc is constructed from \com{jobname} and a % suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mtc} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.M} (short extensions) @@ -29008,7 +29347,7 @@ have centered labels. % de la minitoc. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\if@longextensions@ +\if@mtc@longext@ \def\@tocfile{mtc\The@mtc}% \else \def\@tocfile{M\The@mtc}% @@ -29384,7 +29723,7 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % The name of the file containing the minilof is constructed from \com{jobname} and a % suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlf} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.F} (short extensions) @@ -29395,7 +29734,7 @@ have centered labels. % de la minilof. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{mlf\The@mtc}% \else \def\@tocfile{F\The@mtc}% @@ -29754,7 +30093,7 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % The name of the file containing the minilot is constructed from \com{jobname} and a % suffix \com{@tocfile}, which is \suffix{.mlt} (long extensions) or~\suffix{.T} (short extensions) @@ -29765,7 +30104,7 @@ have centered labels. % de la minilot. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{mlt\The@mtc}% \else \def\@tocfile{T\The@mtc}% @@ -30743,7 +31082,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\themtc} % \begin{macro}{\mtcname} % \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} @@ -30757,7 +31096,7 @@ have centered labels. % puis l'ouvrir (après avoir fermé le descripteur de fichier): % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% @@ -30777,23 +31116,23 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\themtc} % \begin{macro}{\mtcname} % \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} % \begin{macro}{\closeout} % \begin{macro}{\openout} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% We need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} +% We\imess{I0033} need a similar code to detect TOC entries for appendices in the \class{memoir} class\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} % has signaled the problem; thanks!}: % \or\relax -% Il nous faut un code similaire pour détecter les entrées dans la TdM pour les appendices dans +% Il\imess{I0033} nous faut un code similaire pour détecter les entrées dans la TdM pour les appendices dans % la classe \class{memoir}\,\footnote{\name{Tim}{Arnold} a signalé le problème; merci!}: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\appendix \stepcounter{mtc}% - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% @@ -30883,7 +31222,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\starchapter} % \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\mtcname} % \begin{macro}{\themtc} % \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} @@ -30900,7 +31239,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starchapter \stepcounter{mtc}% - \if@longextensions@ + \if@mtc@longext@ \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.mtc\themtc\@gobble}% \def\mtcname{\jobname.mtc\themtc}% @@ -31211,7 +31550,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{6} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\themtc} % \begin{macro}{\mlfname} % \begin{macro}{\closeout} @@ -31223,7 +31562,7 @@ have centered labels. % Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilof est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.mlf\themtc\@gobble} \def\mlfname{\jobname.mlf\themtc}% @@ -31501,7 +31840,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\themtc} % \begin{macro}{\mltname} % \begin{macro}{\closeout} @@ -31513,7 +31852,7 @@ have centered labels. % Le\imess{I0033} nom du fichier minilot est construit avec \com{jobname} et un suffixe long ou court: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.mlt\themtc\@gobble}% \def\mltname{\jobname.mlt\themtc}% @@ -32286,7 +32625,7 @@ have centered labels. % Each parttoc is placed inside a \env{ptc@verse} environment. This environment is analog to the % standard \env{verse} environment and hence defined via two commands: \com{ptc@verse} and % \com{endptc@verse}. -% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list\{\}} and +% As it is a list environment, we first define (in a local way)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, then call \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} and % set some dimensions like \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, % \com{itemindent}, \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. % \com{parsep} is set to zero if @@ -32300,7 +32639,7 @@ have centered labels. % Chaque parttoc est placée à~l'intérieur d'un environnement \env{ptc@verse}. Cet environnement est analogue % à~l'environnement standard \env{verse} et est donc défini à~l'aide de deux commandes: % \com{ptc@verse} et \com{endptc@verse}. Puisque c'est un environnement de liste, nous définissons d'abord -% (de manière locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list\{\}} et établissons quelques dimensions +% (de manière locale)~\texttt{\bs\bs}, puis appelons \com{list}\texttt{\{\}} et établissons quelques dimensions % telles que \com{itemsep}, \com{itemindent}, \com{listparindent}, \com{itemindent}, % \com{partopsep}, \com{topsep}. % \com{parsep} est forcée à~zéro si @@ -32406,7 +32745,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\parttoc@} % \begin{macro}{\if@parttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\Thepart} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -32421,7 +32760,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \def\parttoc@[#1]{% \global\@parttoc@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{ptc\Thepart}% \else \def\@tocfile{P\Thepart}% @@ -32744,7 +33083,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\partlof@} % \begin{macro}{\if@partlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\Thepart} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -32759,7 +33098,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \def\partlof@[#1]{% \global\@partlof@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{plf\Thepart}% \else \def\@tocfile{G\Thepart}% @@ -33084,7 +33423,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\partlot@} % \begin{macro}{\if@partlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\Thepart} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -33100,7 +33439,7 @@ have centered labels. % \def\partlot@[#1]{% \global\@partlot@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{plt\Thepart}% \else \def\@tocfile{U\Thepart}% @@ -33354,7 +33693,7 @@ have centered labels. \@fileswfalse\mtc@hook@beforeinputfile \plt@setform \openpartlot - \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}5 + \@input{\jobname.\@tocfile}% \closepartlot \vspace{-1ex} \vspace{-1\baselineskip} \leavevmode\mtc@strut @@ -33826,7 +34165,7 @@ have centered labels. \def\PTC@contentsline#1#2#3#4{% \expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\part \stepcounter{ptc}% - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc\@gobble}% \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% @@ -33849,7 +34188,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\ptcname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -33858,7 +34197,7 @@ have centered labels. % puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.ptc\theptc}% \def\ptcname{\jobname.ptc\theptc}% @@ -34178,7 +34517,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\plfname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -34187,7 +34526,7 @@ have centered labels. % puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.plf\theptc}% \def\plfname{\jobname.plf\theptc}% @@ -34426,7 +34765,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\pltname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -34435,7 +34774,7 @@ have centered labels. % puis nous ouvrons ce fichier: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.plt\theptc}% \def\pltname{\jobname.plt\theptc}% @@ -34905,7 +35244,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\secttoc@} % \begin{macro}{\if@secttoc@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\thestc} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -34920,7 +35259,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \def\secttoc@[#1]{% \global\@secttoc@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{stc\thestc}% \else \def\@tocfile{S\thestc}% @@ -35223,7 +35562,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\sectlof@} % \begin{macro}{\if@sectlof@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\thestc} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -35238,7 +35577,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \def\sectlof@[#1]{% \global\@sectlof@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{slf\thestc}% \else \def\@tocfile{H\thestc}% @@ -35541,7 +35880,7 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \begin{macro}{\sectlot@} % \begin{macro}{\if@sectlot@used@} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\@tocfile} % \begin{macro}{\thestc} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -35556,7 +35895,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} \def\sectlot@[#1]{% \global\@sectlot@used@true -\if@longextensions@% +\if@mtc@longext@% \def\@tocfile{slt\thestc}% \else \def\@tocfile{I\thestc}% @@ -35833,11 +36172,9 @@ have centered labels. % \section{Commandes internes auxiliaires, niveau section}\label{s+code+aux.int.commands.section.level} % \fi % \begin{macro}{\l@xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\l@xsection} % \begin{macro}{\@dottedtocline} % \begin{macro}{\l@schapter} % \begin{macro}{\xsect} -% \begin{macro}{\xsection} % \begin{macro}{\schapter} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We define auxiliary commands, used for the mini-tables and as delimiters in the TOC file (and LOF and LOT files). @@ -35852,15 +36189,13 @@ have centered labels. \def\l@xsect{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} \def\l@xsection{\@dottedtocline{\@M}{1.0em}{2.3em}} \def\l@schapter{\@dottedtocline{1}{1.0em}{2.3em}} -\def\xsect{xsect} \def\xsection{xsection} \def\schapter{schapter} +\def\xsect{xsect} \def\schapter{schapter} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -36339,7 +36674,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\stcname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -36348,7 +36683,7 @@ have centered labels. % nous l'ouvrons: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% @@ -36413,7 +36748,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\stepcounter} % \begin{macro}{\thestc} % \begin{macro}{\arabic} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\stcname} % \begin{macro}{\closeout} % \begin{macro}{\openout} @@ -36426,7 +36761,7 @@ have centered labels. \ifx\csname #1\endcsname\starsection \stepcounter{stc}% \gdef\thestc{\arabic{stc}} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.stc\thestc}% \def\stcname{\jobname.stc\thestc}% @@ -36660,7 +36995,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\slfname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -36669,7 +37004,7 @@ have centered labels. % nous l'ouvrons: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.slf\thestc}% \def\slfname{\jobname.slf\thestc}% @@ -36886,7 +37221,7 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\sltname} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % We\imess{I0033} test if long or short extensions are used, to build the name of the mini-table file, then open it: @@ -36895,7 +37230,7 @@ have centered labels. % nous l'ouvrons: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} - \if@longextensions@% + \if@mtc@longext@% \mtcPackageInfo[I0033]{minitoc}% {Writing\space\jobname.slt\thestc}% \def\sltname{\jobname.slt\thestc}% @@ -37153,6 +37488,142 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{Use with \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} +% \or\relax +% \section{Utilisation avec \ucom{nofiles}}\label{s+nofiles} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\nofiles} +% \begin{macro}{\gobbleopt@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% In case the document uses the \com{nofiles} command (in its preamble), the auxiliary files for the mini-tables +% should not be overwritten by the preparation commands, so these ones must be just faked; as these commands may +% have an optional argument, they will be faked using the internal \LaTeX\ macro \com{@ifnextchar} (to get +% the optional argument) and the new utility command \com{gobbleopt@}. Problem signaled by \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. +% \or\relax +% Dans le cas où le document utilise la commande \com{nofiles} (dans son préambule), les fichiers auxiliaires pour +% les mini-tables ne doivent pas être ré-écrits par les commandes de préparation, donc celles-ci doivent seulement être +% simulées; comme ces commandes peuvent avoir un argument optionnel, elles seront simulées en utilisant la +% macro interne de \LaTeX\ \com{@ifnextchar} (pour obtenir l'argument optionnel) et la nouvelle commande +% utilitaire \com{gobbleopt@}. Problème signalé par \name{Andreas}{Deininger}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\gobbleopt@[#1]{\relax} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} +% \begin{macro}{\if@filesw} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageWarningNoLine} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% A test is placed in a \com{AtBeginDocument} and gives a warning if \com{nofiles} is used: +% \or\relax +% Un test est placé dans un bloc \com{AtBeginDocument} et donne un avertissement si \com{nofiles} est utilisée: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\AtBeginDocument{\if@filesw\relax\else + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0098]{minitoc}% + {--- You have used the \string\nofiles\space command + \MessageBreak + in your preamble; all preparation commands + \MessageBreak + in the body of the document will be ignored} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Since \com{nofiles} has been used, we must disable all the +% preparation commands: +% \or\relax +% Puisque \com{nofiles} a été utilisée, nous devons inhiber +% toutes les commandes de préparation: +% \fi +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\doparttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dopartlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for part level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau partie: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\doparttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dopartlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dominitoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilof} +% \begin{macro}{\dominilot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for chapter level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau chapitre: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dominitoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dominilot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\dosecttoc} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlof} +% \begin{macro}{\dosectlot} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Commands for section level mini-tables: +% \or\relax +% Commandes pour les mini-tables au niveau section: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\dosecttoc{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlof{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +\def\dosectlot{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\@ifnextchar} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcprepare} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Command \com{mtcprepare}: +% \or\relax +% Commande \com{mtcprepare}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\def\mtcprepare{\@ifnextchar[{\gobbleopt@}{\gobbleopt@[l]}} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% End of the inhibition of the preparation commands and of the \com{AtBeginDocument} block: +% \or\relax +% Fin de l'inhibition des commandes de préparation et du bloc \com{AtBeginDocument}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\fi} +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{Necessary \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} commands}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} % \or\relax % \section{Commandes \ucom{l@.{}.{}.} nécessaires}\label{s+code+necessary.l@} @@ -39359,6 +39830,7 @@ have centered labels. \newif\if@mtc@Himtoc@ \@mtc@Himtoc@false % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \lneed{9} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@savetocdepth} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@restoretocdepth} % \begin{environment}{mtchideinmaintoc} @@ -39413,6 +39885,8 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlof@} % \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlof} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelofdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@svf@tocdepth} @@ -39436,6 +39910,7 @@ have centered labels. \newif\if@mtc@Himlof@ \@mtc@Himlof@false \AtBeginDocument{% \@ifundefined{c@lofdepth}{% + \providecommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\empty} \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlof environments}% @@ -39448,11 +39923,11 @@ have centered labels. {\if@mtc@Himlof@\else\mtcPackageError[E0029]{minitoc}% {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlof environment}% {The hiding in main LoF could be incorrect}\fi - \global\@mtc@Himtoc@false + \global\@mtc@Himlof@false \addtocontents{lof}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% }}% {% - \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef{\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}}% + \newcommand{\mtc@savelofdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lofdepth{\arabic{lofdepth}}}% \newcommand{\mtc@restorelofdepth}{\setcounter{lofdepth}{\mtc@sv@lofdepth}}% \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlof}[1][-1]% {\if@mtc@Himlof@\mtcPackageError[E0003]{minitoc}% @@ -39473,6 +39948,8 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \end{environment} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -39481,6 +39958,8 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\AtBeginDocument} % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@Himlot@} % \begin{environment}{mtchideinmainlot} +% \begin{macro}{\mtc@savelotdepth} +% \begin{macro}{\empty} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@sv@tocdepth} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@svt@tocdepth} @@ -39496,6 +39975,7 @@ have centered labels. \newif\if@mtc@Himlot@ \@mtc@Himlot@false \AtBeginDocument{% \@ifundefined{c@lotdepth}{% + \providecommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\empty} \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% {Imbrication of mtchideinmainlot environments}% @@ -39512,7 +39992,7 @@ have centered labels. \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}% }}% {% - \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef{\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}}% + \newcommand{\mtc@savelotdepth}{\xdef\mtc@sv@lotdepth{\arabic{lotdepth}}}% \newcommand{\mtc@restorelotdepth}{\setcounter{lotdepth}{\mtc@sv@lotdepth}}% \newenvironment{mtchideinmainlot}[1][-1]% {\if@mtc@Himlot@\mtcPackageError[E0004]{minitoc}% @@ -39520,12 +40000,12 @@ have centered labels. {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi \global\@mtc@Himlot@true \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@savelotdepth}% - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{lotdepth}{#1}}}% + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\setcounter{tocdepth}{#1}}}% {\if@mtc@Himlot@\else\mtcPackageError[E0030]{minitoc}% {Unbalanced mtchideinmainlot environment}% {The hiding in main LoT could be incorrect}\fi \global\@mtc@Himlot@false - \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restorelotdepth}}}} + \addtocontents{lot}{\protect\mtc@restoretocdepth}}}} % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -39533,6 +40013,8 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % \end{environment} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -39748,14 +40230,16 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\mtc@nomenclfix@level} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % Depending\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} on the document class, -% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl}.} +% the ``Nomenclature'' entry\,\footnote{If you are using the \pack{nomencl} package~\cite{nomencl} or +% \pack{nomentbl} package~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} calls \pack{nomentbl}).} % in the TOC is treated as a starred chapter or a starred % section. Hence we must first determine the default value of the optional argument. The default value is then % stored in the macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. % This is done by the following code, which eventually gives a warning message: % \or\relax % Selon\SMM{\lmess{W0095}\\\lmess{E0039}\\\lmess{W0096}} la classe du document, -% l'entrée <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl}.} +% l'entrée <<~Nomenclature~>>\,\footnote{Si vous utilisez le paquetage \pack{nomencl}~\cite{nomencl} ou le +% paquetage \pack{nomentbl}~\cite{nomentbl} (\pack{nomencl} appelle \pack{nomentbl}).} % dans la table des matières est traitée comme un chapitre étoilé % ou une section étoilée. Donc nous devons d'abord déterminer la valeur par défaut de l'argument optionnel. La % valeur par défaut est alors rangée dans la macro \com{mtc@nomenclfix@level}. Ceci est fait par le code suivant, qui @@ -40109,7 +40593,7 @@ have centered labels. % \subsection{Option \uopt{shortext}}\iopt{shortext} % \fi % \begin{macro}{\DeclareOption} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % This\imess{W0020} option forces the use of short extensions. % \or\relax @@ -40117,7 +40601,7 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \DeclareOption{shortext}{% - \@longextensions@false + \@mtc@longext@false \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0020]{minitoc}% {You have forced the use of short extensions}} % \end{macrocode} @@ -40312,10 +40796,10 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\mtcPackageError} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@addmisslanguage} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Some\imess{E0038} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language), +% Some\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} \suffix{.mld} files are mandatory (\xfile{english.mld} because english is the default language), % so their absence is a serious error: % \or\relax -% Certains\imess{E0038} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue +% Certains\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0038}} fichiers \suffix{.mld} sont obligatoires (\xfile{english.mld} car l'anglais est la langue % par défaut), donc leur absence est une erreur sévère): % \fi % \begin{macrocode} @@ -40395,10 +40879,10 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macro}{\@gobblethree} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % If\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} file is missing, -% we signal that at the end of the document: +% we signal that at the end of the document, with also the full list of the missing language files: % \or\relax % Si\SMM{\lmess{W0093}\\\lmess{W0094}} un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} est manquant, -% nous le signalons en fin de document: +% nous le signalons en fin de document, avec aussi liste complète des fichiers de langue manquants: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \AtEndDocument{% @@ -40412,6 +40896,10 @@ have centered labels. \MessageBreak in the \string\jobname.log file. \MessageBreak + The full list of the missing language files + \MessageBreak + is given in the W0094 warning message. + \MessageBreak Please install the missing files from \MessageBreak a recent distribution @@ -40477,6 +40965,7 @@ have centered labels. \mtc@setlangopt{bahasam}% \mtc@setlangopt{bangla}% \mtc@setlangopt{basque}% +\mtc@setlangopt{bengali}% \mtc@setlangopt{bicig}% \mtc@setlangopt{bicig2}% \mtc@setlangopt{bicig3}% @@ -40575,10 +41064,14 @@ have centered labels. \mtc@setlangopt{magyar2}% \mtc@setlangopt{magyar3}% \mtc@setlangopt{malay}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-b}% \mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-keli2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-mr}% \mtc@setlangopto{malayalam-omega}% \mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana}% \mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana2}% +\mtc@setlangopt{malayalam-rachana3}% \mtc@setlangopt{manju}% \mtc@setlangopt{meyalu}% \mtc@setlangopt{mongol}% @@ -40622,6 +41115,7 @@ have centered labels. \mtc@setlangopt{spanish2}% \mtc@setlangopt{spanish3}% \mtc@setlangopt{spanish4}% +\mtc@setlangopt{swahili}% \mtc@setlangopt{swedish}% \mtc@setlangopt{swedish2}% \mtc@setlangopto{thai}% @@ -40900,6 +41394,34 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titlesec} package}\ipack{titlesec} +% \or\relax +% \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titlesec}}\ipack{titlesec} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ifpackageloaded} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% We\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} test the presence of the \pack{titlesec} package~\cite{titletoc}, and emit a warning, +% because this package is \emph{incompatible} with \upack{minitoc}: +% \or\relax +% Nous\SMMZZ{\lmess{W0099}} testons la présence du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}, +% et émettons un avertissement, puisque ce paquetage est \emph{incompatible} avec \upack{minitoc}: +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +\@ifpackageloaded{titlesec}% + {\@mtc@hints@given@true + \mtcPackageWarningNoLine[W0099]{minitoc(hints)}% + {--- The titlesec package is loaded. + \MessageBreak + It is incompatible + \MessageBreak + with the minitoc package}}{}% +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \subsubsection{Hint about the \upack{titletoc} package}\ipack{titletoc} % \or\relax % \subsubsection{\emph{Hint} sur le paquetage \upack{titletoc}}\ipack{titletoc} @@ -42160,7 +42682,7 @@ have centered labels. % \subsubsection{Tester le nombre de mini-tables, dans le cas de suffixes courts} % \fi % \begin{macro}{\mtc@hints@checklongext} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@part@def@} % \begin{macro}{\value} % \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@hints@given@true} @@ -42184,7 +42706,7 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \def\mtc@hints@checklongext{% -\if@longextensions@ +\if@mtc@longext@ \else \if@mtc@part@def@ \ifnum 99 < \value{ptc}\relax \@mtc@hints@given@true @@ -43175,7 +43697,7 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf} % \begin{macro}{\tf@mtc} -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@long} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@maf@short} % \begin{macro}{\mtc@addtomaf} @@ -43189,7 +43711,7 @@ have centered labels. % files using decrementing loops on the associated counters, and includes \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} in the list % (but \emph{not} the \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Some users could made a cleanup using this file as a list of % files to delete, so it must not be in the list.} file). -% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} if long extensions are used. +% We must also check the existence of \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} if long extensions are used. % \or\relax % Nous\imess{I0009} définissons la macro \com{mtc@maf} qui ferme \com{tf@mtc} % puis le ré-ouvre pour écrire dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}. @@ -43198,7 +43720,7 @@ have centered labels. % par ordre décroissant sur les compteurs associés, et inclut \emph{document}\suffix{.mtc} dans la liste % (mais \emph{pas} le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.maf}\,\footnote{Certains utilisateurs pourraient faire un nettoyage % en utilisant ce fichier comme liste des fichiers à~détruire, donc il ne doit pas être dans la liste.}). -% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} si les suffixes longs sont utilisés. +% Nous devons aussi tester l'existence de \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} si les suffixes longs sont utilisés. % \fi % \begin{macrocode} \def\mtc@maf{% @@ -43208,18 +43730,19 @@ have centered labels. Creating the \jobname.maf file\@gobble} \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc \immediate\openout\tf@mtc \jobname.maf - \if@longextensions@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi + \if@mtc@longext@\mtc@maf@long\else\mtc@maf@short\fi \immediate\closeout\tf@mtc} \def\mtc@addtomaf#1{% \IfFileExists{#1}{\immediate\write\tf@mtc{#1}}{}} \def\mtc@maf@long{% \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc} + \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc0} \@ifundefined{c@ptc}{}{\loop\ifnum\c@ptc>\z@\relax \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.ptc\arabic{ptc}} \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plf\arabic{ptc}} \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.plt\arabic{ptc}} \advance\c@ptc\m@ne\repeat} -\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{\mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc1}}{% +\@ifundefined{c@mtc}{}{% \loop\ifnum\c@mtc>\z@\relax \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mtc\arabic{mtc}} \mtc@addtomaf{\jobname.mlf\arabic{mtc}} @@ -43577,7 +44100,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} %<*fminitoc> \ProvidesFile{fminitoc.dtx}% - [2007/06/29 minitoc v55 french documentation start file] + [2007/12/04 minitoc v56 french documentation start file] \input{minitoc.dtx} %</fminitoc> % \end{macrocode} @@ -43659,7 +44182,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} %<*mtcoff> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}% -\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2007/06/29 v55 The mtcoff package] +\ProvidesPackage{mtcoff}[2007/12/04 v56 The mtcoff package] \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -44833,7 +45356,7 @@ have centered labels. % \or\relax % \section{Inhibition de divers indicateurs et commandes}\label{s+mtcoff+disabling.misc} % \fi -% \begin{macro}{\if@longextensions@} +% \begin{macro}{\if@mtc@longext@} % \begin{macro}{\iftightmtc} % \begin{macro}{\ifktightmtc} % \begin{macro}{\ifundottedmtc} @@ -44846,7 +45369,7 @@ have centered labels. % Il y~a quelques indicateurs et commandes qu'il est bon de déclarer: % \fi % \begin{macrocode} -\newif\if@longextensions@ \@longextensions@true +\newif\if@mtc@longext@ \@mtc@longext@true \newif\iftightmtc \tightmtcfalse \newif\ifktightmtc \ktightmtcfalse \newif\ifundottedmtc \undottedmtcfalse @@ -45236,7 +45759,7 @@ have centered labels. %<*mtcpatchmem> \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]% \ProvidesPackage{mtcpatchmem}% - [2007/06/29 v55 Package mtcpatchmem] + [2007/12/04 v56 Package mtcpatchmem] \RequirePackage{mtcmess}[2006/03/14] \mtcPackageInfo[M0001]{mtcpatchmem}% {mtcpatchmem package to patch the memoir class\@gobble} @@ -45307,23 +45830,84 @@ have centered labels. % \fi % \minitoc % \mtcskip -% ^^A \lsneed{3} +% \lsneed{3} % ^^A \minilof -% ^^A \mtcskip +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\vspace{-1ex}\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\end{multicols}\vspace{-1.5ex}} +% \mtcindent=0pt +% \minilof +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{open}{\empty} +% \mtcsetfeature{minilof}{close}{\empty} +% \setcounter{columnbadness}{9000}% +% \raggedcolumns +% \mtcskip % ^^A \minilot -% \lneed{5} +% \begin{figure}[th] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{hum-lang.png}\ixgrf{hum-lang.png} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Language families in the world}\label{f+lang-fam} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Familles de langues dans le monde}\label{f+lang-fam} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Atlas_of_the_world}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[th] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth,clip]{mondep.png}\ixgrf{mondep.png} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Political world}\label{f+polw} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Le monde politique}\label{f+polw} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.populationdata.net/cartes/monde/monde-politique-moyen.php}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \lneed{3} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % This chapter shows the code of each \suffix{.mld} file. A \suffix{.mld} file is a \emph{minitoc language % definition} file, which defines the titles of the mini-tables for a given language. It contains often some -% comments about its origin, if you need further details. It is loaded either via a -% package option\,\footnote{It can also be a global option for the document.} in the \com{usepackage} command -% for the \upack{minitoc} package, either via the command: +% comments about its origin, if you need further details. +% +% \lneed{6} +% For some languages, I~have added a map of the country or area where the language is spoken, if it is not +% trivial. The origin of each map is given by an URL to the graphic file or to the WEB page where I~found it. +% Note that the~\cite{tlfq} and~\cite{LMP} Web sites are useful sources. Maps from~\cite{LMP} are under the +% Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}. +% The site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} allows to look at the maps of many countries (except France, +% in particular!). The Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection~\cite{texasmaps} (The University of Texas at Austin, +% \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contains countless maps. +% +% A \suffix{.mld} file is loaded either via a +% package option in the \com{usepackage} command +% for the \upack{minitoc} package (or a global option for the document), either via the command: % \or\relax % Ce chapitre montre le code de chaque fichier \suffix{.mld}. Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est un fichier % de définition de langue pour minitoc (\emph{minitoc language definition file}), qui définit les titres des % mini-tables pour une langue donnée. Il contient souvent quelques informations sur son origine, si vous avez -% besoin de plus de détails. Il est chargé soit via une option du paquetage\,\footnote{Ce peut aussi être une -% option globale pour le document.} dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% besoin de plus de détails. +% +% \lneed{6} +% Pour certaines langues, j'ai ajouté une carte du pays ou des zones où la langue est parlée, si ce n'est pas trivial. +% L'origine de chaque carte est donnée par un URL vers le fichier graphique ou vers la page où je l'ai trouvée. +% Notez que les sites Web~\cite{tlfq} et~\cite{LMP} sont des sources utiles. Les cartes de~\cite{LMP} sont sous la +% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}. +% Le site \url{http://www.expatries.senat.fr/pays.html} permet de regarder les cartes +% de nombreux pays (sauf notamment la France!) La \emph{Perry-Castañeda Library Map Collection}~\cite{texasmaps} (Université du Texas +% à~Austin, \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps}) contient d'innombrables cartes. +% +% Un fichier \suffix{.mld} est chargé soit via une option du paquetage +% dans la commande \com{usepackage} pour le paquetage \upack{minitoc}, +% (ou une option globale pour le document) % soit via la commande: % \fi % \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} @@ -45438,28 +46022,24 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{4} % {\bfseries % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}} version~\#49, +% Since\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} version~\#49, % the \upack{minitoc} package checks the presence of the % \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} file % (and of the \emph{language}\suffix{.mlo} file if necessary) for each language option of the package, % before validating the option. If a \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} is missing, the corresponding language option % is not enabled and a warning message is written in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file. But the presence of % the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language. -% -% \lneed{2} -% If\imess{W0034} some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing, +% If some \suffix{.mld} or \suffix{.mlo} files are missing, % the list of this files is given in the \suffix{.log} file. % \or\relax -% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}} de la version~\#49, +% À~partir\SMM{\lmess{I0050}\\\lmess{I0051}\\\lmess{E0036}\\\lmess{E0038}\\\lmess{W0034}} de la version~\#49, % le paquetage \upack{minitoc} vérifie la présence du fichier % \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (et du fichier \emph{langue}\suffix{.mlo} si nécessaire) pour % chaque option de langue du paquetage, avant de valider l'option. Si un fichier \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} % est manquant, l'option de langue correspondante n'est pas validée et un message d'avertissement est écrit dans % le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}. Mais la présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car % l'anglais est la langue par défaut. -% -% \lneed{2} -% Si\imess{W0034} certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants, +% Si certains fichiers \suffix{.mld} ou \suffix{.mlo} sont manquants, % la liste de ces fichiers est écrite dans le fichier \suffix{.log}. % \fi % \par} ^^A %BF> @@ -45467,10 +46047,29 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Acadian'' language: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{acadien}\ixgrf{acadien.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Acadia today}\label{f+acadien} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Acadie actuelle}\label{f+acadien} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.cyberacadie.com/acadie_pays.htm}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The \lopt{acadian} language\,\FAC{} % is just french, so we load the \xfile{french.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~acadian~>>: \uxfile{acadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadian}\ixfile{acadian.mld} % La langue \lopt{acadian} (acadien)\,\FAC{} est simplement du français, % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): % \fi @@ -45482,15 +46081,20 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</acadian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Acadien'' language: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{acadien}'' language\,\FAC{} % is just french (``\texttt{acadien}'' is the french term for ``\texttt{acadian}''), so we load the \xfile{french.mld} % file (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~acadien~>>: \uxfile{acadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+acadien}\ixfile{acadien.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{acadien}~>>\,\FAC{} % est simplement du français (<<~\texttt{acadien}~>> est le terme français pour <<~\texttt{acadian}~>>, en anglais), % donc nous chargons le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): @@ -45503,21 +46107,52 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</acadien> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Afrikaan'' language: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa, it has dutch origins; compare with -% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.} come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.382958802\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.617041199\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-l}\ixgrf{afrsud-l.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{afrsud-p}\ixgrf{afrsud-p.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the afrikaans language}\label{f+afrsud} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue afrikaans}\label{f+afrsud} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afriquesud.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{afrikaan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in South Africa and Namibia, it has dutch origins; compare with +% section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. +% See also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}. See figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.} +% come from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} and \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~afrikaan~>>: \uxfile{afrikaan.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaan}\ixfile{afrikaan.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Afrique du Sud, elle a des origines -% néerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Afrique du Sud et en Namibie, elle a des origines +% néerlandaises; comparez avec la section~\vref{s+mld+dutch}. +% Voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/afrikaans.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}. Voir la +% figure~\vref{f+afrsud}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams} et \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: % \end{SMOOTH} @@ -45528,8 +46163,7 @@ have centered labels. %<*afrikaan> \ProvidesFile{afrikaan.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Afrikaan(s) titles for minitoc.sty -%% from dutch.dtx (babel) -%% Braams, Johannes~L. +%% from dutch.dtx (babel) by Braams, Johannes~L. \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgawe}% \def\plftitle{Lys van figure}% \def\plttitle{Lys van tabelle}% @@ -45547,10 +46181,14 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Afrikaans'' language: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The term ``\lopt{afrikaans}'' is a synonym of ``\lopt{afrikaan}'', so we just load \xfile{afrikaan.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~afrikaans~>>: \uxfile{afrikaans.mld}}\label{s+mld+afrikaans}\ixfile{afrikaans.mld} % Le terme <<~\lopt{afrikaans}~>> est un synonyme de <<~\lopt{afrikaan}~>>, % donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{afrikaan.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+afrikaan}): % \fi @@ -45562,19 +46200,52 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{afrikaan}% %</afrikaans> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Albanian'' language: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The albanian language is spoken in Albania and some regions of Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia and Kosovo; see +% figure~\vref{f+albania}. % The titles for the ``\lopt{albanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{albanian.dtx} file % (with a contribution of \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~albanian~>>: \uxfile{albanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+albanian}\ixfile{albanian.mld} +% La langue albanaise est parlée en Albanie et quelques régions de Macédonie, du Montenegro, de Serbie et du Kosovo; +% voir la figure~\vref{f+albania}. % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{albanian}~>> (albanais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{albanian.dtx} % (avec une contribution de \name{Adi}{Zaimi}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,albanian}: % \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.468652038\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.531347962\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{albania.pdf}\ixgrf{albania.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{alba-eth.pdf}\ixgrf{alba-eth.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the albanian language}\label{f+albania} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm} +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue albanaise}\label{f+albania} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/carte_albanophone.htm} +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/albaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -45600,11 +46271,15 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``American'' language: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{american}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the % languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules.}, so we just load \xfile{english.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~american~>>: \uxfile{american.mld}}\label{s+mld+american}\ixfile{american.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{american}~>> (américain) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait être vrai pour les titres des % mini-tables; les langues elles-mêmes ont quelques différences, par exemple les règles de coupure des mots.}, donc nous % chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): @@ -45617,14 +46292,33 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</american> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Arab'' language: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{arabic.png}\ixgrf{arabic.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the arabic language}\label{f+arabic} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue arabe}\label{f+arabic} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.muslimtents.com/learningarabic/home.html}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{arab}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} % (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arab~>>: \uxfile{arab.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab}\ixfile{arab.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab}~>> (arabe) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} % (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. % \fi @@ -45653,11 +46347,16 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Arab2'' language: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcArabTok} +% \begin{macro}{\tcArabTok}@tok +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{arab2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} % (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be used, with the associated fonts. % It is a variant of the ``\lopt{arab}'' language. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arab2~>>: \uxfile{arab2.mld}}\label{s+mld+arab2}\ixfile{arab2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arab2}~>> (arabe, variante) sont tirés du % paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), % qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. @@ -45684,15 +46383,21 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{\mtcArabTok(qAQAimaTu al-GadAwili)}% %</arab2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Arabi'' language: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\R} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{arabi}'' language are taken from the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} package~\cite{arabi} % (by \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), % which should be used, with the associated fonts. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~arabi~>>: \uxfile{arabi.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabi}\ixfile{arabi.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{arabi}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi} % (par \name{Youssef}{Jabri}), qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. % \fi @@ -45702,8 +46407,7 @@ have centered labels. %<*arabi> \ProvidesFile{arabi.mld}[2006/07/27] %% Arabic titles for minitoc.sty. -%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, -%% Youssef Jabri) +%% Needs arabic fonts (cf. documentation of the Arabi package, by Youssef Jabri) %% (strings taken from arabi.ldf; to be used with arabi) \def\ptctitle{\R{\alef\lam\fa\ha\ra\seen}}% \def\plftitle{\R{\qaf\alef\yahamza\meem\T\space \alef\lam\alefhamza\sheen\kaf\alef\lam}}% @@ -45719,13 +46423,18 @@ have centered labels. %% %</arabi> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Arabic'' language: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} -% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~arabic~>>: \uxfile{arabic.mld}}\label{s+mld+arabic}\ixfile{arabic.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{arabic}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{arab}'', so we just load \xfile{arab.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): +% \or\relax % La langue <<~\lopt{arabic}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{arab}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{arab.mld} % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+arab}): % \fi @@ -45737,18 +46446,58 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{arab}% %</arabic> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Armenian'' language: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{armeniar.jpg}\ixgrf{armeniar.jpg}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{caucasus.pdf}\ixgrf{caucasus.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Armenia and the languages in the Caucasus}\label{f+armenia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% and +% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} by \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, +% link found from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Arménie et les langues du Caucase}\label{f+armenia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/armenia.html} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% et +% \url{http://linguistics.buffalo.edu/people/faculty/dryer/dryer/dryer.htm} par \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, +% lien trouvé dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Caucasian_languages}) +% +% \raggedright +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{armenian}'' language are taken from the \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX} package~\cite{armtex} % (by \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} and \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), which should be % used, with the associated fonts. +% The armenian language is spoken in Armenia, in a part of Azerbaidjan and in the armenian diaspora; see figure~\vref{f+armenia}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~armenian~>>: \uxfile{armenian.mld}}\label{s+mld+armenian}\ixfile{armenian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{armenian}~>> (arménien) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Arm\TeX}{ArmTeX}~\cite{armtex} % (de \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan} et \name{Vartan}{Akopian}), % qui devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. +% La langue arménienne est parlée en Arménie, dans une partie de l'Azerbaïdjan et dans la diaspora arménienne; +% voir la figure~\vref{f+armenia}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -45775,10 +46524,14 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Australian'' language: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{australian}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~australian~>>: \uxfile{australian.mld}}\label{s+mld+australian}\ixfile{australian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{australian}~>> (australian) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \fi @@ -45790,14 +46543,19 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</australian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Austrian'' language: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % For the mini-table titles, the ``\lopt{austrian}'' language is like the ``\lopt{german}'' language, so we load % \xfile{german.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+german}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~austrian~>>: \uxfile{austrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+austrian}\ixfile{austrian.mld} % Pour les titres des mini-tables, la langue <<~\lopt{austrian}~>> (autrichien) est comme la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> % (allemand), donc nous chargeons \xfile{german.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+german}): % \fi @@ -45809,14 +46567,19 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{german}% %</austrian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bahasa'' language: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{bahasa}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bahasa~>>: \uxfile{bahasa.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasa}\ixfile{bahasa.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{bahasa}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \fi @@ -45828,13 +46591,42 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% %</bahasa> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bahasai'' language: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.321112516\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.678887484\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia1}\ixgrf{indonesia1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{indonesia2}\ixgrf{indonesia2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Indonesia}\label{f+indonesia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Indonésie}\label{f+indonesia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-3_Pol_ling.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasai}'' language\,\footnote{Bahasa is spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with % different pronunciations and titles -% but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are +% but the same writing. Bahasai is the indonesian variant. See +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.} (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) are % taken from the file \xfile{bahasa.dtx} % (by \name{Jörg}{Knappen} and \name{Terry}{Mart}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bahasa}. @@ -45842,9 +46634,9 @@ have centered labels. % For other names for this language, see sections~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}, \vref{s+mld+indon}, % and~\vref{s+mld+indonesian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bahasai~>>: \uxfile{bahasai.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasai}\ixfile{bahasai.mld} % Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>\,\footnote{Le bahasa est parlé en Indonésie et en Malaisie, -% avec des prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasai est la variante indonésienne.} +% avec des prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasai est la variante indonésienne. +% Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/indonesie-1_langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.} % (bahasa indonesia / bahasa meyalu) % sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasa.dtx} % (de \name{Jörg}{Knappen} et \name{Terry}{Mart}) @@ -45878,6 +46670,33 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bahasam'' language: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.293413174\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.706586826\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia1}\ixgrf{malaysia1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malaysia2}\ixgrf{malaysia2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Malaysia}\label{f+malaysia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Malaisie}\label{f+malaysia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/malaysia.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles of the mini-tables for the ``\lopt{bahasam}'' language (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Spoken in Indonesia and Malaysia, with % different pronunciations and titles % but the same writing. Bahasam is the malaysian variant.} are taken from the file \xfile{bahasam.dtx} @@ -45887,7 +46706,6 @@ have centered labels. % Specific fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bahasa}. For other names for this language, see % sections~\vref{s+mld+malay} and~\vref{s+mld+meyalu}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bahasam~>>: \uxfile{bahasam.mld}}\label{s+mld+bahasam}\ixfile{bahasam.mld} % Les titres des mini-tables pour la langue <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>> (Bahasa Malaysia)\,\footnote{Parlée en Indonésie et en Malaisie, avec des % prononciations et des titres différents mais avec la même écriture. Bahasam est la variante malaisienne.} sont % tirés du fichier \xfile{bahasam.dtx} @@ -45921,13 +46739,44 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bangla'' language: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India.} are taken from -% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~bangla~>>: \uxfile{bangla.mld}}\label{s+mld+bangla}\ixfile{bangla.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla}\ixgrf{bangla.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bangla2}\ixgrf{bangla2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the bangla (or bengali) language}\label{f+bangla} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue bangla (ou bengali)}\label{f+bangla} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/Bangladesh.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' (\lopt{bengali}) language\,\footnote{Spoken in Bangladesh and some parts of India, +% like Occidental Bengal~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) and Tripura~(16); +% see figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} are taken from +% the \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX} package~\cite{bangtex} (by \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); they need specific fonts +% (the bengali alphabet is derived from sanskrit). +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Bangladesh et dans certaines parties de -% l'Inde.} sont simplement tirés du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); -% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques. +% l'Inde, comme le Bengale Occidental~(19), Orissa~(21), Assam~(18), Bihar~(10) et Tripura~(16); +% voir la figure~\vref{f+bangla}.} (\lopt{bengali}) sont simplement tirés +% du paquetage \packa{Bang\TeX}{BangTeX}~\cite{bangtex} (de \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}); +% ils ont besoin de fontes spécifiques (l'alphabet bengali est dérivé du sanskrit). % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -45954,15 +46803,41 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Basque'' language: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the Basque country, in the north of Spain and -% south-west of France.} are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file in the \pack{babel} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque1.pdf}\ixgrf{basque1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{basque2.pdf}\ixgrf{basque2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{The Basque country}\label{f+basque} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Pays Basque}\label{f+basque} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnebasque.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnenavarre.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{basque}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in the basque country, in the north of Spain and +% south-west of France; see figure~\vref{f+basque}.} are taken from the \xfile{basque.dtx} file in the \pack{babel} % package~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, by \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} and \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, with help % from \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}. % It seems that 8~bits fonts are preferable. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~basque~>>: \uxfile{basque.mld}}\label{s+mld+basque}\ixfile{basque.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{basque}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée au Pays Basque, qui est situé dans le nord de l'Espagne -% et le sud-ouest de la France.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage +% et le sud-ouest de la France; voir la figure~\vref{f+basque}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{basque.dtx} dans le paquetage % \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,basque}, par \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria} et \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, avec % l'aide de \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}. % Il semble que des fontes 8-bits soient préférables. @@ -45992,13 +46867,41 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Bengali'' language: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bengali~>>: \uxfile{bengali.mld}}\label{s+mld+bengali}\ixfile{bengali.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{bengali}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{bangla}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{bangla.mld} (see +% section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): +% \or\relax +% La langue <<~\lopt{bengali}~>> est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{bangla}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier +% \xfile{bangla.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bangla}): +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*bengali> +\ProvidesFile{bengali.mld}[2007/07/23] +\mtcselectlanguage{bangla}% +%</bengali> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bicig'' language: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\bcg} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{bicig}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bicig} is a written form of the mongolian language. It is also % known as Uighur. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} are taken % from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also % sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, and~\vref{s+mld+bicig3}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bicig~>>: \uxfile{bicig.mld}}\label{s+mld+bicig}\ixfile{bicig.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bicig}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> est une forme écrite de la langue mongole. Il % est aussi connu sous le nom de ouïghour (\emph{uighur} en anglais). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uighur}.} sont % tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi les @@ -46024,6 +46927,7 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{\bcg{k"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% %</bicig> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -46100,7 +47004,7 @@ have centered labels. % \section{``Bithe'' language: \uxfile{bithe.mld}}\label{s+mld+bithe}\ixfile{bithe.mld} % The titles for the ``\lopt{bithe}'' language\,\footnote{The \lopt{bithe} is a written form of the \lopt{manju} variant of the mongolian language.} are taken % from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. -% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol} and~\vref{s+mld+manju}. +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} and~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. % The Manju writing, or \emph{bithe} system is a close relative % of the Mongolian system; the basical letter shapes are the % same. Yet for Manju, a set of diacritics (\emph{dots and circles}) @@ -46110,7 +47014,7 @@ have centered labels. % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>\,\footnote{Le <<~\lopt{bithe}~>> est une forme écrite de la % variante <<~\lopt{manju}~>> de la langue mongole.} sont % tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+mongol} et~\vref{s+mld+manju}. +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+manju} et~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. % L'écriture Manju (Manchou), ou le système \emph{bithe}, est une proche % parente du système Mongol; les formes de base des lettres sont les mêmes. Mais pour le Manju, un % ensemble de signes diacritiques (\emph{points et cercles}) a @@ -46139,15 +47043,45 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Brazil'' language: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language\,\footnote{It is the portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \raisebox{-3.5mm}{\includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazilp.pdf}}\ixgrf{brazilp.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{brazil.pdf}\ixgrf{brazil.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Brazil}\label{f+brazil} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Brésil}\label{f+brazil} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/brazil.jpg} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/bresimapa-lingua.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{brazil}'' language\,\footnote{It is the main portuguese dialect spoken in Brazil. Note % that these titles are -% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed brasilian translations. +% \emph{different} in Brazil and in Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} contributed brazilian translations. % See section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file (for portugese titles by % \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) in the \pack{babel} % package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~brazil~>>: \uxfile{brazil.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazil}\ixfile{brazil.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien)\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais parlé au Brésil. +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{brazil}~>> (brésilien)\,\footnote{C'est le dialecte portugais principal parlé au Brésil. % Notez que ces % titres sont \emph{différents} au Brésil et au Portugal. \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima} a contribué pour les % traductions brésiliennes. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} @@ -46178,10 +47112,14 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Brazilian'' language: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{brazilian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{brazil}'', so we just load \xfile{brazil.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~brazilian~>>: \uxfile{brazilian.mld}}\label{s+mld+brazilian}\ixfile{brazilian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{brazilian}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{brazil}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{brazil.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}): % \fi @@ -46193,15 +47131,36 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{brazil}% %</brazilian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Breton'' language: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany.} are taken from -% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~breton~>>: \uxfile{breton.mld}}\label{s+mld+breton}\ixfile{breton.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>>\,\footnote{Parlées comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France).} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bretagne}\ixgrf{bretagne.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Brittany}\label{f+bretagne} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Bretagne}\label{f+bretagne} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.bretagnenet.com/scb/fgeo.html}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{breton}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken as a local celtic dialect in french Brittany; see +% figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.} are taken from the +% \xfile{breton.dtx} file (by \name{Christian}{Rolland}) in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{breton}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée comme dialecte celtique local en Bretagne (France); +% voir la figure~\vref{f+bretagne}.} % sont tirés du fichier \xfile{breton.dtx} (de \name{Christian}{Rolland}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,breton}: % \fi % @@ -46209,9 +47168,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} %<*breton> \ProvidesFile{breton.mld}[2006/01/13] -%% Breton titles for minitoc.sty -%% from breton.dtx (babel) -%% Rolland, Christian +%% Breton titles for minitoc.sty from breton.dtx (babel) by Rolland, Christian \def\ptctitle{Taolenn}% \def\plftitle{Listenn ar Figurenno\`u}% \def\plttitle{Listenn an taolenno\`u}% @@ -46229,10 +47186,14 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``British'' language: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{british}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', so we just load \xfile{english.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~british~>>: \uxfile{british.mld}}\label{s+mld+british}\ixfile{british.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{british}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \fi @@ -46244,16 +47205,50 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</british> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bulgarian'' language: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.317738791\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.682261209\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgmap.png}\ixgrf{bulgmap.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bulgariar.jpg}\ixgrf{bulgariar.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Bulgaria}\label{f+bulgaria} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria} +% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Bulgarie}\label{f+bulgaria} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Bulgaria} +% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/bulgaria.html} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~--) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} % (adapted from russian by \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) file in the % \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; they require % specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarianb}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bulgarian~>>: \uxfile{bulgarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarian}\ixfile{bulgarian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarian}~>> (bulgare) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{bulgarian.dtx} % (adapté du russe par \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}) dans le % paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,bulgarian}; ils ont @@ -46295,16 +47290,21 @@ have centered labels. \cyrn\cyra\ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri\cyrt\cyre}}% %</bulgarian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Bulgarianb'' language: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{bulgarianb}'' (upper bulgarian) language are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file % (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) % of the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; % they require specific cyrillic fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+bulgarian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~bulgarianb~>>: \uxfile{bulgarianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+bulgarianb}\ixfile{bulgarianb.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{bulgarianb}~>> (haut bulgare) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} % (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,russianb1,russianb}; @@ -46340,18 +47340,45 @@ have centered labels. {\cyr \CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyri}}% %</bulgarianb> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{13} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Buryat'' language: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia, in the Buryat republic, near -% Lake Baikal.} are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~buryat~>>: \uxfile{buryat.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat}\ixfile{buryat.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée dans certaines régions de la Mongolie. dans la république -% Buryat, près du lac Baïkal.} (bouriate) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue -% requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}[b]{@{}l@{}Z{1}@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=.54054054\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 300 203]{buryatia}\ixgrf{buryatia.pdf}% +% &&% +% \includegraphics[width=.45945946\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 255 216]{buryatia-l}\ixgrf{buryatia-l.pdf}% +% \end{tabularx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Republic of Buryatia}\label{f+buryat} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{République de Buryatie}\label{f+buryat} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://russiatrek.org/rp_buryatia.shtml}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \begin{macro}{\sh} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in some regions of Mongolia and in the Buryatia republic, near +% Lake Baikal. See figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée dans certaines régions de la Mongolie et dans la république +% de Buryatie, près du lac Baïkal. Voir la figure~\vref{f+buryat}.} (bouriate) sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -46373,15 +47400,21 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% %</buryat> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Buryat2'' language: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{buryat2}'' language (a variant for the ``\lopt{buryat}'' language, see section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) % are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. This language requires specific fonts. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~buryat2~>>: \uxfile{buryat2.mld}}\label{s+mld+buryat2}\ixfile{buryat2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{buryat2}~>> (une variante du langage «~\lopt{buryat}~», voir la section~\vref{s+mld+buryat}) % sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Cette langue % requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+mongol}. @@ -46406,14 +47439,135 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"ag"at"a"i jagsaalt}}% %</buryat2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Canadian'' language: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\awidth}{-2.5mm} +% \centering +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}} +% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% Province&Official language(s)\\ +% \midrule +% Alberta&english\\ +% British-Columbia&english\\ +% Island-of-Prince-Edward&english\\ +% Manitoba&english\\ +% New-Brunswick&english-french\\ +% New-Scotland&english\\ +% Ontario&english\\ +% Québec&french\\ +% Satkatchewan&english\\ +% Newfoundland&english\\ +% Federal territories&english-french\\ +% Federal government&english-french\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} +% \end{tabular} +% \caption{Official languages in Canada}\label{f+canada} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}} +% \begin{tabularx}{\awidth}[b]{@{}Z{1}Z{1}@{}} +% \toprule +% Province&Langue(s) officielle(s)\\ +% \midrule +% Alberta&anglais\\ +% Colombie-britannique&anglais\\ +% Île-du-Prince-Édouard&anglais\\ +% Manitoba&anglais\\ +% Nouveau-Brunswick&anglais-français\\ +% Nouvelle-Écosse&anglais\\ +% Ontario&anglais\\ +% Québec&français\\ +% Satkatchewan&anglais\\ +% Terre-Neuve&anglais\\ +% Territoires fédéraux&anglais-français\\ +% Gouvernement fédéral&anglais-français\\ +% \bottomrule +% \end{tabularx} +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada}\ixgrf{canada.pdf} +% \end{tabular} +% \caption{Langues officielles au Canada}\label{f+canada} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amnord/canada.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada1}\ixgrf{canada1.pdf} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Canada}\label{f+canada1} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/canada.html#country.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas +% Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \vspace*{-1\baselineskip} +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pe.png}\ixgrf{canada-pe.png} +% \caption{Political map of Canada}\label{f+canada-p} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Provinces_and_territories_of_Canada}) +% \or\relax +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-pf.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-pf.pdf} +% \caption{Carte politique du Canada}\label{f+canada-p} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Canada}) +% \fi +% +% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} +% +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{canada-l.pdf}\ixgrf{canada-l.pdf} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Linguistic map of Canada}\label{f+canada-l} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada}) +% \vspace*{1\baselineskip} +% \or\relax +% \caption{Carte linguistique du Canada}\label{f+canada-l} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bilinguisme_au_Canada}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{canadian}'' language \virage(note the final ``i\emph{a}n'') is just the \loptd{english} language spoken % in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~canadian~>>: \uxfile{canadian.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadian}\ixfile{canadian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{canadian}~>> \virage(notez le <<~i\emph{a}n~>> final) est simplement la langue \emph{anglaise} % (\loptd{english}) parlée au Canada. % Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): @@ -46426,14 +47580,19 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</canadian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Canadien'' language: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{canadien}'' language \virage(note the final ``i\emph{e}n'') is just the \lopt{french} language spoken % in Canada. We just load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+french}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~canadien~>>: \uxfile{canadien.mld}}\label{s+mld+canadien}\ixfile{canadien.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{canadien}~>> \virage(notez le <<~i\emph{e}n~>> final) est simplement la langue \emph{française} % (\lopt{french}) parlée au Canada. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{french.mld} (voir la % section~\vref{s+mld+french}): @@ -46446,16 +47605,21 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</canadien> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Castillan'' language: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} -% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is more known as ``\lopt{spanish}'', but is spoken mainly in Castile, +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{castillan}'' language is better known as ``\lopt{spanish}'', but is spoken mainly in Castile, % a part of central Spain. We % just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~castillan~>>: \uxfile{castillan.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillan}\ixfile{castillan.mld} -% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est plus connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol), +% La langue <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> est mieux connue sous le nom de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol), % mais est parlée principalement % en Castille, une partie du centre de l'Espagne. Nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): @@ -46469,14 +47633,19 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% %</castillan> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Castillian'' language: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % ``Castillian'' is just the english name for ``castillan'', so % we just load the \xfile{spanish.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~castillian~>>: \uxfile{castillian.mld}}\label{s+mld+castillian}\ixfile{castillian.mld} % <<~Castillian~>> est juste le nom anglais du castillan, donc % nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{spanish.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}): @@ -46490,18 +47659,48 @@ have centered labels. \mtcselectlanguage{spanish}% %</castillian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Catalan'' language: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.502354788\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.497645212\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-d}\ixgrf{catalan-d.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{catalan-p}\ixgrf{catalan-p.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the catalan language}\label{f+catalan} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; +% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue catalane}\label{f+catalan} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnecatalogne.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; +% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Catalan_language#Geographic_distribution}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{catalan}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Catalunya, the eastern part of Spain, -% around Barcelona.} +% around Barcelona, and in Roussillon, in France. See figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} % are taken from the \xfile{catalan.dtx} file (adapted from spanish by \name{Gonçal}{Badenes} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~catalan~>>: \uxfile{catalan.mld}}\label{s+mld+catalan}\ixfile{catalan.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{catalan}~>>\,\footnote{Parlée en Catalogne, la partie orientale de l'Espagne, autour -% de Barcelone.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adapté de l'espagnol par \name{Gonçal}{Badenes} +% de Barcelone, et dans le Roussillon, en France. Voir la figure~\vref{f+catalan}.} sont tirés du +% fichier \xfile{catalan.dtx} (adapté de l'espagnol par \name{Gonçal}{Badenes} % et \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,catalan}: % \fi % @@ -46524,24 +47723,51 @@ have centered labels. %</catalan> % \end{macrocode} % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxmldo{chinese1}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}\ixmldo{chinese1} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.651554404\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.348445596\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine1}\ixgrf{chine1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{chine2}\ixgrf{chine2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in China}\label{f+chine} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues en Chine}\label{f+chine} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/chine-map-langues.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Chinese1'' language: \uxfile{chinese1.mld} and \uxfile{chinese1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}% -% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}\ixfile{chinese1.mlo} % There are several variants for the chinese language. % The ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cap} file % in the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. +% See~\cite{china-h} about the history of China and the chinese language. % % The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~chinese1~>>: \uxfile{chinese1.mld} et \uxfile{chinese1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese1}% -% \ixfile{chinese1.mld}\ixfile{chinese1.mlo} % Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue chinoise. % La langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> (chinois première variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cap} du % système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+chinese2}. +% Voir~\cite{china-h} sur l'histoire de la Chine et de la langue chinoise. % % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{chinese1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement, % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{chinese1.mlo}. @@ -46553,19 +47779,22 @@ have centered labels. \ProvidesFile{chinese1.mld}[2005/01/28] %% From the file file Bg5.cap of the CJK package %% for using Asian logographs (Chinese/Japanese/Korean) with LaTeX2e -%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org> -%% -%% Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) +%% created by Werner Lemberg <wl@gnu.org> Version 4.5.2 (28-Mar-2003) %% Chinese captions: character set: Big 5, encoding: Big 5 %% \mtcloadmlo{chinese1}% %</chinese1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxfile{chinese2.mld} and \uxfile{chinese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}% -% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}\ixfile{chinese2.mlo} +% \section{``Chinese2'' language: \uxmldo{chinese2}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxmldo{chinese2.mld}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}\ixmldo{chinese2} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{Bg5.cpx} file in the \pack{CJK} % system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+chinese1}. @@ -46573,8 +47802,6 @@ have centered labels. % The titles for the ``\lopt{chinese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{chinese2.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~chinese2~>>: \uxfile{chinese2.mld} et \uxfile{chinese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+chinese2}% -% \ixfile{chinese2.mld}\ixfile{chinese2.mlo} % La langue <<~\lopt{chinese2}~>> (chinois seconde variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{Bg5.cpx} dans % le système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la @@ -46598,15 +47825,44 @@ have centered labels. \mtcloadmlo{chinese2}% %</chinese2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Croatian'' language: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.556818182\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443181818\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie1}\ixgrf{croatie1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{croatie2}\ixgrf{croatie2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Minorities in Croatia}\label{f+croatie} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Minorités en Croatie}\label{f+croatie} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/croatieinfos.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{croatian}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{croatian.dtx} file % (by \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~\lopt{croatian}~>>: \uxfile{croatian.mld}}\label{s+mld+croatian}\ixfile{croatian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~croatian~>> (croate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{croatian.dtx} % (de \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,croatian}: @@ -46636,11 +47892,37 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Czech'' language: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz1}\ixgrf{cz1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{cz3}\ixgrf{cz3.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Czech Republic}\label{f+cz} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{République Tchèque}\label{f+cz} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/reptcheque.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_the_Czech_Republic}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{czech}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{czech.dtx} % (contributions by \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~czech~>>: \uxfile{czech.mld}}\label{s+mld+czech}\ixfile{czech.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{czech}~>> (tchèque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{czech.dtx} % (contributions de \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,czech}: @@ -46649,22 +47931,20 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*czech> -\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2006/01/13] +\ProvidesFile{czech.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Czech titles for minitoc.sty %% from czech.dtx (babel) %% Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek, Milo\v{s} V. -%% Warning: defines \w as a ring accent -\def\w#1{\accent'27 #1} \def\ptctitle{Obsah}% -\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}% +\def\plftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% \def\plttitle{Seznam tabulek}% %% \def\mtctitle{Obsah}% -\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}% +\def\mlftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% \def\mlttitle{Seznam tabulek}% %% \def\stctitle{Obsah}% -\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\w{u}}% +\def\slftitle{Seznam obr\'azk\r{u}}% \def\slttitle{Seznam tabulek}% %</czech> % \end{macrocode} @@ -46672,12 +47952,40 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Danish'' language: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.362204724\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.637795276\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{danemark.jpg}\ixgrf{danemark.jpg}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{feroe.jpg}\ixgrf{feroe.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Denmark and Faeroe Islands}\label{f+denmark} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Danemark et Îles Féroé}\label{f+ddenmark} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/danemarkcarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/feroe_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{danish}'' language\,\footnote{The danish language is spoken in Denmark, in the Faeroe +% Islands and in Greenland.} are taken from the \xfile{danish.dtx} file % (by \name{Henning}{Larsen}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~danish~>>: \uxfile{danish.mld}}\label{s+mld+danish}\ixfile{danish.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{danish}~>> (danois\,\footnote{Le danois est parlé au Danemark, dans les Îles +% Féroé et au Groenland.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{danish.dtx} % (de \name{Henning}{Larsen}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,danish}: % \fi @@ -46704,24 +48012,32 @@ have centered labels. % \end{macrocode} % % \lneed{7} -% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Devanagari'' language: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\dn} +% \begin{macro}{\qva} +% \begin{macro}{\re} +% \begin{macro}{\rs} +% \begin{macro}{\8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{devanagari}'' language are taken from the \xfile{devanagari.sty} file % (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) % in the Devan\=agar\={\i} % package~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. Specific fonts are required. -% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. -% \end{SMOOTH} +% The home page of the package is~\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}. See also~\cite{hindi99} about the hindi language. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~devanagari~>>: \uxfile{devanagari.mld}}\label{s+mld+devanagari}\ixfile{devanagari.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>> (hindi) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{devanagari.sty} % (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) % dans le paquetage Devan\=agar\={\i}~\cite{devanagari} (\packa{\protect\devnag}{Devanagari}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hindi}. % Des fontes spécifiques sont requises. % La page Web du paquetage est~{\froff\url{http://devnag.sarovar.org}}. +% Voir aussi~\cite{hindi99} sur la langue hindi. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -46744,16 +48060,50 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% %</devanagari> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{SMOOTH} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Dutch'' language: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.381017882) +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} ^^A % same sizes! (.618982118) +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{neder.pdf}\ixgrf{neder.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{belgique.pdf}\ixgrf{belgique.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in the Nederlands and in Belgium}\label{f+dutch} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues aux Pays-Bas et en Belgique}\label{f+dutch} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysbas_lng_Map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/belgique_lng-regionales.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{dutch}'' language\,\footnote{The dutch language is spoken in the Netherlands and a +% part of Belgium; see figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} are taken from the \xfile{dutch.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~dutch~>>: \uxfile{dutch.mld}}\label{s+mld+dutch}\ixfile{dutch.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{dutch}~>> (néerlandais)\,\footnote{La langue néerlandaise est parlée aux +% Pays-Bas et dans une partie de la Belgique; voir la figure~\vref{f+dutch}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{dutch.dtx} % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,dutch}: % \fi @@ -46762,8 +48112,7 @@ have centered labels. % \begin{macrocode} %<*dutch> \ProvidesFile{dutch.mld}[2006/01/13] -% Dutch titles for minitoc.sty -%% from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) +%% Dutch titles for minitoc.sty from dutch.dtx (babel) (Braams, Johannes~L.) \def\ptctitle{Inhoudsopgave}% \def\plftitle{Lijst van figuren}% \def\plttitle{Lijst van tabellen}% @@ -46780,23 +48129,41 @@ have centered labels. % % \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``English'' language: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{anglo.png}\ixgrf{anglo.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Anglophone areas}\label{f+english} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions anglophones}\label{f+english} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/English_language#Geographical_distribution}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} % The titles for the ``\loptd{english}'' language are taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. -% \emph{The\virage{} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.} +% \emph{The\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file is mandatory, because english is the default language.} % % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+american}, \vref{s+mld+australian}, % \vref{s+mld+british}, \vref{s+mld+canadian}, \vref{s+mld+newzealand}, \vref{s+mld+UKenglish}, % and~\vref{s+mld+USenglish}. % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english~>>: \uxfile{english.mld}}\label{s+mld+english}\ixfile{english.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\loptd{english}~>> (anglais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}. -% \emph{Notez que la\virage{} présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par défaut.} +% \emph{Notez que la\SMMZZ{\lmess{E0036}} présence du fichier \xfile{english.mld} est obligatoire, car l'anglais est la langue par défaut.} % % \begin{raggedright} % \mbox{Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+american},} \vref{s+mld+australian},\ABK \vref{s+mld+british},\ABK @@ -46827,11 +48194,17 @@ have centered labels. % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``English1'' language: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{english1}'' language come from the \xfile{english.dtx} file % (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english1~>>: \uxfile{english1.mld}}\label{s+mld+english1}\ixfile{english1.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} % (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres @@ -46864,15 +48237,25 @@ have centered labels. \def\slttitle{Tables}% %</english1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``English2'' language: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcEnglishIIpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifcase} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{english2}'' language are again taken from the \xfile{english.dtx} file % (written by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, with some adaptations for the titles at the part level. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~english2~>>: \uxfile{english2.mld}}\label{s+mld+english2}\ixfile{english2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{english2}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{english.dtx} % (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,english}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres @@ -46908,6 +48291,10 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \def\slttitle{Tables}% %</english2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -46916,7 +48303,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % (by \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} and \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. % The esperanto (artificial) language was created in the 1877--1885 years -% by Doctor~\name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof}\footnote{See +% by Doctor~\namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\footnote{See % \url{http://uea.org/} and \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} for more information.} (1859--1917) of Warsaw, Poland. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~esperant~>>: \uxfile{esperant.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperant}\ixfile{esperant.mld} @@ -46924,7 +48311,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % (de \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba} et \name{Jörg}{Knappen}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,esperanto}. % La langue (artificielle) esperanto a été créée dans les années 1877--1885 par le docteur -% \name{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir +% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}\,{\froff\footnote{Voir % \url{http://uea.org/} et \url{http://www.esperanto-france.org/} pour plus d'informations.}} (1859--1917) de % Varsovie en Pologne. % \fi @@ -46933,8 +48320,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \begin{macrocode} %<*esperant> \ProvidesFile{esperant.mld}[2006/12/19] -%% Esperanto titles for minitoc.sty -%% from esperanto.dtx (babel) +%% Esperanto titles for minitoc.sty from esperanto.dtx (babel) %% Ruiz-Altaba, Marti and Knappen. Jörg \def\ptctitle{Enhavo}% \def\plftitle{Listo de figuroj}% @@ -46953,10 +48339,14 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Esperanto'' language: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{esperanto}'' and ``\lopt{esperant}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the % \xfile{esperant.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~esperanto~>>: \uxfile{esperanto.mld}}\label{s+mld+esperanto}\ixfile{esperanto.mld} % Les langues <<~\lopt{esperanto}~>> et <<~\lopt{esperant}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{esperant.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+esperant}): % \fi @@ -46968,16 +48358,47 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \mtcselectlanguage{esperant}% %</esperanto> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Estonian'' language: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-a}\ixgrf{estonia-a.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{estonia-b}\ixgrf{estonia-b.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Estonia}\label{f+estonia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, +% under the Creative Commons License, see~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.en_GB}.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Estonie}\label{f+estonia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.estonica.org/eng/maps/index-eng.html}, sous la +% \emph{Creative Commons License}, voir~\url{http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/1.0/deed.fr}.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{estonian}'' language\,\footnote{Estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a +% language from the uralian family.} are taken from the \xfile{estonian.dtx} file % (by \name{Enn}{Saar}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~estonian~>>: \uxfile{estonian.mld}}\label{s+mld+estonian}\ixfile{estonian.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{estonian}~>> (estonien\,\footnote{L'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue +% balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.}) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{estonian.dtx} % (de \name{Enn}{Saar}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,estonian}: % \fi @@ -46986,9 +48407,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \begin{macrocode} %<*estonian> \ProvidesFile{estonian.mld}[2006/01/13] -%% Estonian titles for minitoc.sty -%% from estonian.dtx (babel) -%% Saar, Enn +%% Estonian titles for minitoc.sty from estonian.dtx (babel) Saar, Enn \def\ptctitle{Sisukord}% \def\plftitle{Joonised}% \def\plttitle{Tabelid}% @@ -47005,17 +48424,54 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Ethiopia'' language: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.447761194\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.552238806\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia}\ixgrf{ethiopia.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ethiopia-p}\ixgrf{ethiopia-p.pdf}\\*[\bigskipamount] +% \multicolumn{3}{@{}c@{}}{\includegraphics[width=\textwidth]{ethiolang.png}\ixgrf{ethiolang.png}} +% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the ethiopian languages}\label{f+ethiopia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm} +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; +% See also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions des langues éthiopiennes}\label{f+ethiopia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie-prov.htm} +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/afrique/ethiopie.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} +% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geography_of_Ethiopia}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\eth@doaltchar} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} % The titles for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language are taken from the \pack{ethiop} package~\cite{ethiop} % (written by \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, and \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). Specific -% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. +% fonts are needed. See also section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. See figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} for the repartition of +% the various ethiopian dialects. % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ethiopia~>>: \uxfile{ethiopia.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopia}\ixfile{ethiopia.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>> (éthiopien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{ethiop}~\cite{ethiop} % (écrit par \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, \name{Olaf}{Kummer} et \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}). % Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopian2}. +% Voir la figure~\vref{f+ethiopia} pour la répartition des divers dialectes éthiopiens. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -47026,38 +48482,37 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} %% Needs special fonts \def\ptctitle{yezate}% \def\plftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% \def\plttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% %% \def\mtctitle{yezate}% \def\mlftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% \def\mlttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% %% \def\stctitle{yezate}% \def\slftitle{% - ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + ya\eth@doaltchar{85}`elo\eth@doaltchar{109} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% \def\slttitle{% - yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} - mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% + yasane\eth@doaltchar{176}ra\eth@doaltchar{149} mAwe\eth@doaltchar{187}}% %</ethiopia> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Ethiopian'' language: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{ethiopian}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{ethiopia}'' language, so we just load the % \xfile{ethiopia.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). See also % section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ethiopian~>>: \uxfile{ethiopian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ethiopian}\ixfile{ethopian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{ethiopian}~>> (éthiopien) est un simple synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{ethiopia}~>>, % donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier \xfile{ethiopia.mld} % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}). Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ethiopia}. @@ -47071,6 +48526,7 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \mtcselectlanguage{ethiopia}% %</ethiopian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -47114,68 +48570,108 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxfile{farsi1.mld} and \uxfile{farsi1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}% -% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}\ixfile{farsi1.mlo} -% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran. +% \reversemarginpar +% \section{``Farsi1'' language: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). % The ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the +% \ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}}% % \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi} system{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, % \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, % \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. -% \end{SMOOTH} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}% +% \caption{Areas of the farsi language}\label{f+farsi} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi}; +% see also \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html}.) +% \end{figure} % +% \normalmarginpar % The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxfile{farsi1.mld} et \uxfile{farsi1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}% -% \ixfile{farsi1.mld}\ixfile{farsi1.mlo} -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran. +% \section{Langue <<~farsi1~>>: \uxmldo{farsi1}}\label{s+mld+farsi1}\ixmldo{farsi1} +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip,viewport= 0 0 365 402]{farsi}\ixgrf{farsi.pdf}% +% \caption{Régions de la langue farsi}\label{f+farsi} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi}; +% voir aussi \url{http://www.farsinet.com/farsi/linguistic_composition_of_iran.html}) +% \end{figure} +% \reversemarginpar +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}). % La langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> (farsi première variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du -% système \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, +% système +% \ixgrf{farsi-logo.png}\marginpar{\null\hfill\href{http://www.farsitex.org}{\includegraphics[keepaspectratio,clip,width=2.5cm]{farsi-logo.png}}}% +% \packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, % par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \xname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \xname{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi2}. % +% \normalmarginpar % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement, % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi1.mlo}. % \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{iranian.jpg}\ixgrf{iranian.jpg}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Iranian tongues}\label{f+iranian} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues iraniennes}\label{f+iranian} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Persan}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*farsi1> \ProvidesFile{farsi1.mld}[2005/09/13] -%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project -%% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, -%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), -%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. +%% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, +%% Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), Hassan Abolhassani, and others. %% http://www.farsitex.org \mtcloadmlo{farsi1}% %</farsi1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxfile{farsi2.mld} and \uxfile{farsi2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}% -% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}\ixfile{farsi2.mlo} -% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran. +% \section{``Farsi2'' language: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} +% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). % The ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.sty} file in the \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}} % system~\cite{farsi}{\protect\FARSINOTE}, by \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, % \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, and others. % Special fonts are needed, of course. See also section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. % \end{SMOOTH} % -% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxfile{farsi2.mld} et \uxfile{farsi2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}% -% \ixfile{farsi2.mld}\ixfile{farsi2.mlo} -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran. +% \section{Langue <<~farsi2~>>: \uxmldo{farsi2}}\label{s+mld+farsi2}\ixmldo{farsi2} +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la +% figure~\vref{f+farsi}). % La langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> (farsi deuxième variante) utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.sty} du % système \mbox{\packa{Farsi\TeX}{FarsiTeX}}~\cite{farsi}\,{\protect\FARSINOTE}, développé par \xname{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, % \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani} et~al. % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+farsi1}. +% \fi % +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{farsi2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, +% hence we load \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{farsi2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement, % donc nous chargeons le fichier \xfile{farsi2.mlo}. % \fi @@ -47186,23 +48682,27 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \ProvidesFile{farsi2.mld}[2005/09/13] %% From farsi.sty of the FarsiTeX project %% by Dr Mohammad Ghodsi, Roozbeh Pournader (roozbeh@sharif.edu), -%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. -%% http://www.farsitex.org +%% Hassan Abolhassani, and others. Site: http://www.farsitex.org \mtcloadmlo{farsi2}% %</farsi2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Farsi3'' language: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% % \ixfile{farsi3.mld} -% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran. -% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi}, -% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~farsi3~>>: \uxfile{farsi3.mld}}\label{s+mld+farsi3}% % \ixfile{farsi3.mld} -% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\FR} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% There are several variants for the farsi language, spoken in Iran and Afghanistan (see figure~\vref{f+farsi}). +% The ``\lopt{farsi3}'' language uses titles taken from the \xfile{farsi.ldf} file in the \packa{\Arabi}{arabi} system\cite{arabi}, +% by \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. Special fonts are needed, of course. +% \or\relax +% Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour la langue farsi, parlée en Iran et en Afghanistan (voir la figure~\vref{f+farsi}). % La langue <<~\lopt{farsi3}~>> utilise des titres pris dans le fichier \xfile{farsi.ldf} du % système \packa{\Arabi}{arabi}~\cite{arabi}, par \xname{Youssef}{Jabri}. % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. @@ -47227,14 +48727,59 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \def\slttitle{\FR{\lam\ya\seen\taa\ \jeem\dal\alef\waw\lam}}% %</farsi3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Finnish'' language: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.437269373\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.562730627\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande1.png}\ixgrf{finlande1.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finlande2}\ixgrf{finlande2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Finland}\label{f+finland} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; +% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Finlande}\label{f+finland} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande_regions.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; +% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Baltic-Finnic_languages}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{finnishd}\ixgrf{finnishd.pdf} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Finnish dialects}\label{f+finnishd} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Dialectes finnois}\label{f+finnishd} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Finnish_language}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{finnish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{finnish.dtx} file % (by \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} and \name{Keranen}{Reino}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~finnish~>>: \uxfile{finnish.mld}}\label{s+mld+finnish}\ixfile{finnish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{finnish}~>> (finnois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{finnish.dtx} % (de \name{Mikko}{Kanerva} et \name{Keranen}{Reino}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,finnish}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+finnish2}. @@ -47278,10 +48823,8 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*finnish2> -\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13] -%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty (variant) -%% from finnish.dtx (babel) -%% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen +\ProvidesFile{finnish2.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Kanerva, Mikko and Reino, Keranen +%% Finnish titles for minitoc.sty, (variant) from finnish.dtx (babel) \def\ptctitle{Sis\"allys}% \def\plftitle{Kuvat}% \def\plttitle{Taulukot}% @@ -47299,11 +48842,15 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Francais'' language: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{francais}''\footnote{The right spelling is ``français'', but I~did not dare using a cedilla in a file name.} % language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the file \xfile{french.mld} (see % section~\vref{s+mld+french}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~francais~>>: \uxfile{francais.mld}}\label{s+mld+francais}\ixfile{francais.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{francais}~>>\footnote{L'orthographe correcte est <<~français~>>, mais je n'ai pas osé utiliser une % cédille dans un nom de fichier.} est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier % \xfile{french.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}): @@ -47316,18 +48863,41 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</francais> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``French'' language: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1425 631,clip]{franco.png}\ixgrf{franco.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Francophone areas}\label{f+french} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution}; +% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}). +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions francophones}\label{f+french} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/French_language#Geographic_distribution}; +% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_de_France.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \lneed{4} % The titles for the ``\lopt{french}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file % (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. See also % sections~\vref{s+mld+acadian}, \vref{s+mld+acadien}, \vref{s+mld+canadien}, \vref{s+mld+francais}, \vref{s+mld+frenchb}, % \vref{s+mld+frenchle}, and~\vref{s+mld+frenchpro}. % \or\relax +% \lneed{4} % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~french~>>: \uxfile{french.mld}}\label{s+mld+french}\ixfile{french.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>> (c'est-à-dire le français) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} % (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}. Voir aussi @@ -47360,11 +48930,17 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``French1'' language: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{french1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} % (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~french1~>>: \uxfile{french1.mld}}\label{s+mld+french1}\ixfile{french1.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} % (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres @@ -47397,10 +48973,22 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} \def\slttitle{Tableaux}% %</french1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``French2'' language: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcFrenchIIpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifmtcsecondpart} +% \begin{macro}{\ifnum} +% \begin{macro}{\value} +% \begin{macro}{\Roman} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{french2}'' language are taken from the \xfile{frenchb.dtx} file % (by \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, with some adaptations for the part-level titles\footnote{This @@ -47408,12 +48996,11 @@ the Twentieth Part\else Part~\Roman{part}\fi} % See also section~\vref{ss+2parts}, for the subtle distinction between ``deuxième'' and ``seconde''. % See the \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} example file in section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~french2~>>: \uxfile{french2.mld}}\label{s+mld+french2}\ixfile{french2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{french2}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{frenchb.dtx} % (de \name{Daniel}{Flipo}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,frenchb}, avec quelques adaptations pour les titres % au niveau partie\,\footnote{C'est un exemple de fichier \suffix{.mld} ayant besoin de code de support dans le -% paquetage \upack{minitoc} package.}. +% paquetage \upack{minitoc}.}. % Voir aussi la section~\vref{ss+2parts}, pour la subtile nuance entre «~deuxième~» et «~seconde~». % Voir le fichier d'exemple \exam{mtc-2nd.tex} dans la section~\vref{mtc-2nd.tex}. % \fi @@ -47454,14 +49041,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{Tableaux}% %</french2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Frenchb'' language: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{frenchb}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the % \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~frenchb~>>: \uxfile{frenchb.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchb}\ixfile{frenchb.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{frenchb}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier % \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. % \fi @@ -47473,17 +49069,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</frenchb> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Frenchle'' language: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} -% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the -% \xfile{french.mld} file. See -% section~\vref{s+mld+french}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~frenchle~>>: \uxfile{frenchle.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchle}\ixfile{frenchle.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{frenchle}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the +% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchle}. +% \or\relax % La langue <<~\lopt{frenchle}~» est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier -% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. +% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchle}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -47493,16 +49093,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</frenchle> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Frenchpro'' language: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} -% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the -% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~frenchpro~>>: \uxfile{frenchpro.mld}}\label{s+mld+frenchpro}\ixfile{frenchpro.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{frenchpro}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{french}'' language, so we load the +% \xfile{french.mld} file. See section~\vref{s+mld+french}. See also~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. +% \or\relax % La langue <<~\lopt{frenchpro}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{french}~>>, donc nous chargeons le fichier -% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. +% \xfile{french.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+french}. Voir aussi~\cite{frenchpro,frenchperso}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -47512,20 +49117,47 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{french}% %</frenchpro> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Galician'' language: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.556048835\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.443951165\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-m}\ixgrf{galicia-m.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galicia-mp}\ixgrf{galicia-mp.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the galician language}\label{f+galician} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue galicienne}\label{f+galician} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagnegalice_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{galician}'' language\,\footnote{Spoken in Galice, in the north-west part of Spain, around -% Santiago de Compostela.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file, +% Santiago de Compostela; see figure~\vref{f+galician}.} are taken from the \xfile{galician.dtx} file, % derived from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}) % (by \name{Manuel}{Carriba} and \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~galician~>>: \uxfile{galician.mld}}\label{s+mld+galician}\ixfile{galician.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien)\,\footnote{Parlée en Galice, dans la partie nord-ouest de -% l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} -% (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}), +% l'Espagne, autour de Saint-Jacques de Compostelle; voir la figure~\vref{f+galician}.} sont tirés du +% fichier \xfile{galician.dtx} (de \name{Manuel}{Carriba} et \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}), % dérivé du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}), % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,galician,galician2}: % \fi @@ -47533,7 +49165,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*galician> -\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/02/01] +\ProvidesFile{galician.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Galician titles for minitoc.sty %% from galician.dtx (babel) %% Carriba, Manuel (mcarriba@eunetcom.net) @@ -47544,7 +49176,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\ptctitle{\'Indice xeral}% \fi \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\plttitle{\'Indice de cadros}% %% \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax \def\mtctitle{\'Indice}% @@ -47552,7 +49184,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\mtctitle{\'Indice xeral}% \fi \def\mlftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\mlttitle{\'Indice de cadros}% %% \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax \def\stctitle{\'Indice}% @@ -47560,17 +49192,37 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\stctitle{\'Indice xeral}% \fi \def\slftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% -\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% +\def\slttitle{\'Indice de cadros}% %</galician> % \end{macrocode} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``German'' language: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{allemand.jpg}\ixgrf{allemand.jpg}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Germanophone areas}\label{f+german} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; +% see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions germanophones}\label{f+german} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemand-aire-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; +% voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_dialectes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{german}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. % See also the section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~german~>>: \uxfile{german.mld}}\label{s+mld+german}\ixfile{german.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{german}~>> (allemand) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+austrian}. % \fi @@ -47668,12 +49320,60 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Greek'' language: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.6273522572\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.372647428\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece1}\ixgrf{grece1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{grece2}\ixgrf{grece2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Greece}\label{f+greece} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Grèce}\label{f+greece} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece-admin-map.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/grece.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \includegraphics[keepaspectratio,width=\textwidth]{greekm.jpg}\ixgrf{greekm.jpg} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Dialects of modern Greek}\label{f+greekdia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Dialectes du grec moderne}\label{f+greekdia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modern_Greek}) +% \fi +% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{greek}'' language (modern greek) are taken from the \xfile{greek.dtx} file % (by \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) in the % \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}. % Greek fonts are required. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek~>>: \uxfile{greek.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek}\ixfile{greek.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek}~>> (grec moderne) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{greek.dtx} % (de \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,greek}. @@ -47685,8 +49385,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %<*greek> \ProvidesFile{greek.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Greek titles for minitoc.sty -%% from greek.dtx (babel) -%% Syropoulos, Apostolos +%% from greek.dtx (babel) by Syropoulos, Apostolos %% Needs greek fonts. \def\ptctitle{Perieq'omena}% \def\plftitle{Kat'alogoc Sqhm'atwn}% @@ -47705,12 +49404,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Greek-mono'' language: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-mono}'' language\,\footnote{Monotonic greek, from a recent (1982) but strongly % contested -- and contestable -- reform of the greek language.} are taken from the \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} file % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-mono~>>: \uxfile{greek-mono.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-mono}\ixfile{greek-mono.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-mono}~>> (grec dit monotonique\,\footnote{Le grec monotonique, selon une récente % (1982) mais fortement contestée -- et contestable -- réforme de la langue grecque.}) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} @@ -47760,16 +49463,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^03ac^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% %</greek-mono> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Greek-polydemo'' language: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polydemo}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic demotic (popular) greek, for classical greek.} % are taken from the file \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-polydemo~>>: \uxfile{greek-polydemo.mld}}\label{s+mld+greek-polydemo}\ixfile{greek-polydemo.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polydemo}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique <<~démotique~>> (populaire), % pour le grec classique.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-greek.ldf} % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -47818,11 +49526,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% %</greek-polydemo> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Greek-polykatha'' language: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% % \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localgreek} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{greek-polykatha}'' language\,\footnote{Polytonic greek, <<~kathaverousa~>> (purified) style, % a form of the Greek language created during the early \textsc{xix}-th century by \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, % to purify the language from the Byzantine and non-greek vocabulary. @@ -47832,8 +49547,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~greek-polykatha~>>: \uxfile{greek-polykatha.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+greek-polykatha}\ixfile{greek-polykatha.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{greek-polykatha}~>>\,\footnote{Grec polytonique, en style <<~kathaverousa~>> (purifié), % une forme de la langue grecque créée au début du \textsc{xix}\fup{e}~siècle par \xname{Adamantios}{Korais}, pour purifier % la langue du vocabulaire byzantin ou non grec. Il a maintenant été démodé par le grec démotique (populaire), @@ -47847,8 +49560,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{macrocode} %<*greek-polykatha> \ProvidesFile{greek-polykatha.mld}[2005/02/08] -%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project) -%% Needs Omega +%% from omega-greek.ldf (Antomega project). Needs Omega. %% Alexej M. Kryukov and Dmitry Ivanov %% \def\ptctitle{\localgreek% @@ -47885,17 +49597,48 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% ^^^^03c2 ^^^^03c0^^^^03b9^^^^03bd^^^^1f71^^^^03ba^^^^03c9^^^^03bd}}% %</greek-polykatha> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Guarani'' language: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguayp.pdf}\ixgrf{paraguayp.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{paraguay.png}\ixgrf{paraguay.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Paraguay}\label{f+paraguay} +% +% \raggedright +% (Depuis \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/americas/paraguay_pol98.pdf} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}~-- +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/amsudant/paraguay.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{guarani}'' language is the main language spoken in Paraguay. % Very often, a mixture of Guarani and Spanish, known as Jopara, is spoken. % The titles are taken from the \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} file by \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. % A special input encoding (\xfile{win-gn.def}) is needed. % These files are available on the CTAN archives. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~guarani~>>: \uxfile{guarani.mld}}\label{s+mld+guarani}\ixfile{guarani.mld} % La langue «~\lopt{guarani}~» est la langue principale parlée au Paraguay. % Très souvent, un mélange de guarani et d'espagnol, appelé «~jopara~», est utilisé. % Les titres sont tirés du fichier \ipack{guarani}\xfile{guarani.ldf} de \name{Javier}{Bezos}~\cite{guarani}. @@ -47926,35 +49669,100 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % % \lneed{10} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxfile{hangul1.mld} and \uxfile{hangul1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}% -% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}\ixfile{hangul1.mlo} +% \section{``Hangul1'' language: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} +% \else\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxmldo{hangul1}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}\ixmldo{hangul1} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.426693630\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.573306370\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean1.png}\ixgrf{korean1.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{korean2.jpg}\ixgrf{korean2.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the korean language}\label{f+korean} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} and \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue coréenne}\label{f+korean} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Korean_Language} et de \url{http://www.korea.net/korea/kor_loca.asp?code=A0102}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.677187948\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.322812052\iwidth} +% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hangul.png}\ixgrf{hangul.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hanja.png}\ixgrf{hanja.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Hangûl and hanja characters}\label{f+kor-chars} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul} +% and \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; see also \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Caractères hangûl et hanja}\label{f+kor-chars} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hangul} +% et \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Hanja}; voir aussi \url{http://wiki.galbijim.com/Korean}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The Korean language was originally written using the Chinese characters; it is now mainly written in Hangûl, the % Korean writing system, optionally incorporating Hanja to write Sino-Korean words~\cite{venkatesan}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. +% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. % % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language (korean in hangûl script, first variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hangul.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. +% +% \lneed{2} % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul1~>>: \uxfile{hangul1.mld} et \uxfile{hangul1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul1}% -% \ixfile{hangul1.mld}\ixfile{hangul1.mlo} % La langue coréenne était originellement écrite en caractères chinois; elle est actuellement principalement % écrite en caractères hangûl, en incorporant éventuellement des caractères hanja pour écrire des mots -% sino-coréens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} et~\cite{park2003}. +% sino-coréens~\cite{venkatesan}. Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. +% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. % % \begin{SMOOTH} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> (coréen, écriture hangûl première variante) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{hangul.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. -% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, -% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% +% \lneed{2} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hangul4},\ABK +% \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja2}\ABK et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul1.mlo}. % \fi @@ -47972,28 +49780,41 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hangul1}% %</hangul1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{10} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxfile{hangul2.mld} and \uxfile{hangul2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}% -% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}\ixfile{hangul2.mlo} +% \section{``Hangul2'' language: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxmldo{hangul2}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}\ixmldo{hangul2} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language (korean in hangûl script, second variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hangul.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. +% +% \lneed{3} % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul2~>>: \uxfile{hangul2.mld} et \uxfile{hangul2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul2}% -% \ixfile{hangul2.mld}\ixfile{hangul2.mlo} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, +% donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{hangul.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les +% Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Voir aussi les variantes dans les % sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi % +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul2.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48012,11 +49833,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hangul2}% %</hangul2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{11} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxfile{hangul3.mld} and \uxfile{hangul3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}% -% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}\ixfile{hangul3.mlo} +% \section{``Hangul3'' language: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixmldo{hangul3} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxmldo{hangul3}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}\ixfile{hangul3} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language (korean in hangûl script, third variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hangul2.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. @@ -48026,14 +49851,18 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul3~>>: \uxfile{hangul3.mld} et \uxfile{hangul3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul3}% -% \ixfile{hangul3.mld}\ixfile{hangul3.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{hangul2.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les % sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi % +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul3.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48051,28 +49880,34 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hangul3}% %</hangul3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{11} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxfile{hangul4.mld} and \uxfile{hangul4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}% -% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}\ixfile{hangul4.mld} +% \section{``Hangul4'' language: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxmldo{hangul4}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}\ixmldo{hangul4} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language (korean in hangûl script, fourth variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hangul2.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul4~>>: \uxfile{hangul4.mld} et \uxfile{hangul4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul4}% -% \ixfile{hangul4.mld}\ixfile{hangul4.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> (coréen en écriture hangûl, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{hangul2.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les % sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul4}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul4.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48091,40 +49926,49 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hangul4}% %</hangul4> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \lneed{11} +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hangul-u8}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}\ixmldo{hangul-u8} +% \fi % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hangul-u8'' language: \uxfile{hangul-u8.mld} and \uxfile{hangul-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}% % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}\ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo} % The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language (korean in hangûl script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken % from the file \xfile{u8hangul.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. -% Special fonts are needed, of course. -% Input encoding is UTF-8. +% Special fonts are needed, of course. Input encoding is UTF-8. % -% \lneed{4} +% \lneed{3} % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. % \end{SMOOTH} % -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hangul-u8~>>: \uxfile{hangul-u8.mld} et \uxfile{hangul-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hangul-u8}% -% \ixfile{hangul-u8.mld}\ixfile{hangul-u8.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> (coréen, écriture hangûl, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{u8hangul.tex} du système \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~coréen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. % Le codage en entrée est UTF-8. +% +% \lneed{4} % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hanja1},\vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% Voir~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} et~\cite{park2003}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hangul-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hangul-u8}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hangul-u8.mlo}. % \fi % -% \lneed{3} +% \lneed{10} % \begin{macrocode} %<*hangul-u8> \ProvidesFile{hangul-u8.mld}[2006/02/21] @@ -48135,30 +49979,38 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hangul-u8}% %</hangul-u8> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxfile{hanja1.mld} and \uxfile{hanja1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}% -% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}\ixfile{hanja1.mlo} +% \section{``Hanja1'' language: \uxmldo{hanja1.mld}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxmldo{hanja1}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}\ixmldo{hanja1} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language (korean in the old script hanja, first variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hanja.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. +% See figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~hanja1~>>: \uxfile{hanja1.mld} et \uxfile{hanja1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja1}% -% \ixfile{hanja1.mld}\ixfile{hanja1.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, première variante) sont tirés du % fichier \xfile{hanja.cpx} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi +% Voir la figure~\vref{f+kor-chars}. % les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja2} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi % +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja1.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48177,30 +50029,37 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hanja1}% %</hanja1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{10} % \begin{SMOOTH} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxfile{hanja2.mld} and \uxfile{hanja2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}% -% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}\ixfile{hanja2.mlo} +% \section{``Hanja2'' language: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxmldo{hanja2}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}\ixmldo{hanja2} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language (Korean in the old script hanja, second variant) are taken from the file % \xfile{hanja.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. % -% \lneed{8} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hanja2~>>: \uxfile{hanja2.mld} et \uxfile{hanja2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja2}% -% \ixfile{hanja2.mld}\ixfile{hanja2.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> (coréen en écriture ancienne hanja, seconde variante) sont tirés du % fichier \xfile{hanja.cap} du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi % les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja-u8}. +% \fi +% \end{SMOOTH} % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja2.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48219,28 +50078,25 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hanja2}% %</hanja2> % \end{macrocode} -% \end{SMOOTH} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{11} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} and \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}% -% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}\ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo} +% \section{``Hanja-u8'' language: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxmldo{hanja-u8}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}\ixmldo{hanja-u8} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language (korean in hanja script, for \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) are taken from the file % \xfile{u8hanja.tex} of the \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX} system~\cite[in~korean]{HLATEX} by \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. % Special fonts are needed, of course. % Input encoding is UTF-8. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8}, \vref{s+mld+hanja1}, and~\vref{s+mld+hanja2}. -% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004} and~\cite{park2003}. +% See~\cite[page~150]{YH2004}, \cite{YH2007} and~\cite{park2003}. % -% \lneed{8} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section[Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} et \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}]% -% {Langue <<~hanja-u8~>>: \uxfile{hanja-u8.mld} et\hfill\null\NL \uxfile{hanja-u8.mlo}}\label{s+mld+hanja-u8}% -% \ixfile{hanja-u8.mld}\ixfile{hanja-u8.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> (coréen, écriture hanja, pour \emph{Lambda}~$\mathbf{\Lambda}$) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{u8hanja.tex} du système \packa{H\LaTeX}{HLaTeX}~\cite[en~coréen]{HLATEX} de \name{Un}{Koaunghi}. % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. @@ -48248,7 +50104,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+hangul1}, \vref{s+mld+hangul2}, \vref{s+mld+hangul3}, \vref{s+mld+hangul4}, % \vref{s+mld+hangul-u8},\ABK \vref{s+mld+hanja1} et~\vref{s+mld+hanja2}. % \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi % +% \lneed{8} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{hanja-u8}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hanja-u8}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{hanja-u8.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48264,60 +50127,81 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{hanja-u8}% %</hanja-u8> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Hebrew'' language: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr1}\ixgrf{isr1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{isr2}\ixgrf{isr2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Israël}\label{f+israel} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Israel}\label{f+israel} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/israel_carte1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew}'' language are taken from % the \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX} package~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (by \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), which should be % used, with the associated fonts. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. +% See the hebrew alphabet (or \emph{alefbet}) here: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hebrew~>>: \uxfile{hebrew.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew}\ixfile{hebrew.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew}~>> (hébreu) sont tirés du % paquetage \packa{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}~\cite{arabtex2,arabtex} (de \name{Klaus}{Lagally}), qui % devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes associées. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew2}. +% Voir l'alphabet (ou \emph{alefbet}) hébreu ici: \url{http://www.jewfaq.org/graphics/hebrew.gif}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*hebrew> \ProvidesFile{hebrew.mld}[2001/02/28] -%% Hebrew titles for minitoc.sty -%% Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation) -\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ - \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% -%% -\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ - \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% -%% -\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ - \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% -\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% -\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ - \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +%% Hebrew titles for minitoc.sty. Need hebrew fonts (see arabtex documentation) +\def\ptctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\plftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\plttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\mlftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\mlttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% +%% +\def\stctitle{\tav\vav\kaf\finalnun\ \ayin\nun\yod\nun\yod\finalmem}% +\def\slftitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \alef\yod\vav\resh\yod\finalmem}% +\def\slttitle{\resh\shin\yod\mem\tav\ \tet\bet\lamed\alef\vav\tav}% %</hebrew> % \end{macrocode} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Hebrew2'' language: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\@ensure@R} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{hebrew2}'' language are taken from the file \xfile{hebrew.dtx} % (by \xname{Boris}{Lavva} and \name{Rama}{Porrat}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, which should be % used, with the associated fonts and encodings. See also section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. -% \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hebrew2~>>: \uxfile{hebrew2.mld}}\label{s+mld+hebrew2}\ixfile{hebrew2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hebrew2}~>> (hébreu, une variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{hebrew.dtx} % (de \name{Boris}{Lavva} et \name{Rama}{Porrat}) dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,hebrew2}, qui % devrait être utilisé, avec les fontes et codages associés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+hebrew}. @@ -48327,8 +50211,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{macrocode} %<*hebrew2> \ProvidesFile{hebrew2.mld}[2006/01/11] -%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. -%% Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il) +%% From hebrew.dtx in the Babel package. Boris Lavva (lavva@tx.technion.ac.il) %% Need hebrew fonts. \def\ptctitle{\@ensure@R{% \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % @@ -48340,36 +50223,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% %% - \def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % + \def\mtctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% - \def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % + \def\mlftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% - \def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ + \def\mlttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% %% - \def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % + \def\stctitle{\@ensure@R{\hebtav\hebvav\hebkaf\hebfinalnun\ % \hebayin\hebnun\hebyod\hebyod\hebnun\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% - \def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % + \def\slftitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ % \hebalef\hebyod\hebvav\hebresh\hebyod\hebfinalmem}}% - \def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{% - \hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ + \def\slttitle{\@ensure@R{\hebresh\hebshin\hebyod\hebmem\hebtav\ \hebtet\hebbet\heblamed\hebalef\hebvav\hebtav}}% %</hebrew2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Hindi'' language: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{hindi}'' language is just like ``\lopt{devanagari}'', % so we just load \xfile{devanagari.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hindi~>>: \uxfile{hindi.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi}\ixfile{hindi.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{hindi}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{devanagari}~>>, donc nous % chargeons \xfile{devanagari.mld} simplement (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+devanagari}): % \fi @@ -48381,11 +50263,46 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{devanagari}% %</hindi> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Hindi-modern'' language: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.417475728\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.582524272\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde1}\ixgrf{inde1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{inde2.jpg}\ixgrf{inde2.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in India}\label{f+india} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; see also \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues en Inde}\label{f+india} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde-carte-etats2.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_linguistique.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; voir aussi \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/inde_cartepol.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \lneed{6} +% \begin{macro}{\dn} +% \begin{macro}{\qva} +% \begin{macro}{\re} +% \begin{macro}{\rs} +% \begin{macro}{\2} +% \begin{macro}{\8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} % The titles for the ``\lopt{hindi-modern}'' language are taken from the \xfile{captions.dn} file % (by \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} and \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) @@ -48395,7 +50312,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~hindi-modern~>>: \uxfile{hindi-modern.mld}}\label{s+mld+hindi-modern}\ixfile{hindi-modern.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{hindi-modern}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{captions.dn} % (de \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, \name{John}{Smith}, % \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, \name{Richard}{Mahoney} et \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}) @@ -48428,15 +50344,25 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{{\dn tAElkAao\2 kF \8{s}cF}}% %</hindi-modern> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Hungarian'' language: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{hungarian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language, % so we load \xfile{magyar.mld}. % See section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~hungarian~>>: \uxfile{hungarian.mld}}\label{s+mld+hungarian}\ixfile{hungarian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{hungarian}~>> (hongrois) est synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>>, donc nous chargeons % \xfile{magyar.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+magyar}. % \fi @@ -48448,28 +50374,59 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{magyar}% %</hungarian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Icelandic'' language: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islande.png}\ixgrf{islande.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{islandep.jpg}\ixgrf{islandep.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Iceland}\label{f+icelandic} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} +% and \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}); +% see also \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Islande}\label{f+icelandic} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/islandecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} +% et \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/europe/iceland_pol81.jpg} +% --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}; +% voir aussi \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Iceland}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{icelandic}'' language are taken from the \xfile{icelandic.dtx} file % (by \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}) -% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}: +% in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. See also~\cite{icelandic2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~icelandic~>>: \uxfile{icelandic.mld}}\label{s+mld+icelandic}\ixfile{icelandic.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{icelandic}~>> (islandais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{icelandic.dtx} % (par \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}) -% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}: +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,icelandic}. Voir aussi~\cite{icelandic2}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*icelandic> \ProvidesFile{icelandic.mld}[2006/01/13] -%% Icelandic titles for minitoc.sty -%% from icelandic.dtx (babel) -%% Árnason, Einar -%% need inputenc with 8-bits encoding +%% Icelandic titles for minitoc.sty from icelandic.dtx (babel) +%% Árnason, Einar (needs inputenc with 8-bits encoding) \def\ptctitle{Efnisyfirlit}% \def\plftitle{Myndaskrá}% \def\plttitle{Töfluskrá}% @@ -48487,10 +50444,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Indon'' language: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{indon}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~indon~>>: \uxfile{indon.mld}}\label{s+mld+indon}\ixfile{indon.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{indon}~>> (indon) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \fi @@ -48502,14 +50463,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% %</indon> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Indonesian'' language: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{indonesian}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasai}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasai.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~indonesian~>>: \uxfile{indonesian.mld}}\label{s+mld+indonesian}\ixfile{indonesian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{indonesian}~>> (indonésien) est comme <<~\lopt{bahasai}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{bahasai.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasai}): % \fi @@ -48521,6 +50487,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bahasai}% %</indonesian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -48533,8 +50500,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % with some normalisation of spelling. The grammar is very easy, % more similar to English's than to neolatin languages\footnote{The site % \url{http://www.interlingua.com} is mostly written in interlingua -% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it. -% You can have a look at the grammar at \url{http://www.geocities.com/linguablau}.}. +% (as is \url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}), in case you want to read some sample of it.}. +% See also: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, +% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} +% \item interlingua-english dictionnary: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} +% \item interlingua grammar (in french): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} +% \item somes sites in interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} +% \item other sites about interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} +% \end{itemize} % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~interlingua~>>: \uxfile{interlingua.mld}}\label{s+mld+interlingua}\ixfile{interlingua.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{interlingua}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{interlingua.dtx} @@ -48544,8 +50519,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % l'anglais de l'italien et du français, avec une certaine normalisation de l'orthographe. La grammaire est très % facile, plus similaire à~celle de l'anglais qu'à celles des langues néo-latines\,\footnote{Le site % {\froff\url{http://www.interlingua.com}} est écrit principalement en interlingua -% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas où vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple. -% Vous pouvez regarder sa grammaire à~{\froff\url{http://www.geocities.com/linguablau}}.}. +% (comme l'est {\froff\url{http://interlingua.altervista.org}}), au cas où vous souhaiteriez en lire un exemple.}. +% Voir aussi: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, \url{http://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interlingua}, +% \item Union Interlinguiste de France: \url{http://www.interlingua.com.fr/} +% \item dictionnaire interlingua-anglais: \url{http://www.interlingua.com/ied/} +% \item grammaire de l'interlingua (en français): \url{http://filip.ouvaton.org/ia/gram/entra1.html} +% \item quelques sites en interlingua: \url{http://www.dmoz.org/World/Interlingua} +% \item d'autres sites sur interlingua: \url{http://www.cle.unicamp.br/wcp3/interlingua.htm} +% \end{itemize} % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -48571,12 +50554,40 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Irish'' language: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irlande.pdf}\ixgrf{irlande.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{irish.png}\ixgrf{irish.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Ireland}\label{f+ireland} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} +% and \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Irlande}\label{f+ireland} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/irlande-comtes.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} +% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irish_language}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{irish}'' language come from the \xfile{irish.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} and \name{Fraser}{Grant}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~irish~>>: \uxfile{irish.mld}}\label{s+mld+irish}\ixfile{irish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{irish}~>> (irlandais) viennent du fichier \xfile{irish.dtx} % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{Marion}{Gunn} et \name{Fraser}{Grant}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,irish}: @@ -48606,11 +50617,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Italian'' language: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{italian}\ixgrf{italian.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Italy}\label{f+italy} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Italy}\label{f+Italy} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/italieetat.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1357 628,clip]{italo1.png}\ixgrf{italo1.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Italophone areas in Europa}\label{f+italo} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions italophones en Europe}\label{f+italo} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Italian_language}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{italian}'' language come from the file \xfile{italian.dtx} % (by \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} and \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~italian~>>: \uxfile{italian.mld}}\label{s+mld+italian}\ixfile{italian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{italian}~>> (italien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{italian.dtx} % (de \name{Maurizio}{Codogno} et \name{Claudio}{Beccari}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,italian}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+italian2}. @@ -48670,27 +50714,59 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %</italian2> % \end{macrocode} % -% \lneed{6} +% \lneed{7} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxmldo{japanese}}\label{s+mld+japanese}\ixmldo{japanese} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.516379310\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.483620690\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon1}\ixgrf{japon1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{japon2.jpg}\ixgrf{japon2.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Japon}\label{f+japon} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/japoncarte.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/famjapon.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese'' language: \uxfile{japanese.mld} and \uxfile{japanese.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese}% -% \ixfile{japanese.mld}\ixfile{japanese.mlo} % They are several variants for the japanese titles. % The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language have been found (by a Google search) on % the Web site of % Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. +% % But see also other variants in sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese~>>: \uxfile{japanese.mld} et \uxfile{japanese.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese}% -% \ixfile{japanese.mld}\ixfile{japanese.mlo} % Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en japonais. % Les titres pour une première variante de la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> (japonais) ont été trouvés % (par une recherche avec Google) sur le site Web du Professeur % \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. +% % Mais il faut aussi regarder les autres variantes dans les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48707,25 +50783,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese}% %</japanese> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxfile{japanese2.mld} and \uxfile{japanese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}% -% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}\ixfile{japanese2.mlo} +% \section{``Japanese2'' language: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language (japanese, second variant) are taken from file % \xfile{JIS.cap} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \xfile{japanese2.mld} et \xfile{japanese2.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}% -% \ixfile{japanese2.mld}\ixfile{japanese2.mlo} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese2~>>: \uxmldo{japanese2}}\label{s+mld+japanese2}\ixmldo{japanese2} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> (japonais, deuxième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cap} du % système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese2}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese2}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese2.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48745,27 +50826,39 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese2}% %</japanese2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxfile{japanese3.mld} and \uxfile{japanese3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}% -% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}\ixfile{japanese3.mlo} +% \section{``Japanese3'' language: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language (japanese, third variant) are taken from % file \xfile{JIS.cpx} of the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% +% \lneed{3} % Special fonts are needed, of course. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load % \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxfile{japanese3.mld} et \uxfile{japanese3.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}% -% \ixfile{japanese3.mld}\ixfile{japanese3.mlo} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese3~>>: \uxmldo{japanese3}}\label{s+mld+japanese3}\ixmldo{japanese3} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> (japonais, troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{JIS.cpx} du % système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). -% Des fontes spéciales sont bien sûr nécessaires. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, +% Des fontes spéciales sont bien sûr nécessaires. +% +% \lneed{3} +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, \vref{s+mld+japanese5} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. -% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, -% donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese3}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. +% \or\relax +% Notez que les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese3}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas +% être générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese3.mlo}. % \fi % % \lneed{6} @@ -48783,25 +50876,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese3}% %</japanese3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{6} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxfile{japanese4.mld} -% and \uxfile{japanese4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixfile{japanese4.mld}\ixfile{japanese4.mlo} +% \section{``Japanese4'' language: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language (japanese, fourth version) are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cap} of the % \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). Special fonts are needed, of course. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese5}, and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxfile{japanese4.mld} -% et \uxfile{japanese4.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixfile{japanese4.mld}\ixfile{japanese4.mlo} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese4~>>: \uxmldo{japanese4}}\label{s+mld+japanese4}\ixmldo{japanese4} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> (japonais, quatrième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cap} % du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, bien sûr. Voir aussi les % sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese5} % et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese4}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese4}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese4.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48821,11 +50919,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese4}% %</japanese4> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{12} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxfile{japanese5.mld} and \uxfile{japanese5.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}% -% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}\ixfile{japanese5.mlo} +% \section{``Japanese5'' language: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' (japanese, fifth variant) language are taken from file \xfile{SJIS.cpx} of % the \pack{CJK} system~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Special fonts are needed, of course. @@ -48835,15 +50933,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxfile{japanese5.mld} et \uxfile{japanese5.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}% -% \ixfile{japanese5.mld}\ixfile{japanese5.mlo} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese5~>>: \uxmldo{japanese5}}\label{s+mld+japanese5}\ixmldo{japanese5} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> (japonais, cinquième variante) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{SJIS.cpx} du % système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2} (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % Des fontes spéciales sont nécessaires, évidemment. Regardez aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese}, % \vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4} et~\vref{s+mld+japanese6}. % \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi % -% \lneed{10} +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese5}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese5}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese5.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48864,26 +50967,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese5}% %</japanese5> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{11} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxfile{japanese6.mld} and \uxfile{japanese6.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}% -% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}\ixfile{japanese6.mlo} +% \section{``Japanese6'' language: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} % The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' (japanese, sixth variant) language have been found (by a Google search) % on the Web site of % Professor \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}. +% +% \lneed{4} % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4}, % and~\vref{s+mld+japanese5}. -% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxfile{japanese6.mld} et \uxfile{japanese6.mlo}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}% -% \ixfile{japanese6.mld}\ixfile{japanese6.mlo} +% \section{Langue <<~japanese6~>>: \uxmldo{japanese6}}\label{s+mld+japanese6}\ixmldo{japanese6} % Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{japanese6}~» (japonais, sixième variante) ont été trouvés (par une recherche avec % Google) sur le site Web du Professeur % \xname{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://www.biwako.shiga-u.ac.jp/sensei/kumazawa/tex/minitoc.html}}}. +% +% \lneed{4} % Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+japanese},~\vref{s+mld+japanese2}, \vref{s+mld+japanese3}, \vref{s+mld+japanese4} % et \vref{s+mld+japanese5}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{japanese6}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{japanese6}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{japanese6.mlo}. % \fi @@ -48900,22 +51012,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{japanese6}% %</japanese6> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld} -% The Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state of India. The +% \section{``Kannada'' language: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue «~kannada~»: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}\label{s+mld+kannada}\ixgrf{kannada.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{karnataka.jpg}\ixgrf{karnataka.jpg} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the kannada language}\label{f+kannada} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm}; +% see also \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg} +% and figure~\vref{f+india}). +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue kannada}\label{f+kannada} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.pinkmoose.ic24.net/india/kabini.htm}; +% voir aussi \url{http://kstdc.nic.in/pix/krnatmap.jpg} +% et la figure~\vref{f+india}.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The Kannada (``\lopt{kannada}'') (or Kannara) language is a dravidian language spoken in the Karnataka state +% (main town: Bangalore) of India. The % titles are taken from the \xfile{kanlel.sty} package file from the % \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX} project~\cite{kannadatex}\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}} by \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} and \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. -% Specific fonts are required. +% Specific fonts are required. See the alphabet here: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue «~kannada~»: \uxfile{kannada.mld}}% -% \label{s+mld+kannada}\ixfile{kannada.mld} -% Le «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka de l'Inde. Les textes pour les +% Le «~\lopt{kannada}~» (ou kannara) est une langue dravidienne parlée dans l'état Karnataka (capitale Bangalore) de l'Inde. Les textes pour les % titres sont tirées du fichier paquetage \xfile{kanlel.sty} du projet % \packa{Kannada\TeX}{KannadaTeX}~\cite{kannadatex}\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/kannadatex}}} de \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda} et \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}. -% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. +% Des fontes spécifiques sont nécessaires. L'alphabet est visible ici: \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/kannada.htm}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -48942,12 +51076,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Khalka'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} +% \section{``Khalkha'' language: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % ``\lopt{khalkha}'' is a synomym for ``\lopt{xalx}'', % so we just load \xfile{xalx.mld} (see sections~\vref{s+mld+xalx}, % \vref{s+mld+xalx2}, and~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~khalkha~>>: \uxfile{khalkha.mld}}\label{s+mld+khalkha}\ixfile{khalkha.mld} % Le <<~\lopt{khalkha}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{xalx}~>>, % donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{xalx.mld} % (voir les sections~\vref{s+mld+xalx}, \vref{s+mld+xalx2} et~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}): @@ -48960,6 +51098,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{xalx}% %</khalkha> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -48998,11 +51137,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Latin2'' language: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\ae} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{latin2}'' language (latin, medieval, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} % (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~latin2~>>: \uxfile{latin2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latin2}\ixfile{latin2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latin2}~>> (latin, médiéval, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} % (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont été abrégés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latin}. @@ -49028,6 +51171,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{{Tabul\ae}}% %</latin2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -49066,12 +51210,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Latinc2'' language: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (latinc, classical, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} +% The titles for the ``\lopt{latinc2}'' language (classical, abbreviated variant) are taken from the \xfile{latin.dtx} % (by \name{Claudio}{Beccari} and \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, but abbreviated. See also section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~latinc2~>>: \uxfile{latinc2.mld}}\label{s+mld+latinc2}\ixfile{latinc2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (latinc, classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latinc2}~>> (classique, variante abrégée) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{latin.dtx} % (de \name{Claudio}{Beccari} et \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,latin}, mais ont été abrégés. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+latinc}. % \fi @@ -49081,8 +51225,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %<*latinc2> \ProvidesFile{latinc2.mld}[2007/04/06] %% Latin (classical) titles (shortened) for minitoc.sty -%% from latin.dtx (babel) -%% Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad +%% from latin.dtx (babel) by Beccari, Claudio and {\.Zelechowski}, Konrad \def\ptctitle{Index}% \def\plftitle{Conspectvs descriptionvm}% \def\plttitle{Conspectvs tabvlarvm}% @@ -49101,6 +51244,33 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Latvian'' language: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.3649022507\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.635097493\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lettonie}\ixgrf{lettonie.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Baltic languages and Latvia}\label{f+baltic-le} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that the estonian language is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues baltes et Lettonie}\label{f+baltic-le} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lettoniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language\,\footnote{Note that ``\lopt{latvian}'' is the original name for % ``\lopt{letton}''.} come from the \xfile{latvian.ldf} file % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -49108,7 +51278,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~latvian~>>: \uxfile{latvian.mld}}\label{s+mld+latvian}\ixfile{latvian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>\,\footnote{Notez que <<~\lopt{latvian}~>> (latvien) est % l'autre nom du <<~\lopt{letton}~>>.} viennent du fichier \xfile{latvian.ldf} % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -49158,9 +51327,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*latvian2> +\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05] % Andris Lasis (andris_lisis@simms.lv) Ivars Drikis (drikis@lanet.lv) % http://home.lanet.lv/~drikis/TeX/2e/latvian.ldf -\ProvidesFile{latvian2.mld}[2007/06/05] %% \def\ptctitle{Saturs}% \def\plftitle{Att\= elu r\= ad\={\i}t\= ajs}% @@ -49179,10 +51348,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Letton'' language: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{letton}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian}'' language, so we just load % \xfile{latvian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~letton~>>: \uxfile{letton.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton}\ixfile{letton.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{letton}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{latvian.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian}. % \fi @@ -49194,14 +51367,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{latvian}% %</letton> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Letton2'' language: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{letton2}'' language is a synonym for the ``\lopt{latvian2}'' language, so we just load % \xfile{latvian2.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~letton2~>>: \uxfile{letton2.mld}}\label{s+mld+letton2}\ixfile{letton2.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{letton2}~>> est un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{latvian2}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{latvian2.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+latvian2}. % \fi @@ -49213,18 +51391,45 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{latvian2}% %</letton2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Lithuanian'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.442069741\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.557930259\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{baltes}\ixgrf{baltes.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{lituanie.png}\ixgrf{lituanie.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Baltic languages and Lithuania}\label{f+baltic-li} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}; note that estonian is \emph{not} a baltic language, but a language from the uralian family.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues baltiques et Lithuanie}\label{f+baltic-li} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/langues_baltes.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/lituaniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}; notez que l'estonien \emph{n'est pas} une langue balte, mais une langue de la famille ouralienne.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian}'' language are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} -% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip}.} +% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}.} % (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) % for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~lithuanian~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian}\ixfile{lithuanian.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lithuanien) sont tirés du fichier -% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip}}}.} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian}~>> (lituanien) sont simplement tirés du fichier +% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip}}}.} % (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) % pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian2}. % \fi @@ -49232,20 +51437,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*lithuanian> -\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2006/01/13] +\ProvidesFile{lithuanian.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Lithuanian titles for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf -%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/texinput/babel/babel.zip +%% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/download/zip/babel.zip %% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) \def\ptctitle{Turinys}% -\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\plftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% \def\plttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% %% \def\mtctitle{Turinys}% -\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\mlftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% \def\mlttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% %% \def\stctitle{Turinys}% -\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\c u s\protect\c ara\protect\v sas}% +\def\slftitle{Paveiksl\protect\k u s\protect\k ara\protect\v sas}% \def\slttitle{Lentel\protect\.es}% %</lithuanian> % \end{macrocode} @@ -49254,14 +51459,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Lithuanian2'' language: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} % The titles for the ``\lopt{lithuanian2}'' language (variant) are taken from the \xfile{lithuanian.ldf} -% file\footnote{Found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz}} +% file, found in \url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}, % (by \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) % for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. % The L7x encoding and the Latin Modern fonts are needed. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~lithuanian2~>>: \uxfile{lithuanian2.mld}}\label{s+mld+lithuanian2}\ixfile{lithuanian2.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lithuanien, variante) sont tirés du fichier -% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}\,\footnote{Trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz}}}.} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lithuanian2}~>> (lituanien, variante) sont simplement tirés du fichier +% \xfile{lithuanian.ldf}, trouvé dans {\froff{\url{http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20070713.tar.gz}}}, % (de \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}) % pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+lithuanian}. % Le codage L7x et les fontes Latin Modern sont nécessaires. @@ -49270,9 +51475,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*lithuanian2> -\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/06/05] -%% Lithuanian titles (variant) for minitoc.sty -%% from lithuanian.ldf +\ProvidesFile{lithuanian2.mld}[2007/12/04] +%% Lithuanian titles (variant) for minitoc.sty from lithuanian.ldf %% in http://www.vtex.lt/tex/littex/littex-20060928.tar.gz %% Tolusis, Sigitas (sigitas@vtex.lt) \def\ptctitle{Turinys}% @@ -49288,40 +51492,88 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{Lenteli\k{u} s\k{a}ra\v{s}}% %</lithuanian2> % \end{macrocode} +% \par % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{9} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Lowersorbian'' language: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'' language\,\footnote{Lower sorbian. Sorbian, or wendisch, % is a member of the west slavic subgroup of indo-european languages spoken in Lower Lusatia in the german % \emph{länder} of Saxony and Brandenburg. The Sorbs are descendents of the Wends, the german name for the slavic tribes % who occupied the area between the Elbe and Saale rivers in the west and the Odra (Oder) river in the east during -% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century).} are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file +% the medieval period (\textsc{vi}-th century). See figures~\vref{f+lusace} and~\vref{f+sorbian}.} are taken from the \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} file % (by \name{Eduard}{Werner}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. % A shorter language name is \lopt{lsorbian} (see section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~lowersorbian~>>: \uxfile{lowersorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lowersorbian}\ixfile{lowersorbian.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>> (bas sorabe)\,\footnote{% +% ^^A \interfootnotelinepenalty=10000\interlinepenalty=10000\relax +% Le bas sorabe, le sorabe ou wende, % est un membre du sous-groupe slave occidental des langues indo-européennes parlé en Basse-Lusace dans les \emph{länder} % allemands de Saxe et de Brandebourg. Les Sorabes sont des descendants des Wendes, nom germain des tribus slaves % qui occupaient la zone entre l'Elbe et la Saale à~l'ouest et l'Oder à~l'est pendant la période médiévale -% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle).} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} +% (\textsc{vi}\fup{e}~siècle). Voir figures~\vref{f+lusace} et~\vref{f+sorbian}.} sont tirés du fichier \xfile{lsorbian.dtx} % (de \name{Eduard}{Werner}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,lsorbian}. % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. % Un nom plus court pour cette langue est \lopt{lsorbian} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lsorbian}). % \end{SMOOTH} % \fi +% \begin{figure}[!tbh] +% \centering +% \begin{tabularx}{\textwidth}{@{}cXc@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-1.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-1.jpg}&% +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorabe-2.jpg}\ixgrf{sorabe-2.jpg}\\ +% \end{tabularx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Lusace and the Sorbians}\label{f+lusace} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{La Lusace et les sorabes}\label{f+lusace} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/allemagne_sorabe.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sorbian.jpg}\ixgrf{sorbian.jpg}% +% ^^A `p' option to keep the figure from drifting +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the sorbian dialects}\label{f+sorbian} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(University of Exeter), +% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html}, +% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: lower sorbian, Übergangsdialekte: transitional dialects, +% Obersorbish: upper sorbian.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions des dialectes sorabes}\label{f+sorbian} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.people.ex.ac.uk/pjoyce/dialects/sorbisch.html}~(Université d'Exeter), +% \url{http://www.mdr.de/sorbisches-programm/rundfunk/1913590.html}, +% \url{http://www.mdr.de/I/1940181.gif}; Niedersorbish: bas sorabe, Übergangsdialekte: dialectes de transition, +% Obersorbish: haut sorabe.) +% \fi +% ^^A \vspace*{-2pt} % ^^A ``Float too large'' +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*lowersorbian> \ProvidesFile{lowersorbian.mld}[2006/02/28] %% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty -%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) -%% Werner, Eduard +%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard \def\ptctitle{Wop\'simje\'se}% \def\plftitle{Zapis wobrazow}% \def\plttitle{Zapis tabulkow}% @@ -49338,13 +51590,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Lsorbian'' language: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} -% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. -% \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~lsorbian~>>: \uxfile{lsorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+lsorbian}\ixfile{lsorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{lsorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{lowersorbian}'', so we just need to load \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. +% See section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. +% \or\relax % La langue <<~\lopt{lsorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{lowersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{lowersorbian.mld}. % Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+lowersorbian}. @@ -49353,24 +51607,58 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*lsorbian> -\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2006/01/23] +\ProvidesFile{lsorbian.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Lower sorbian titles for minitoc.sty -%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) -%% Werner, Eduard -\selectlanguage{lowersorbian}% +%% from lsorbian.dtx (babel) by Werner, Eduard +\mtcselectlanguage{lowersorbian}% %</lsorbian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Magyar'' language: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.588235294\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.411764706\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun2.jpg}\ixgrf{hun2.jpg}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{hun1.png}\ixgrf{hun1.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Hungaria and magyar speaking areas}\label{f+hongrie} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography} +% and from \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_Language}; +% the magyar language is also spoken in some regions in Romania, +% Slovakia, Serbia-Voivodina and Ukraine.) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Hongrie et régions de langue magyar}\label{f+hongrie} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungarian#Geography} +% et \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hungary_language}; +% la langue hongroise est aussi parlée dans quelques régions de Roumanie, +% de Slovaquie, de Serbie-Voïvodine et d'Ukraine.) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{magyar}'' language are taken from the \xfile{magyar.dtx} % (by \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} and \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, with help from \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) % file in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. A synonym of ``\lopt{magyar}'' is % ``\lopt{hungarian}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+hungarian}). See also sections~\vref{s+mld+magyar2} % and~\vref{s+mld+magyar3} for variants (it seems that \xfile{magyar.dtx} might have evolved). % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~magyar~>>: \uxfile{magyar.mld}}\label{s+mld+magyar}\ixfile{magyar.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{magyar.dtx} % (de \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces} et \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, avec l'aide de \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,magyar}. Un synonyme de <<~\lopt{magyar}~>> @@ -49476,10 +51764,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Malay'' language: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{malay}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~malay~>>: \uxfile{malay.mld}}\label{s+mld+malay}\ixfile{malay.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{malay}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): % \fi @@ -49491,25 +51783,174 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% %</malay> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' -% language\,\footnote{The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of +% \section{``Malayalam-b'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-b~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-b.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-b}\ixfile{malayalam-b.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.528700906\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.471299094\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{malayalam.pdf}\ixgrf{malayalam.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{kerala.jpg}\ixgrf{kerala.jpg}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the malayalam language}\label{f+malayalam} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP} and \url{http://keralalife.com/}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue malayalam}\label{f+malayalam} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=92&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP} et \url{http://keralalife.com/}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-b}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% The Malayalam language is spoken from the western coast of % Malabar to the extreme southern India, mainly in the Kerala state. It is one of the dravidian languages strongly -% bound to the Tamil language. The alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries.}, -% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam} -% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts. See also -% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% bound to the Tamil language. The alphabet and the script are dated from the 8th or 9th centuries. +% This language option requires specific fonts (depending on the +% option of the \pack{malayalam} package). +% It should be used with the following options of the +% \pack{malayalam} package\,\footnote{There is a great variety of fonts for malayalam; hence I have attempted to limit +% the number of \suffix{.mld} files.}: +% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, +% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, +% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, +% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, +% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, +% \optp{malavika} option de{malayalam}, +% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, +% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, +% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, +% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam}, and +% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-b}~>> sont +% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% La langue Malayalam est +% parlée de la côte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'à l'extrême sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'état de Kerala. +% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liées au Tamoul. L'alphabet et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou +% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siècle. +% Cette option de langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (selon l'option +% du paquetage \pack{malayalam}). +% Elle devrait être utilisée avec les options suivanyes du paquetage +% \pack{malayalam}\,\footnote{Il y~a une grande variété de fontes pour le malayalam; j'ai donc essayé de limiter +% le nombre de fichiers \suffix{.mld}.}: +% \optp{aathira}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ambili}{malayalam}, +% \optp{anahka}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{aswathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ayilyambold}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhanu}{malayalam}, +% \optp{bhavana}{malayalam}, +% \optp{chippi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gauri}{malayalam}, +% \optp{gopika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{indulekha}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMashtamudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkarthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMkaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ISMrevathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{jaya}{malayalam}, +% \optp{karthika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kaumudi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{kottakkal}{malayalam}, +% \optp{makam}{malayalam}, +% \optp{malavika}{malayalam}, +% \optp{mridula}{malayalam}, +% \optp{payippad}{malayalam}, +% \optp{periyar}{malayalam}, +% \optp{ravivarma}{malayalam}, +% \optp{revathi}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sabari}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sarada}{malayalam}, +% \optp{sruthy}{malayalam} et +% \optp{triruvathira}{malayalam}. +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-b> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-b.mld}[2007/12/04] +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<110>}\X{\<123>\<88>}\X{\<167>}\X{\<196>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%</malayalam-b> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +%% +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-keli'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli}\ixfile{malayalam-keli.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, écriture \emph{keli})\,\footnote{La langue Malayalam est -% parlée de la côte occidentale de Malabar jusqu'à l'extrême sud de l'Inde, principalement dans l'état de Kerala. -% C'est l'une des langues dravidiennes fortement liée au Tamoul. L'alphabet et l'écriture datent du \textsc{viii}\fup{e} ou -% \textsc{ix}\fup{e}~siècle.}, avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>, sont tirés du paquetage -% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi les -% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli}'' language, +% with the ``Keli'' fonts, are taken from the \pack{malayalam} +% package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. This language requires specific fonts. +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli}~>> (malayalam, écriture \emph{keli}), avec les fontes <<~Keli~>>, +% sont tirés du paquetage +% \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -49530,53 +51971,165 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% %</malayalam-keli> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mld} and \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo} +% \section{``Malayalam-keli2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-keli2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-keli2}\ixfile{malayalam-keli2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-keli2}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (keli). +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-keli2}~>> sont +% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (keli). +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-keli2> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-keli2.mld}[2007/12/04] +% Keli fonts (mkl) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<197>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<161>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<116>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<110>}\X{\<102>\<112>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<196>}}% +%</malayalam-keli2> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-mr'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-mr~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-mr.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-mr}\ixfile{malayalam-mr.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-mr}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (rachana). +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-mr}~>> sont +% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana). +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-mr> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-mr.mld}[2007/12/04] +% mr fonts (rachana: mr1,...,mr6) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +%% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +%% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>} +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{\<125>\<88>}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}} +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}} +%</malayalam-mr> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-omega'' language: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue «~malayalam-omega~»: \uxmldo{malayalam-omega}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixmldo{malayalam-omega}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % This is the Malayalam language implementation ``\lopt{malayalam-omega}'' % based on \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (the version of \LaTeX\ for -% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega +% Omega) via the \pack{omal} package~\cite{malayalam-o} (by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}) of the Malayalam-Omega % project\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}. As the titles contain characters in a special encoding, % we must load a \suffix{.mlo} file. A lot of fonts are available via options of the \pack{omal} package. +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue «~malayalam-omega~»: \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mld} et \uxfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}}% -% \label{s+mld+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mld}\label{s+mlo+malayalam-omega}\ixfile{malayalam-omega.mlo} % C'est l'implantation «~\lopt{malayalam-omega}~» de la langue malayalam lorsque vous utilisez % \emph{Lambda}~($\mathbf{\Lambda}$) (la version de \LaTeX\ pour -% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}) du projet +% Omega) via le paquetage \pack{omal}~\cite{malayalam-o} (de \name{A.J.}{Alex}) du projet % Malayalam-Omega\,{\froff\footnote{\url{http://Sarovar.org/projects/malayalam}}}. Comme les titres contiennent des % caractères dans un codage spécial, nous devons charger un fichier \suffix{.mlo}. De nombreuses fontes sont disponibles % via des options du paquetage \pack{omal}. +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*malayalam-omega> -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2006/02/13] +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mld}[2007/12/04] %% from omal.sty (Alex A.J. indicTeX@gmail.com) \mtcloadmlo{malayalam-omega}% %</malayalam-omega> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Malayalam-rachana'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% % \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language, -% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from -% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.~J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts. See also -% sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana.mld}}% % \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\C} +% \begin{macro}{\F} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana}'' language, +% with the traditionnal ``Rachana'' fonts (old lipi), are taken from +% the \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by~\name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. + +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana}~>>, % avec les fontes traditionnelles <<~Rachana~>> (ancien \emph{lipi}), -% sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir -% aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% sont tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -49597,22 +52150,36 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% %</malayalam-rachana> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Malayalam-rachana2'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language, -% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the -% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.~J.}{Alex}. -% This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} and~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}. % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana2~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld}}% % \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}'' language, +% with the reformed ``Rachana'' fonts (new lipi), are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts. +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana2}~>>, % avec les fontes <<~Rachana~>> réformées (nouveau \emph{lipi}), sont -% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.~J.}{Alex}. -% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. Voir aussi -% les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-keli} et~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana}. +% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -49633,14 +52200,72 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{\<106>\<113>}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% %</malayalam-rachana2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \lneed{8} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Malayalam-rachana3'' language: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}\label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~malayalam-rachana3~>>: \uxfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}}% +% \label{s+mld+malayalam-rachana3}\ixfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld} +% \fi +%% +% \begin{macro}{\mm} +% \begin{macro}{\X} +% \begin{macro}{\<>} +% \begin{macro}{\C} +% \begin{macro}{\F} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}'' language +% are taken from the +% \pack{malayalam} package~\cite{malayalam} by \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% This language requires specific fonts (rachana). +% +% See also sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} to~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{malayalam-rachana3}~>> sont +% tirés du paquetage \pack{malayalam}~\cite{malayalam} de \name{A.J.}{Alex}. +% Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques (rachana). +% +% Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-b} à~\vref{s+mld+malayalam-rachana2}. +% \fi +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*malayalam-rachana3> +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}[2007/12/04] +% Rachana fonts (mr2,...,mr6) +\def\ptctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\plftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\plttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\mlftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\mlttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +%% +\def\stctitle{\mm \X{\<68>}\X{\<201>}\X{\<83>}\X{\<183>}\<119>}% +\def\slftitle{\mm \X{\<78>\<111>}\X{{\C\<94>}}\X{\<186>}\X{\<179>}}% +\def\slttitle{\mm \X{\<117>\<83>}\X{\<95>\<111>}\X{{\F\<59>}}\X{\<73>}\X{\<179>}}% +%</malayalam-rachana3> +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +%% % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Manju'' language: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{manju}'' language is a synomym for ``\lopt{bithe}'', % so we just load \xfile{bithe.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~manju~>>: \uxfile{manju.mld}}\label{s+mld+manju}\ixfile{manju.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{manju}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{bithe}~>>, donc nous chargeons % simplement \xfile{bithe.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bithe}): % \fi @@ -49652,14 +52277,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bithe}% %</manju> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Meyalu'' language: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{meyalu}'' language is just like ``\lopt{bahasam}'', so we just load \xfile{bahasam.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~meyalu~>>: \uxfile{meyalu.mld}}\label{s+mld+meyalu}\ixfile{meyalu.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{meyalu}~>> est comme <<~\lopt{bahasam}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{bahasam.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bahasam}): % \fi @@ -49671,11 +52301,53 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bahasam}% %</meyalu> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % -% \lneed{8} +% \lneed{12} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Mongol'' language: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongolian}\ixgrf{mongolian.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the mongol language}\label{f+mongolian} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue mongole}\label{f+mongolian} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=79&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{mongasie}\ixgrf{mongasie.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{General linguistic map of the mongol language}\label{f+lmap-mongol} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Carte linguistique générale du mongol}\label{f+lmap-mongol} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lexilogos.com/mongol_dictionnaire.htm}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \lneed{5} +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} % The titles for the ``\lopt{mongol}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % This language requires specific fonts. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+bicig}, \vref{s+mld+bicig2}, \vref{s+mld+bicig3}, @@ -49684,7 +52356,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~mongol~>>: \uxfile{mongol.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongol}\ixfile{mongol.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongol}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % Cette langue requiert des fontes spécifiques. @@ -49695,7 +52366,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{SMOOTH} % \fi % -% \lneed{3} +% \lneed{8} % \begin{macrocode} %<*mongol> \ProvidesFile{mongol.mld}[1999/03/16] @@ -49714,6 +52385,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% %</mongol> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -49722,16 +52394,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % taken from the \xfile{mongolian.dtx} file~\cite{mongolian} % (by \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) % for the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} (hence the final ``\texttt{b}'' in ``\texttt{mongolb}''). -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived -% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~mongolb~>>: \uxfile{mongolb.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolb}\ixfile{mongolb.mld} % Ceci est une autre variante pour les titres en mongol. % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{mongolb}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{mongolian.dtx}~\cite{mongolian} % (de \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}) % pour le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} (d'où le «~\texttt{b}~» final dans «~\texttt{mongolb}~»). +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{mongolb}'' language use cyrillic characters and the X2 and T2 encodings and are derived +% from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} and \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue «~\lopt{mongolb}~» utilisent des caractères cyrilliques et les codages X2 et T2 % sont dérivés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich} et % \name{Werner}{Lemberg}). @@ -49778,16 +52454,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \ \cyrzh\cyra\cyrg\cyrs\cyra\cyra\cyrl\cyrt}}% %</mongolb> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Mongolian'' language: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % This is an other name for the ``mongolb'' language, because % the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user} uses the name ``\lopt{mongolian}''. % We just load \xfile{mongolb.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~mongolian~>>: \uxfile{mongolian.mld}}\label{s+mld+mongolian}\ixfile{mongolian.mld}\ilopt{mongolian} % C'est un autre nom pour la langue «~mongolb~», car le paquetage % \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user} utilise le nom «~\lopt{mongolian}~» % Nous chargeons simplement \xfile{mongolb.mld}. Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+mongolb}. @@ -49806,17 +52487,21 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{mongolb}% %</mongolian> % \end{macrocode} -% +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Naustrian'' language: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{naustrian}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language % (a revised version of the \texttt{germanb} variant of the german language), % so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~naustrian~>>: \uxfile{naustrian.mld}}\label{s+mld+naustrian}\ixfile{naustrian.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{naustrian}~>> (néo-autrichien) est un synonyme de la langue <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>> (néo-allemand) (une % version réformée de la variante \texttt{germanb} de la langue allemande), donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. @@ -49829,16 +52514,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% %</naustrian> % \end{macrocode} -% +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Newzealand'' language: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{newzealand}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'', % so we just load \xfile{english.mld} % (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~newzealand~>>: \uxfile{newzealand.mld}}\label{s+mld+newzealand}\ixfile{newzealand.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{newzealand}~>> (néo-zélandais) est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{english.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \fi @@ -49850,15 +52539,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</newzealand> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Ngerman'' language: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{ngerman}'' language is a synonym of the ``\lopt{ngermanb}'' language\,\footnote{A revised version of the % \lopt{germanb} variant of the german language.}, so we just load the \xfile{ngermanb.mld} file. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+ngermanb}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ngerman~>>: \uxfile{ngerman.mld}}\label{s+mld+ngerman}\ixfile{ngerman.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{ngerman}~>> (néo-allemand) est un synonyme de la langue % <<~\lopt{ngermanb}~>>\,\footnote{Une version réformée % de la variante \lopt{germanb} de la langue allemande.}, donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{ngermanb.mld}. @@ -49872,6 +52566,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{ngermanb}% %</ngerman> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -49952,6 +52647,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Norsk'' language: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.591188475\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.408811475\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-c}\ixgrf{norvege-c.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{norvege-t}\ixgrf{norvege-t.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in Norway}\label{f+norway} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm} +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues en Norvège}\label{f+norway} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege-communes-lng.htm} +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/norvege.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{norsk}'' language (or \emph{bokm\r{a}l}, ``language of the kingdom'') are taken from the % \xfile{norsk.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, @@ -49960,7 +52684,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % from \xname{Dag}{Langmyhr}. See also section~\vref{s+mld+nynorsk}. % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~norsk~>>: \uxfile{norsk.mld}}\label{s+mld+norsk}\ixfile{norsk.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{norsk}~>> (norvégien, ou \emph{bokm{\aa}l}, <<~langue du royaume~>>) sont tirés du % fichier \xfile{norsk.dtx} % (de \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, @@ -50033,7 +52756,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % by \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen} to make a real % independent and national norvegian language, in reaction to danish, from the various dialects spoken in the % country. But nynorsk has never gained much popularity outside rural regions.} are taken -% from \xfile{norsk.dtx} file +% from the \xfile{norsk.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, % \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst} and \name{Rune}{Kleveland}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,norsk}, with help from @@ -50108,12 +52831,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Polish'' language: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{pologne}\ixgrf{pologne.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Poland}\label{f+pologne} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Pologne}\label{f+pologne} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/pologne-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{polish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{polish.dtx} file % (by \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} and \name{Michael}{Janich}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. % See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish2} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~polish~>>: \uxfile{polish.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish}\ixfile{polish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish}~>> (polonais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{polish.dtx} % (de \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck} et \name{Michael}{Janich}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,polish}. @@ -50143,12 +52884,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Polish2'' language: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localpolish} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{polish2}'' language\,\footnote{``Polish2'' is a variant of ``\lopt{polish}''.} are taken from % the \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+polish} and~\vref{s+mld+polski}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~polish2~>>: \uxfile{polish2.mld}}\label{s+mld+polish2}\ixfile{polish2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{polish2}~>> (polonais, seconde variante) sont tirés % du fichier \xfile{omega-polish.ldf} % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -50177,6 +52922,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\localpolish{Spis tablic}}% %</polish2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -50217,12 +52963,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Portuges'' language: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} % The name ``\lopt{portuges}'' is another spelling for ``\lopt{portuguese}'' % (see section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), so we just load \xfile{portuguese.mld}: % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~portuges~>>: \uxfile{portuges.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuges}\ixfile{portuges.mld} % \begin{SMOOTH} % Le nom «~\lopt{portuges}~» est une autre orthographe pour <<~portuguese~>> % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+portuguese}), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{portuguese.mld}: @@ -50236,23 +52986,65 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{portuguese}% %</portuges> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Portuguese'' language: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{portugal}\ixgrf{portugal.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Portugal}\label{f+portugal} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/portugal.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio]{luso.jpg}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Lusophone areas}\label{f+luso} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions lusophones}\label{f+luso}\ixgrf{luso.jpg}% +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/Langues/2vital_inter_portugais.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{portuguese}'' language are taken from the \xfile{portuges.dtx} file % (by \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. % % See also section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, because the titles are different in Brazil, even if the language is also portuguese. +% +% The portuguese language is spoken in Portugal (with the islands of Azores and Madeira) , in Brazil, and in +% former portuguese colonies like Angola, Guinea-Bissau, Mozambique, Cape Verde Islands, Saõ~Tomé and Princípe Islands, +% East Timor, and some old trading posts like Macao and Goa; see figure~\vref{f+luso}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~portuguese~>>: \uxfile{portuguese.mld}}\label{s+mld+portuguese}\ixfile{portuguese.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{portuguese}~>> (portugais) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{portuges.dtx} % (de \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,portuges}. % % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+brazil}, parce que les titres sont différents au Brésil, même si l'on y parle aussi % le portugais. +% +% Le portugais est parlé au Portugal (avec les Îles des Açores et Madère) , au Brésil, et dans les anciennes +% colonies telles que l'Angola, la Guinée-Bissau, le Mozambique, les Îles du Cap-Vert, les Îles de Saõ~Tomé et Princípe, +% le Timor Oriental et quelques anciens comptoirs comme Macao et Goa; voir la figure~\vref{f+luso}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -50279,11 +53071,29 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Romanian'' language: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{romanian}\ixgrf{romanian.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the romanian language}\label{f+romanian} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue roumaine}\label{f+romanian} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/roumain_aires-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{romanian}'' language come from the \xfile{romanian.dtx} file % (by \name{Umstatter}{Horst} and \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~romanian~>>: \uxfile{romanian.mld}}\label{s+mld+romanian}\ixfile{romanian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{romanian}~>> (roumain) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{romanian.dtx} % (de \name{Umstatter}{Horst} et \name{Robert}{Juhasz}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,romanian}. @@ -50392,10 +53202,54 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Russian'' language: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \vspace*{1\bigskipamount} +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russian.png}\ixgrf{russian.png}% +% +% \vspace*{-1\bigskipamount} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the russian language}\label{f+russian} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue russe}\label{f+russian} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/russie-2demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{2\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{russianlan.png}\ixgrf{russianlan.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas where the russian language is official or spoken}\label{f+russianlan} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions où la langue russe est officielle ou parlée}\label{f+russianlan} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Russian_Language}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% +% \begin{macro}{\cz} +% \begin{macro}{\mz} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{russian}'' language are taken from the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user}. % Specific cyrillic fonts are required. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian~>>: \uxfile{russian.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian}\ixfile{russian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian}~>> (russe) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user}. % Des fontes cyrilliques spécifiques sont requises. % \fi @@ -50418,16 +53272,23 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{Pere{\cz}en{\mz} tablic}% %</russian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Russian2m'' language: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2m}'' language (``\lopt{russian2m}'' is a modern variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') % are taken from the \xfile{russian2m.ldf} file % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. % Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian2m~>>: \uxfile{russian2m.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2m}\ixfile{russian2m.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2m}~>> (une variante moderne de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{russian2m.ldf} % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -50477,17 +53338,22 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% ^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446}}% %</russian2m> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Russian2o'' language: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localrussian} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{russian2o}'' language (``\lopt{russian2o}'' is an old variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') % are taken from the \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} file % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} and \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) % in the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian2o~>>: \uxfile{russian2o.mld}}\label{s+mld+russian2o}\ixfile{russian2o.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> (<<~\lopt{russian2o}~>> est une ancienne variante % de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{omega-russian.ldf} % (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov} et \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}) @@ -50537,10 +53403,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% ^^^^0430^^^^0431^^^^043b^^^^0438^^^^0446^^^^044a}}% %</russian2o> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Russianb'' language: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{russianb}'' language (``\lopt{russianb}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'') % are taken from the \xfile{russianb.dtx} file % (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, and \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) @@ -50548,7 +53420,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. The parttoc title varies depending % on the presence of chapters defined or not by the document class. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russianb~>>: \uxfile{russianb.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianb}\ixfile{russianb.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianb}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianb}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{russian}~>>) % sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russianb.dtx} % (de \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}) @@ -50597,15 +53468,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \CYRt\CYRa\CYRb\CYRl\CYRi\CYRc}}% %</russianb> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Russianc'' language: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\xalx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{russianc}'' language (``\lopt{russianc}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{russian}'', % used in the part of Mongolia under russian influence) are taken from the file \xfile{russian.def} in the % \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Specific cyrillic fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+russian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russianc~>>: \uxfile{russianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+russianc}\ixfile{russianc.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russianc}~>> (<<~\lopt{russianc}~>> est une variante du russe <<~\lopt{russian}~>>, % utilisée dans la partie de la Mongolie sous influence russe) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.def} dans le paquetage % \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex}. Des fontes cyrilliques spécifiques sont requises. Voir aussi la @@ -50631,26 +53507,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% %</russianc> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxfile{russian-cca.mld} and \uxfile{russian-cca.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-cca'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}\ixmldo{russian-cca} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. % The titles for a first variant of the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} % (by \name{Victor}{Boyko} and \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) % file in the \pack{cmcyralt} package~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca~>>: \uxfile{russian-cca.mld} et \uxfile{russian-cca.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca.mlo} % Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. % Les titres pour une première variante de la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} % (de \name{Victor}{Boyko} de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}) % dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}~\cite{cmcyralt/russian.sty}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca.mlo}. % \fi @@ -50666,26 +53548,32 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-cca}% %</russian-cca> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxfile{russian-cca1.mld} and \uxfile{russian-cca1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-cca1'' language: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxmldo{russian-cca1}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}\ixmldo{russian-cca1} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % They are several variants for the russian titles with the cmcyralt fonts. % The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language are taken from the \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} file % (by \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} and \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) % in the \pack{cmcyralt} package\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-cca1~>>: \uxfile{russian-cca1.mld} et \uxfile{russian-cca1.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-cca1}% -% \ixfile{russian-cca1.mld}\ixfile{russian-cca1.mlo} % Il y~a plusieurs variantes pour les titres en russe avec les fontes cmcyralt. % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> sont tirés du fichier \xfile{cmcyralt.sty} % (de \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, \name{Alexander}{Harin} et \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) % dans le paquetage \pack{cmcyralt}\cite{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-cca1}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-cca1}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-cca1.mlo}. % \fi @@ -50702,25 +53590,30 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-cca1}% %</russian-cca1> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section[``Russian-lh'' language: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}]% -% {``Russian-lh'' language: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} and\hfill\null\newline\uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}% -% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}\ixfile{russian-lh.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-lh'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lh}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}\ixmldo{russian-lh} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The russian titles for the LH fonts (``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language) are taken from the \xfile{russian.sty} file % (by \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) % in the \pack{LH} package~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lh~>>: \uxfile{russian-lh.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lh.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lh}% -% \ixfile{russian-lh.mld}\ixfile{russian-lh.mlo} % Les titres en russe avec les fontes LH (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>>) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{russian.sty} % (de \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}) % dans le paquetage \pack{LH}~\cite{LH/russian.sty}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lh}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lh}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lh.mlo}. % \fi @@ -50734,22 +53627,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-lh}% %</russian-lh> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-lhcyralt'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyralt}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyralt} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The russian titles for the LHCYRALT fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language) are taken % from the \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866). % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyralt~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyralt}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo} % Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRALT (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>>) sont tirés % du fichier \xfile{lhcyralt.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. The input encoding is ALT (code page CP866). +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyralt}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être % générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyralt.mlo}. Le codage en entrée est ALT (page de code CP866). % \fi @@ -50765,22 +53664,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyralt}% %</russian-lhcyralt> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-lhcyrkoi'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrkoi} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The russian titles for the LHCYRKOI fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language) are taken % from the \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrkoi~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrkoi}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo} % Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRKOI (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>>) sont tirés % du fichier \xfile{lhcyrkoi.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. The input encoding is KOI-8. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrkoi}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être générés facilement, % donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrkoi.mlo}. Le codage en entrée est KOI-8. % \fi @@ -50796,22 +53701,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrkoi}% %</russian-lhcyrkoi> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld} and \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo} +% \section{``Russian-lhcyrwin'' language: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxmldo{russian-lhcyrwin}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}\ixmldo{russian-lhcyrwin} +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The russian titles for the LHCYRWIN fonts (``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language) are taken % from the \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} file (by \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) in the \pack{lhcyr} package~\cite{lhcyr}. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is the code page CP1251. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~russian-lhcyrwin~>>: \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld} et \uxfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}}\label{s+mld+russian-lhcyrwin}% -% \ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mld}\ixfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo} % Les titres en russe avec les fontes LHCYRWIN (langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>>) sont tirés % du fichier \xfile{lhcyrwin.sty} (de \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}) dans le paquetage \pack{lhcyr}~\cite{lhcyr}. +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. The input encoding is the code page CP1251. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{russian-lhcyrwin}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas % être générés facilement, donc nous chargeons \xfile{russian-lhcyrwin.mlo}. % Le codage en entrée est la page de code CP1251. @@ -50828,10 +53739,36 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{russian-lhcyrwin}% %</russian-lhcyrwin> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Samin'' language: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \begin{minipage}{\textwidth} +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{same.png}\ixgrf{same.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption[Areas of the Sámi dialects]{Areas of the Sámi dialects\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same} +% +% \raggedright +% \footnotetext{Sámi: 1.~Southern; 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~Northern; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Teri. Darkened +% area represents municipalities that recognize Sámi as an official language.} +% (From \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} in \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages}) +% \or\relax +% \caption[Régions des dialectes sâmes]{Régions des dialectes sâmes\,\mpfootnotemark}\label{f+same} +% +% \raggedright +% \footnotetext{Sâme: 1.~du Sud; % 2.~Ume; 3.~Pite; 4.~Lule; 5.~du Nord; 6.~Skolt; 7.~Inari; 8.~Ter. La zone +% foncée représente les municipalités qui reconnaissent le Sâme comme une langue officielle.} +% (Voir \url{Sami_languages_large_2.png} dans \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sami_languages})\hspace*{-1em} +% \fi +% \end{minipage} +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{samin}'' language\,\footnote{\smooth Several Sámi dialects/languages are spoken in Finland, % Norway, Sweden, % and on the Kola Peninsula (Russia). The alphabets differ, so there will eventually be a need for more \suffix{.dtx} @@ -50842,13 +53779,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,samin}. Specific fonts are required. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~samin~>>: \uxfile{samin.mld}}\label{s+mld+samin}\ixfile{samin.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{samin}~>> (Sámi (ou Sâme) du Nord)\,\footnote{\smooth Plusieurs dialectes ou langues % Sámi/Sâme sont % parlés en Finlande, Norvège, Suède et dans la péninsule de Kola (Russie). Les alphabets sont différents, donc il % y~aurait éventuellement besoin de plusieurs fichiers \suffix{.dtx} pour, par exemple, le Lule et le Sámi (ou % Sâme) du Sud. -% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue dans le cas du Sámi (Sâme) du Nord. +% D'où le nom (artificiel) \xfile{samin.dtx} (et non pas \uxfile{sami.dtx} ou analogue) dans le cas du Sámi (Sâme) du Nord. % Cette note est tirée du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} et adaptée. Ces dialectes et langues font partie du groupe finnois.} % sont tirés du fichier \xfile{samin.dtx} % (by \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}) @@ -50879,12 +53815,41 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{8} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Scottish'' language: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.275526742\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.358184765\iwidth} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{.366288493\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=90 0 430 500,clip]{ecosse1}\ixgrf{ecosse1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse2}\ixgrf{ecosse2.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ecosse3}\ixgrf{ecosse3.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Scotland and the scottish language}\label{f+ecosse} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Écosse et la langue gaélique écossaise}\label{f+ecosse} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecossecarte.htm}, \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse.htm} et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ecosse-lng-carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{scottish}'' language (gaelic scottish) come from the \xfile{scottish.dtx} file % (by \name{Fraser}{Grant}) % in the \pack{babel} language~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~scottish~>>: \uxfile{scottish.mld}}\label{s+mld+scottish}\ixfile{scottish.mld} -% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (écossais) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx} +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{scottish}~>> (gaélique écossais) sont tirés du fichier \uxfile{scottish.dtx} % (de \name{Fraser}{Grant}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,scottish}: % \fi @@ -50912,6 +53877,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Serbian'' language: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.500713267\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.499286733\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{serbia1}\ixgrf{serbia1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{bosnia}\ixgrf{bosnia.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Serbia and Bosnia-Herzegovina}\label{f+serbia} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} and +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Serbie et Bosnie-Herzégovine}\label{f+serbia} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/serbie.htm} et +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/bosnieherzcarte_1.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{serbian}'' (serbocroatian) language are taken from the \xfile{serbian.dtx} file % (by \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} and \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. @@ -50921,7 +53915,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % (a variant). % See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbianc}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~serbian~>>: \uxfile{serbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbian}\ixfile{serbian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbian}~>> (serbocroate) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{serbian.dtx} % (de \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic} et \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,serbian}. @@ -50955,6 +53948,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Serbianc'' language: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language\,\footnote{The ``\lopt{serbianc}'' language is written % with cyrillic characters.} have been gently provided by \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja} and \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}. % Cyrillic fonts are required. @@ -50962,7 +53960,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % (a variant). % See also section~\vref{s+mld+serbian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~serbianc~>>: \uxfile{serbianc.mld}}\label{s+mld+serbianc}\ixfile{serbianc.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> (serbe cyrillique)\,\footnote{La langue <<~\lopt{serbianc}~>> est % écrite en caractères cyrilliques.} ont été aimablement fournis par \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja} et % \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. @@ -50978,7 +53975,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %<*serbianc> \ProvidesFile{serbianc.mld}[2006/01/13] %% Provides titles for minitoc.sty in Serbian Cyrillic -%% %% Marko Èehaja Internut@Thetaworld.Org %% Frank Küster, Biozentrum der Univ. Basel, frank@kuesterei.ch %% Abt. Biophysikalische Chemie @@ -51001,16 +53997,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\CYRT\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyre}% %</serbianc> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Slovak'' language: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovakia}\ixgrf{slovakia.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Slovakia}\label{f+slovak} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Slovaquie}\label{f+slovak} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/slovaquiecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{slovak}'' language are taken from the \xfile{slovak.dtx} file % (by \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} and \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. % Using the T1 font encoding is recommended. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~slovak~>>: \uxfile{slovak.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovak}\ixfile{slovak.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovak}~>> (slovaque) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovak.dtx} % (de \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova} et \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovak}. @@ -51041,14 +54056,39 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Slovene'' language: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{slovenie}\ixgrf{slovenie.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Slovenia}\label{f+slovene} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Slovénie}\label{f+slovene} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/sloveniecarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The slovene language is spoken in Slovenia, but somewhat also in Italy (Frioul), in Austria (Carinthia and Styria), in +% Hungary (Szlovénviék and Porabje), in West Germany and Sweden. +% \or\relax +% La langue slovène est parlée en Slovénie, mais un peu aussi en Italie (Frioul), en Autriche (Carinthie et Styrie), en +% Hongrie (Szlovénviék et Porabje), en Allemagne de l'Ouest et en Suède. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{slovene}'' language come from the \xfile{slovene.dtx} file % (by \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} and \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~slovene~>>: \uxfile{slovene.mld}}\label{s+mld+slovene}\ixfile{slovene.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{slovene}~>> (slovène) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{slovene.dtx} % (de \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik} et \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}) -% dand le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: +% dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,slovene}: % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -51075,13 +54115,129 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Spanish'' language: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[p!] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{spain.pdf}\ixgrf{spain.pdf}% +% +% \vspace*{\bigskipamount} +% +% \noindent\fbox{\begin{minipage}{\textwidth}\small\columnseprule=.4pt\relax +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Spain comprises 17~autonomous communities (see figure~\ref{f+17spain} above) in the whole country, including the +% Canary Islands, near Morocco\footnote{Ceuta and Melilla are spanish enclaves on the northern coast of Morocco.}: +% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns +% \begin{itemize}\raggedright +% \parskip=0pt \itemsep=0pt \parsep=0pt \topsep=0pt \partopsep=0pt +% \listparindent=0em +% \labelwidth=-1em \labelsep=1em +% \rightmargin=0pt \leftmargin=-1em \itemindent=-2em +% \item[--] Andalusia (\emph{Andalucía}): castillan; +% \item[--] Aragon (\emph{Aragón}): castillan ; +% \item[--] Principality of Asturias (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castilan; +% \item[--] Balearic Islands (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castilan and catalan; +% \item[--] Basque Country (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castilan and basque; +% \item[--] Canary Islands (\emph{Canarias}): castillan; +% \item[--] Cantabria (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan; +% \item[--] Castile-La~Mancha (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castilan; +% \item[--] Castile~and~León (\emph{Castilla y León}): castilan; +% \item[--] Catalonia (\emph{Cataluña / Catalunya}): castilan and catalan; +% \item[--] Estremadura (\emph{Estremadura}): castilan; +% \item[--] Galicia (\emph{Galicia}): castilan and galician; +% \item[--] La~Rioja: castilan; +% \item[--] Madrid (\emph{Madrid}): castilan; +% \item[--] Region of Murcia (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castilan. +% \item[--] Foral Community of Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castilan and basque; +% \item[--] Valencian Community (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castilan and catalan (valencian); +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \or\relax +% L'Espagne compte 17~Communautés autonomes (voir la figure~\ref{f+17spain} ci-dessus) réparties dans l'ensemble du pays +% et incluant les îles Canaries, au large du Maroc\,\footnote{Ceuta et Melilla sont des enclaves espagnoles sur la +% côte nord du Maroc.}: +% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns +% \begin{itemize}\raggedright +% \item Andalousie (\emph{Andalucía}): castillan; +% \item Aragon (\emph{Aragón}): castillan ; +% \item Principauté des Asturies (\emph{Principado de Asturias}): castillan; +% \item Îles Baléares (\emph{Islas Baleares}): castillan et catalan; +% \item Pays basque (\emph{Pais Vasco, Euskadi}): castillan et basque; +% \item Canaries (\emph{Canarias}): castillan; +% \item Cantabrie (\emph{Cantabria}): castillan; +% \item Vieille-Castille (\emph{Castilla y La Mancha}): castillan; +% \item Castille-et-Léon (\emph{Castilla y León}): castillan ; +% \item Catalogne (\emph{Cataluña / Catalunya}): castillan et catalan; +% \item Estrémadure (\emph{Estremadura}): castillan; +% \item Galice (\emph{Galicia}): castillan et galicien; +% \item La Rioja: castillan; +% \item Communauté de Madrid (\emph{Comunidad de Madrid}): castillan; +% \item Région de Murcie (\emph{Region de Murcia}): castillan. +% \item Communauté forale de Navarre (\emph{Comunidad Foral de Navarra}): castillan et basque; +% \item Communauté valencienne (\emph{Comunidad Valenciana}): castillan et catalan (valencien); +% \end{itemize} +% \end{multicols} +% \fi +% \end{minipage}} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{The 17~autonomous communities in Spain}\label{f+17spain} +% +% {\raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq})\par} +% \or\relax +% \caption{Les 17~communautés autonomes en Espagne}\label{f+17spain} +% +% {\raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Autonomous_communities_of_Spain} et +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\par} +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{espa-l}\ixgrf{espa-l.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in Spain}\label{f+esp} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues en Espagne}\label{f+esp} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/espagne_carte-lng.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,viewport=0 0 1427 628,clip]{hispano.png}\ixgrf{hispano.png}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Hispanophone areas}\label{f+hispa} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} by \name{Onofre}{Bonvila}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions hispanophones}\label{f+hispa} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spanish_language} par \name{Onofre}{Bonvila}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{spanish.dtx} file % (by \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialy by \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. % Note that the ``\lopt{spanish}'' language is in % fact ``\lopt{castillan}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). Other languages are spoken in Spain: ``basque'' % (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), ``\lopt{catalan}'' (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), and ``\lopt{galician}'' -% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}). Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}'' +% (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}); see figure~\vref{f+esp}. Note that ``\lopt{spanish2}'' is a version of ``\lopt{spanish}'' % with shorter titles (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). % And ``\lopt{spanish3}'' (see section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) is a version for % the \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega} project; some titles are @@ -51089,14 +54245,14 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % And ``\lopt{spanish4}'' is a variant of ``\lopt{spanish}'' where \com{ptctitle} is shorter for % articles (section~\vref{s+mld+spanish4}). % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish~>>: \uxfile{spanish.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish}\ixfile{spanish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{spanish.dtx} % (de \name{Javier}{Bezos}, initialement par \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,spanish}. % Notez que le <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> (espagnol) est en fait le <<~\lopt{castillan}~>> % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+castillan}). % D'autres langues sont parlées en Espagne: <<~\lopt{basque}~>> (section~\vref{s+mld+basque}), <<~\lopt{catalan}~>> -% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}). +% (section~\vref{s+mld+catalan}), et <<~\lopt{galician}~>> (galicien) (section~\vref{s+mld+galician}), voir la +% figure~\vref{f+esp}. % La langue <<~\lopt{spanish2}~>> est une variante de <<~\lopt{spanish}~>> avec des titres plus courts % (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish2}). % La langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish3}) est une variante pour le @@ -51112,8 +54268,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty from spanish.dtx (babel) %% Bezos, Javier \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}% -\fi +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}\else\def\ptctitle{\'Indice General}\fi \def\plftitle{\'Indice de Figuras}% \def\plttitle{\'Indice de Tablas}% %% @@ -51162,11 +54317,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Spanish3'' language: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\localspanish} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{spanish3}'' language are taken from the \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} file % (by \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) % of the \pack{Antomega} project~\cite{antomega}. See section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~spanish3~>>: \uxfile{spanish3.mld}}\label{s+mld+spanish3}\ixfile{spanish3.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{spanish3}~>> (espagnol troisième variante) sont tirés du fichier % \xfile{omega-spanish.ldf} (de \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}) du projet \pack{Antomega}~\cite{antomega}. % Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+spanish}. @@ -51177,7 +54336,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %<*spanish3> \ProvidesFile{spanish3.mld}[2005/09/06] %% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty -%% from omega-spanish.ldf of the \pack{Antomega} project. +%% from omega-spanish.ldf of the Antomega project. \def\ptctitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice general}}% \def\plftitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de figuras}}% \def\plttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% @@ -51191,6 +54350,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\localspanish{^^^^00cdndice de cuadros}}% %</spanish3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -51211,12 +54371,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{macrocode} %<*spanish4> \ProvidesFile{spanish4.mld}[2006/01/19] -%% Spanish titles for minitoc.sty from spanish.dtx (in CervanTeX) -%% Bezos, Javier +%% Spanish titles for minitoc (from spanish.dtx in CervanTeX) Bezos, Javier \expandafter\ifx\csname chapter\endcsname\relax -\def\ptctitle{\'Indice}% -\else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general}% -\fi +\def\ptctitle{\'Indice} \else \def\ptctitle{\'Indice general} \fi \def\plftitle{\'Indice de figuras}% \def\plttitle{\'Indice de cuadros}% %% @@ -51232,20 +54389,149 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \section{``Swahili'' language: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~swahili~>>: \uxfile{swahili.mld}}\label{s+mld+swahili}\ixfile{swahili.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{swahili}\ixgrf{swahili.pdf}% +% \caption{Area of the swahili language}\label{f+swahili} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili}) +% \or\relax +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{fswahili}\ixgrf{fswahili.pdf}% +% \caption{Région de la langue swahilie}\label{f+swahili} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{swahili}'' language are taken from the \emph{obsolete} +% \xfile{swahili.tex} file\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}}, +% with adaptations and corrections given on the +% \texttt{comp.text.tex} news group (messages 57662, 57713, and 57717) by \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} +% and \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. +% \or\relax +% Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swahili}~>> sont tirés +% du fichier \emph{obsolète} \xfile{swahili.tex}\,\footnote{\url{http://www.dante.de/tex-archive/obsolete/macros/latex209/contrib/ml/swahili.tex}}, +% avec des adaptations et des corrections données sur le groupe de discussion \texttt{comp.text.tex} (messages +% 57662, 57713 et 57717) par \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi} et \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}. +% \fi +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% Swahili is the main Bantu language and is spoken in East Africa: Tanzania, Kenya, +% Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar and in the area of the Great Lakes in the Democratic Republic of Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, +% formerly Zaire) and in the Republic of Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), in +% the north of Mozambique and the south of Somalia\,\footnote{See +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/monde/swahili.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}, +% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html}, and +% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. See figure~\vref{f+swahili}. +% \or\relax +% Le swahili (ou «~souaéli~») est la plus importante langue bantoue et est parlée dans l'Afrique de l'Est: Tanzanie, Kenya, +% Ouganda, Rwanda, Burundi, Zanzibar et la région des grands lacs dans la République Démocratique du Congo (Congo-Kinshasa, +% ex-Zaïre) et dans la République du Congo (Congo-Brazzaville), au +% nord du Mozambique et dans le sud de la Somalie\,\footnote{Voir +% \url{http://si.unm.edu/linguistics/swahili/swahili}, +% \url{http://www.glcom.com/hassan/swahili_history.html} et +% \url{http://www.omniglot.com/writing/swahili.htm}}. Voir la figure~\vref{f+swahili}. +% \fi +% +% \lneed{3} +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*swahili> +\ProvidesFile{swahili.mld}[2007/07/02] +%% Swahili titles for minitoc.sty from swahili.tex +%% Articles: 57662,57713,57717 in comp.text.tex +%% Giancarlo Bassi <g.bassi@iperbole.bologna.it> +%% Enrico Gregorio <gregorio@math.unipd.it> +\def\ptctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\plftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\plttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +%% +\def\mtctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\mlftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\mlttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +%% +\def\stctitle{Yaliyomo}% +\def\slftitle{Picha zilizomo}% +\def\slttitle{Orodha ya Mfano}% +%% +%</swahili> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \lneed{5} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Swedish'' language: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} -% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% ^^A \setlength{\awidth}{.450276243\iwidth} +% ^^A \setlength{\bwidth}{.549723757\iwidth} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.42\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.58\iwidth} +% \setlength{\cwidth}{.323437500\iwidth} +% \setlength{\dwidth}{.676562500\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \vspace*{2\baselineskip} +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{sweden.pdf}\ixgrf{sweden.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{svenska.png}\ixgrf{svenska.png}% +% \end{tabular}\\*[\baselineskip] +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\cwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-f.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-f.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\dwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{suede-a.pdf}\ixgrf{suede-a.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the swedish language}\label{f+suede} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, +% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language}, +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm} +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue suédoise}\label{f+suede} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lib.utexas.edu/maps/sweden.html} --~\emph{Courtesy of the University of Texas Libraries, +% The University of Texas at Austin}~\cite{texasmaps}, +% \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swedish_language}, +% \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/finlande-2demo_lng.htm} +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/EtatsNsouverains/aland.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq})\hspace{-2em} +% \fi +% \vspace*{-2\baselineskip} +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{swedish}'' language come from the \xfile{swedish.dtx} file % (by \name{Sten}{Hellman} and \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, with a correction by \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. -% See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. +% +% The swedish language is spoken in Sweden, in some regions of Finland like +% the \r{A}land Islands (see figure~\vref{f+suede}). See also section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~swedish~>>: \uxfile{swedish.mld}}\label{s+mld+swedish}\ixfile{swedish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{swedish}~>> (suédois) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{swedish.dtx} % (de \name{Sten}{Hellman} et \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, avec une correction de \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,swedish}. +% +% La langue suédoise est parlée en Suède, dans certaines régions de Finlande, +% dont les Îles \r{A}land (voir la figure~\vref{f+suede}). % Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+swedish2}. % \fi % -% \lneed{3} +% \lneed{7} % \begin{macrocode} %<*swedish> \ProvidesFile{swedish.mld}[2006/01/13] @@ -51301,8 +54587,28 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxfile{thai.mld} and \uxfile{thai.mlo}}\label{s+mld+thai}% -% \ixfile{thai.mld}\ixfile{thai.mlo} +% \section{``Thai'' language: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxmldo{thai}}\label{s+mld+thai}\ixmldo{thai} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{thai}\ixgrf{thai.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Area of the thai language}\label{f+thai} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm} +% and \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue thaïe}\label{f+thai} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/monde/fam_tai-kadai.htm} +% et \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/thailande.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language come from the \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} file % (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) % and use fonts @@ -51311,22 +54617,24 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) % provides the same titles in its % \xfile{thai.ldf} file. -% -% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load -% \xfile{thai.mlo}. % \or\relax % \begin{SMOOTH} -% \section{Langue <<~thai~>>: \uxfile{thai.mld} et \uxfile{thai.mlo}}\label{s+mld+thai}% -% \ixfile{thai.mld}\ixfile{thai.mlo} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> (thaï) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{thaicjk.ldf} % (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg}) % et utilisent des fontes du système \pack{CJK}~\cite{cjk,cjk2}. % Le paquetage \pack{thailatex}~\cite{thailatex} % (by \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan} and \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}) % fournit les mêmes titres dans son -% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. +% fichier \xfile{thai.ldf}. Voir aussi~\cite{thaistd}. % \end{SMOOTH} +% \fi % +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcloadmlo} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The titles for the ``\lopt{thai}'' language contain characters that cannot be easily generated, hence we load +% \xfile{thai.mlo}. See also~\cite{thaistd}. +% \or\relax % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{thai}~>> contiennent des caractères qui ne peuvent pas être engendrés facilement, donc % nous chargeons \xfile{thai.mlo}. % \fi @@ -51341,15 +54649,35 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcloadmlo{thai}% %</thai> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Turkish'' language: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{turquie}\ixgrf{turquie.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Turkey}\label{f+turc} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Turquie}\label{f+turc} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/turquie_1general.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \begin{macro}{\in} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{turkish}'' language are taken from the \xfile{turkish.dtx} file % (by \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} and \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~turkish~>>: \uxfile{turkish.mld}}\label{s+mld+turkish}\ixfile{turkish.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{turkish}~>> (turc) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{turkish.dtx} % (de \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay} et \name{Turgut}{Uyar}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,turkish}: @@ -51375,14 +54703,60 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{Tablolar\in Listesi}% %</turkish> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Uighur'' language: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!thb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=.5\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{uighur}\ixgrf{uighur.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the uighur language}\label{f+uighur} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} in~\cite{LMP}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue ouïghoure}\label{f+uighur} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.lmp.ucla.edu/Profile.aspx?LangID=69&menu=004} dans~\cite{LMP}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.308755760\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.691244240\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiangc.png}\ixgrf{xinjiangc.png}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{xinjiang.png}\ixgrf{xinjiang.png}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region}\label{f+xinjiang} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang} +% and \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Région autonome du Xinjiang ouïghour}\label{f+xinjiang} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/?title=Xinjiang} +% et \url{http://www.tourroundchina.com/map/xinjiang.htm}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{uighur}'' and ``\lopt{bicig}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the % \xfile{bicig.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur~>>: \uxfile{uighur.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur}\ixfile{uighur.mld} % Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur}~>> (ouïghour) et <<~\lopt{bicig}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{bicig.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): % \fi @@ -51394,14 +54768,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bicig}% %</uighur> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Uighur2'' language: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{uighur2}'' and ``\lopt{bicig2}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the % \xfile{bicig2.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur2~>>: \uxfile{uighur2.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur2}\ixfile{uighur2.mld} % Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur2}~>> (ouïghour deuxième variante) % et <<~\lopt{bicig2}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{bicig2.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig2}): @@ -51414,14 +54793,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bicig2}% %</uighur2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Uighur3'' language: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{uighur3}'' and ``\lopt{bicig3}'' languages are synonyms, so we just load the % \xfile{bicig3.mld} file (see section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~uighur3~>>: \uxfile{uighur3.mld}}\label{s+mld+uighur3}\ixfile{uighur3.mld} % Les langues <<~\lopt{uighur3}~>> (ouïghour troisième variante) % et <<~\lopt{bicig3}~>> sont synonymes, donc nous chargeons simplement le fichier % \xfile{bicig3.mld} (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+bicig}): @@ -51434,14 +54818,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{bicig3}% %</uighur3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``UKenglish'' language: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{UKenglish}'' language is just like ``\loptd{english}'' (``UK'' is for ``United Kingdom''), so we just % load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~UKenglish~>>: \uxfile{UKenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+UKenglish}\ixfile{UKenglish.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{UKenglish}~>> est comme <<~\loptd{english}~>> («~UK~» signifie \emph{United Kingdom}, % le «~Royaume Uni~»), donc nous chargeons simplement \xfile{english.mld} % (section~\vref{s+mld+english}): @@ -51454,14 +54843,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</UKenglish> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Ukraineb'' language: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{ukraineb}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{ukrainian}'', so we just load \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. % See section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ukraineb~>>: \uxfile{ukraineb.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukraineb}\ixfile{ukraineb.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{ukraineb}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{ukrainian.mld}. % Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+ukrainian}. @@ -51470,24 +54864,66 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*ukraineb> -\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2006/12/19] +\ProvidesFile{ukraineb.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Ukranian titles for minitoc.sty from ukraineb.dtx (babel) %% Andrij Shvaika, Olga Lapko -\selectlanguage{ukrainian}% +\mtcselectlanguage{ukrainian}% %</ukraineb> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Ukrainian'' language: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{figure}[!p] +% \ifDP\begin{fullpage}\fi +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukraine.jpg}\ixgrf{ukraine.jpg}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Languages in Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Langues en Ukraine}\label{f+ukraine} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/ukraine-1demo.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% ^^A \end{figure} +% +% \vspace*{4\bigskipamount} +% +% ^^A \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{ukrainep.pdf}\ixgrf{ukrainep.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Ukraine}\label{f+ukrainep} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wikipedia:WikiProject_Ukraine/Subdivisions}) +% \fi +% \ifDP\end{fullpage}\fi +% \end{figure} +% +% \lneed{2} +% \begin{macro}{\cyr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \begin{SMOOTH} % The titles for the ``\lopt{ukrainian}'' language come from the \xfile{ukraineb.dtx} file % (by \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko} and \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Cyrillic fonts are required. % Another language name is \lopt{ukraineb} (see section~\vref{s+mld+ukraineb}). % \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~ukrainian~>>: \uxfile{ukrainian.mld}}\label{s+mld+ukrainian}\ixfile{ukrainian.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{ukrainian}~>> (ukrainien) sont tirés du fichier \xfile{ukrainian.dtx} % (de \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika} et \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,ukraineb}. Des fontes cyrilliques sont requises. @@ -51521,6 +54957,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \ \cyrt\cyra\cyrb\cyrl\cyri\cyrc\cyrsftsn}}% %</ukrainian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -51573,12 +55010,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``USenglish'' language: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{USenglish}'' language (``US'' is for ``United States (of America))'' is just like % ``\loptd{english}''\footnote{It should be true for the mini-table titles; the % languages themselves have some differences, like the hyphenation rules.}, so we just % load \xfile{english.mld} (see section~\vref{s+mld+english}): % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~USenglish~>>: \uxfile{USenglish.mld}}\label{s+mld+USenglish}\ixfile{USenglish.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{USenglish}~>> (américain, «~US~» signifiant «~\emph{United States (of America)}~») est % comme <<~\loptd{english}~>>\footnote{Ceci devrait être vrai pour les titres des mini-tables; les langues elles-mêmes % ont quelques différences, dont les règles de coupure des mots.}, donc nous chargeons simplement @@ -51592,16 +55033,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{english}% %</USenglish> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% \begin{SMOOTH} % \section{``Usorbian'' language: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} -% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. -% See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. -% \end{SMOOTH} % \or\relax % \section{Langue <<~usorbian~>>: \uxfile{usorbian.mld}}\label{s+mld+usorbian}\ixfile{usorbian.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% The ``\lopt{usorbian}'' language is a synonym for ``\lopt{uppersorbian}'', so we just have +% to load \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. See section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. +% \or\relax % La langue <<~\lopt{usorbian}~>> est un synonyme pour <<~\lopt{uppersorbian}~>>, donc nous chargeons simplement % \xfile{uppersorbian.mld}. % Voir la section~\vref{s+mld+uppersorbian}. @@ -51610,26 +55054,55 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} %<*usorbian> -\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2006/01/23] +\ProvidesFile{usorbian.mld}[2007/12/04] %% Upper sorbian titles for minitoc.sty %% from usorbian.dtx (babel) %% Werner, Eduard -\selectlanguage{uppersorbian}% +\mtcselectlanguage{uppersorbian}% %</usorbian> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Vietnam'' language: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-1cm} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \setlength{\iwidth}{.5\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}c@{}c@{}c@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet2}\ixgrf{viet2.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\iwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{viet3}\ixgrf{viet3.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} in~\cite{tlfq}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Vietnam}\label{f+vietnam} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/asie/vietnam_carte2-prov.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language are taken from the \pack{vietnam} package~\cite{vietnam} % (by \name{Werner}{Lemberg} and \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}). -% Vietnamese fonts are required. +% Vietnamese fonts are required. The vietnamese language is spoken in Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) and in the +% vietnamese diaspora. % See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~vietnam~>>: \uxfile{vietnam.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnam}\ixfile{vietnam.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien) sont tirés du paquetage \pack{vietnam}~\cite{vietnam} % (de \name{Werner}{Lemberg} et \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}). -% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. +% Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises. Le vietnamien est parlé au Vietnam (figure~\vref{f+vietnam}) et dans la +% diaspora vietnamienne. Voir aussi la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnamese}. % \fi % % \lneed{3} @@ -51654,11 +55127,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Vietnamese'' language: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mtcselectlanguage} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The ``\lopt{vietnamese}'' language is just a synonym for the ``\lopt{vietnam}'' language. % So we just load \xfile{vietnam.mld}. % Vietnamese fonts are required. See also section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~vietnamese~>>: \uxfile{vietnamese.mld}}\label{s+mld+vietnamese}\ixfile{vietnamese.mld} % La langue <<~\lopt{vietnamese}~>> est simplement un synonyme pour la langue <<~\lopt{vietnam}~>> (vietnamien). Donc nous % chargeons simplement \xfile{vietnam.mld}. Des fontes vietnamiennes sont requises, Voir aussi % la section~\vref{s+mld+vietnam}. @@ -51671,15 +55148,42 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \mtcselectlanguage{vietnam}% %</vietnamese> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Welsh'' language: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} +% \fi +% \setlength{\iwidth}{\textwidth} +% \addtolength{\iwidth}{-.5cm} +% \setlength{\awidth}{.346020761\iwidth} +% \setlength{\bwidth}{.653979239\iwidth} +% \begin{figure}[!htb] +% \centering +% \begin{tabular}[b]{@{}l@{}c@{}r@{}} +% \includegraphics[width=\awidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles1}\ixgrf{galles1.pdf}% +% &\hspace*{.5cm}&% +% \includegraphics[width=\bwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{galles2}\ixgrf{galles2.pdf}% +% \end{tabular} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Wales}\label{f+wales} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} in~\cite{tlfq} and from \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} in the \emph{National Gazetter of Wales}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Pays de Galles}\label{f+wales} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/axl/europe/paysgallescarte.htm} dans~\cite{tlfq} et \url{http://homepage.ntlworld.com/geogdata/ngw/map.htm} dans la \emph{National Gazetter of Wales}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{welsh}'' language come from the \xfile{welsh.dtx} file % (by \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % in the \pack{babel} package~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~welsh~>>: \uxfile{welsh.mld}}\label{s+mld+welsh}\ixfile{welsh.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{welsh}~>> (gallois) proviennent du fichier \xfile{welsh.dtx} % (écrit par \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}) % dans le paquetage \pack{babel}~\cite{babel,babel-user,welsh}: @@ -51704,23 +55208,44 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% %</welsh> % \end{macrocode} % -% \lneed{5} +% \lneed{7} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Xalx'' language: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). -% Xalx or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia -% proper. Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with +% Xalx or Khalkha is the name of the Mongolian nationality residing in Mongolia proper. +% See figure~\vref{f+khalkha}. +% Their dialect forms the basis of Mongolian written with % Cyrillic letters. See also sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha}, \vref{s+mld+xalx2}, and~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}. % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx~>>: \uxfile{xalx.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx}\ixfile{xalx.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % Xalx ou Khalkha est le nom de la nationalité Mongole qui -% réside en Mongolie proprement dite. Ses formes dialectales +% réside en Mongolie proprement dite. Voir la figure~\vref{f+khalkha}. +% Ses formes dialectales % forment la base du Mongol écrit en lettres cyrilliques. Voir aussi les sections~\vref{s+mld+khalkha}, % \vref{s+mld+xalx2} et~\vref{s+mld+xalx3}. % \fi +% \begin{figure}[!tbh] +% \centering +% \includegraphics[width=\textwidth,keepaspectratio,clip]{khalkha}\ixgrf{khalkha.pdf}% +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \caption{Areas of the khalkha language}\label{f+khalkha} +% +% \raggedright +% (From \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm}) +% \or\relax +% \caption{Régions de la langue khalkha}\label{f+khalkha} +% +% \raggedright +% (Voir \url{http://www.tlfq.ulaval.ca/AXL/asie/Mongolie.htm}) +% \fi +% \end{figure} % % \lneed{3} % \begin{macrocode} @@ -51740,15 +55265,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% %</xalx> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Xalx2'' language: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\mnr} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx2}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % This is a variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx2~>>: \uxfile{xalx2.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx2}\ixfile{xalx2.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx2}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % C'est une variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). @@ -51772,15 +55302,20 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{{\mnr X"usn"agti"in jagsaalt}}% %</xalx2> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \lneed{5} % \ifcase\LANG\relax % \section{``Xalx3'' language: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} +% \or\relax +% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} +% \fi +% \begin{macro}{\xalx} +% \ifcase\LANG\relax % The titles for the ``\lopt{xalx3}'' language are taken from the \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX} package~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (by \name{Oliver}{Corff} and \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % This is an other variant for the ``\lopt{xalx}'' language (see section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). % \or\relax -% \section{Langue <<~xalx3~>>: \uxfile{xalx3.mld}}\label{s+mld+xalx3}\ixfile{xalx3.mld} % Les titres pour la langue <<~\lopt{xalx3}~>> sont tirés du paquetage \packa{Mon\TeX}{MonTeX}~\cite{mlsquick,montex} % (de \name{Oliver}{Corff} et \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}). % C'est une autre variante de la langue ``\lopt{xalx}'' (voir la section~\vref{s+mld+xalx}). @@ -51804,16 +55339,15 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% \def\slttitle{\xalx{Spisok tablic}}% %</xalx3> % \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % \cleardoublepage % ^^A \addtocontents{toc}{\protect\partbegin} % \let\NC\relax % % \ifcase\LANG\relax -% ^^A \mtcaddpart[Complements] % \part{Complements}\label{p+complements} % \or\relax -% ^^A \mtcaddpart[Compléments] % \part{Compléments}\label{p+complements} % \fi % \mtcsetfeature{parttoc}{open}{\begin{multicols}{2}\raggedcolumns} @@ -51911,7 +55445,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % command, so if someboby wants % to redefine that layout, he has just to rewrite it (and only it). % \item You can inhibit the minitoc for the next chapter -% by preceding it with \com{minitocno}. (\com{minitocyes} +% by preceding it with \ucom{minitocno}. (\ucom{minitocyes} % is useless for the user, because it is implicit \emph{after} % the \com{chapter*} pseudo-chapters). % \item Problems: you \emph{must} have \com{chapterend} to terminate each @@ -51927,7 +55461,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % Works with two columns (but the minitoc is composed in % one column; how to make it to spread over the two columns?). % \item Some mods added to work with \pack{xr} (external -% references). \pack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant. +% references). \upack{xr} version~5 is much more tolerant. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \lneed{5} @@ -51953,7 +55487,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item 1993/07/09 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \com{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc. +% \item Added \ucom{if@realch} to avoid contents lines from pseudo-chapters to go into the toc. % \item The package \pack{mtcoff} allows you to use a \LaTeX\ document % with minitoc commands and to make them transparent: just replace the \upack{minitoc} package by % \pack{mtcoff}. @@ -51986,7 +55520,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item (\emph{major differences}) Completely rewritten, using tricks from \pack{xr} (the version~5, by % \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). The info for minitocs is directly stolen from the \suffix{.toc} file. -% \com{chapterend} and \com{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} +% \com{chapterend} and \ucom{minitocno} are suppressed, \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} % and \com{faketableofcontents} added. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} @@ -52055,7 +55589,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Corrected some spacing problems (avoiding~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). % \com{mtifont} is changed from \ucom{normalsize\bs bf} to \ucom{large\bs bf}. % \item Some modifications suggested by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (thanks): -% \com{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread}; +% \ucom{@newread} becomes \com{newread}, not outer version of \com{newread}; % \com{empty} replaced by \com{relax} in the spare definition of \com{reset@font}. % \item Removed the setting of \com{clubpenalty} and \com{widowpenalty} % to \texttt{10\,000} (done by \com{samepage}), and \com{noindent}. @@ -52188,7 +55722,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item 1996/11/14 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing +% \item Language specific files are now named \emph{language}\suffix{.mld} (replacing names of the form % \texttt{mtc}\emph{language}\suffix{.sty}) because they are not packages and it makes shorter names. % \item Added breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower and upper sorbian; renamed % ``esperanto'' by ``esperant'' like in the \pack{babel} package. @@ -52220,9 +55754,13 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 1998/06/15 % \begin{itemize} % \item A typo corrected by \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: -% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% should probably be -% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% should probably be +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} % (a backslash was missing after \com{let}). Thanks to him. % \item Added the bahasa language. % \end{itemize} @@ -52275,9 +55813,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2000/08/08 % \begin{itemize} % \item Added very (too) numerous new commands for the mini-table features: -% \com{beforeparttoc}, \com{beforepartlof}, \com{beforepartlot}, -% \com{afterparttoc}, \com{afterpartlof}, \com{afterpartlot}, -% \com{thispageparttocstyle}, \com{thispagepartlofstyle}, and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. +% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK +% \com{afterparttoc},\ABK \com{afterpartlof},\ABK \com{afterpartlot},\ABK +% \com{thispageparttocstyle},\goodbreak \com{thispagepartlofstyle},\ABK and \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. % \item Documentation improved by \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. % \item \com{nomtcrule} corrected. % \end{itemize} @@ -52290,7 +55828,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Added new adjustment commands: \com{mtcaddchapter}, \com{mtcaddsection}, % and \com{mtcaddpart}. % These commands add stuff in the \suffix{.toc}, \suffix{.lof} and \suffix{.lot} files for the -% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by +% \com{chapter*} (\com{section*} and \com{part*}) problem. From a suggestion by % \xname{Karl~F.}{Everitt}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2000/12/08 @@ -52316,7 +55854,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Added macros to test if a file is ``empty'' (i.e.,~empty, blank or % inexistent) or ``non empty'' (i.e.,~useful). I used some code from \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. % \item Added the \optd{checkfiles}/\opt{nocheckfiles} package options. -% \item Replaced \com{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}. +% \item Replaced \ucom{The@chapter} by \com{The@mtc}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2001/02/26 % \begin{itemize} @@ -52474,7 +56012,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item Corrections in documentation. % \item Message added if some sectionning commands are not available. -% \item Replaced \com{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc} +% \item Replaced \ucom{typeout} commands in \upack{minitoc} % by the \com{PackageInfo} or \com{PackageWarning} commands; with the line number when useful % (\com{@gobble} if no line number). Hence, the package is less verbose % (\com{PackageInfo} writes only in the \emph{document}\suffix{.log} file, not on the terminal). @@ -52662,7 +56200,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/04/14 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Removed \com{ypart}, \com{ychapter}, \com{ysection}, and stuff; unused. +% \item Removed \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, and stuff; unused. % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/05/11 % \begin{itemize} @@ -52768,7 +56306,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/07/21 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Removing unused some flags \com{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \com{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. +% \item Removing unused some flags \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} and \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. % \item Added the \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc}, and \com{decrementstc} commands. % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/07/22 @@ -53231,11 +56769,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/20 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Added \xfile{u8hangul.mld}, \xfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \xfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \xfile{u8hanja.mlo}. +% \item Added \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld}, and \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/21 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Renamed languages u8hangul and u8hanja into hangul-u8 and hanja-u8. +% \item Renamed languages \texttt{u8hangul} and \texttt{u8hanja} into \xmldo{hangul-u8} and \xmldo{hanja-u8}. % \item Updated the bibliography. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/22 @@ -53266,7 +56804,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/03/01 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\SMM{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} class and the \pack{alphanum} package, +% \item Hints about the \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} class and the \pack{alphanum} package, % incompatible with \upack{minitoc}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/03/02 @@ -53354,7 +56892,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2006/04/05 % \begin{itemize} % \item Corrections in the documentation. -% \item Added \xfile{lamed.eps} and \xfile{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \xfile{lamed.tex}). +% \item Added \uxgrf{lamed.eps} and \xgrf{lamed.pdf} as images for the \emph{Lamed} logo (built from \xfile{lamed.tex}). % \item Reordering of the chapters in the user's manual (part~I). % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/04/06 @@ -53557,7 +57095,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/07/20 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} in the list of files. +% \item Do not forget \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} in the list of files. % \item In the scripts, the backup directory (\xfile{OLD}) is now \xfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. % \item In the scripts, the repartition directories (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) are % now \texttt{/tmp/`whoami`/CL[0-9]}. @@ -53635,7 +57173,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/08/29 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Added error \texttt{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles. +% \item Added error \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} if \xfile{english.mld} is not found to set the default titles. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/08/31 % \begin{itemize} @@ -53760,7 +57298,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2006/11/09 % \begin{itemize} % \item Added a validation of the language options with the presence of the \suffix{.mld} and \suffix{.mlo} files. -% \item Added notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file. +% \item Added\imess{E0036} notes about the mandatory presence of the \xfile{english.mld} file. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/11/13 % \begin{itemize} @@ -53964,7 +57502,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Added a local minitoc in the ``Jargon'' chapter. % \item Added \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. % \item Added \xfile{latvian2.mld} and \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in table~\vref{t+files}. +% \item Grouped \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} pairs in tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \lneed{5} @@ -53990,9 +57528,52 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Corrected some \verb|\mtcset...| commands to use \com{edef} to correctly evaluate \com{mtc@toks}. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{56} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/07/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Added \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Page headers modified in documentation. +% \item Added stuff (files) for figures (maps) for many language areas. +% \item Removed the \suffix{.eps} files. +% \item Added the \lopt{bengali} language synonym of \lopt{bangla}. +% \item Split the list of files into two tables (tables~\vref{t+files1} and~\vref{t+files2}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Many minor typo fixes. +% \item Darker colors for hyperlinks. +% \item Updated and corrected the bibliography. +% \item Corrected a typo in the \env{ptc@verse} environment (\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Corrections of typos in the \env{mtchideinmainlof} and \env{mtchideinmainlot} environments +% (thanks to \name{Andrew}{Bowden}). +% \item Replaced the \suffix{.mtc1} extension by \suffix{.mtc0} in the auto-configuration test (to avoid +% erasing the (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} file). +% \item Corrected a problem with \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% \item The acknowledgements are moved to the ``Complements'' part. +% \item Added a hint (warning~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} about the \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc} package. +% \item Complete indexing of the messages. +% \item Updated \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Using the \pack{chngpage} package~\cite{chngpage} to increase the width of the pages of the bibliography. +% \item Renamed \ucom{if@longextensions@} as \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% \item Updated \xfile{czech.mld}. +% \item Removed \ucom{l@xsection}. +% \item Graphic files are indexed separately. +% \item Updated \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \item Added a specific directory for image files in the TDS hierarchy. +% \item Updated \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld}, and \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Added \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld}, and \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% \item Updated \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Suppressed parasite entries from the index. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \end{RaggedRight} % \egroup +% ^^A MAJ-E % \or\relax % ^^A FRENCH % \bgroup @@ -54033,8 +57614,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % minitoc puisse se répartir sur plusieurs pages. % \item Toute la mise en page de la minitoc est dans la commande, donc si quelqu'un souhaite redéfinir cette % mise en page, il a juste à~la réécrire (et seulement elle). -% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant précéder par \com{minitocno}. -% (\com{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{après} +% \item Vous pouvez inhiber la minitoc pour le chapitre suivant en le faisant précéder par \ucom{minitocno}. +% (\ucom{minitocyes} est sans objet pour l'utilisateur: elle est implicite \emph{après} % les pseudo-chapitres \com{chapter*}). % \item Problèmes: vous \emph{devez} avoir mis \com{chapterend} pour terminer chaque chapitre ayant une % minitoc. Comment éviter cette contrainte? @@ -54047,7 +57628,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % colonnes (mais la minitoc est composée sur une colonne; comment faire pour qu'elle s'étende sur les deux % colonnes?). % \item Ajout de quelques modifications pour fonctionner avec \pack{xr} (références externes). -% \pack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolérant. +% \upack{xr} version~5 est bien plus tolérant. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \lneed{5} @@ -54073,7 +57654,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item 1993/07/09 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \com{if@realch} pour éviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres +% \item Ajout de \ucom{if@realch} pour éviter que des lignes de contenu provenant de pseudo-chapitres % aillent dans la table des matières. % \item Le fichier paquetage \pack{mtcoff} vous permet d'utiliser un document \LaTeX\ contenant des % commandes minitoc et de les rendre transparentes: il suffit de remplacer le paquetage \upack{minitoc} @@ -54107,7 +57688,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item (\emph{différences majeures}) Réécriture complète, en utilisant des astuces de \pack{xr} % (la version~5, de \xname{David~P.}{Carlisle}). Les informations pour les minitocs sont directement prélevées dans -% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \com{minitocno}, ajout de +% le fichier \suffix{.toc}. Suppression de \com{chapterend} et \ucom{minitocno}, ajout de % \com{minitoc}, \com{dominitoc} et \com{faketableofcontents}. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} @@ -54176,7 +57757,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % pour éviter des avertissements \og{} underfull \fg. % \item Correction de quelques problèmes d'espacement (en évitant des~\texttt{\textasciitilde}'s). % \com{mtifont} est changée de \texttt{\bs normalsize\bs bf} en \texttt{\bs large\bs bf}. -% \item Quelques modifications suggérées par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \com{@newread} devient +% \item Quelques modifications suggérées par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau} (merci): \ucom{@newread} devient % \com{newread}, une version \emph{not outer} de \com{newread}; \com{empty} remplacée % par \com{relax} dans la définition par défaut de \com{reset@font}. % \item Retrait du forçage de \com{clubpenalty} et \com{widowpenalty} à~\texttt{10\,000} (fait @@ -54304,9 +57885,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item 1996/11/14 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Les fichiers spécifiques des langues sont maintenant nommés \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplace -% \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages et que cela fait des noms -% plus courts. +% \item Les fichiers spécifiques des langues sont maintenant nommés \emph{langue}\suffix{.mld} (remplaçant les +% noms de la forme \texttt{mtc}\emph{langue}\suffix{.sty}) parce que ne sont pas des paquetages +% et que cela fait des noms plus courts. % \item Ajout des langues breton, estonian, germanb, greek, irish, russianb, scottish, lower- et upper-sorbian; % renommage de \og{} esperanto \fg{} en \og{} esperant \fg{} comme dans le paquetage \pack{babel}. % \end{itemize} @@ -54334,10 +57915,16 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Ajout du code de \com{addstarred} (pour ce qui concerne un chapitre étoilé). % \item Correction d'une erreur dans les parttocs. % \end{itemize} -% \item 1998/06/15 +% \item % \begin{itemize} -% \item Un typo corrigé par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} -% devrait probablement être \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \item Un typo corrigé par \xname{Donald}{Arseneau}: +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} +% devrait probablement être +% \begin{quote} +% \texttt{\{\bs let\bs@dottedtocline\bs @undottedtocline\}\{\}} +% \end{quote} % (une contre-oblique manquait après \com{let}). Merci à~lui. % \item Ajout de la langue bahasa. % \end{itemize} @@ -54372,7 +57959,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 1999/12/06 % \begin{itemize} % \item Ajout des langues basque, ngermanb, serbian, ukraineb et welsh. -% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la définition d e \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait être \texttt{slt}). +% \item Correction d'une erreur dans la définition de \com{sltname} (\texttt{mlt} devrait être \texttt{slt}). % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \lneed{5} @@ -54390,9 +57977,9 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2000/08/08 % \begin{itemize} % \item Ajout de très (trop) nombreuses nouvelles commandes pour les dispositifs associés aux mini-tables: -% \com{beforeparttoc}, \com{beforepartlof}, \com{beforepartlot}, \com{afterparttoc}, -% \com{afterpartlof}, \com{afterpartlot}, \com{thispageparttocstyle}, -% \com{thispagepartlofstyle} et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. +% \com{beforeparttoc},\ABK \com{beforepartlof},\ABK \com{beforepartlot},\ABK \com{afterparttoc},\ABK +% \com{afterpartlof},\goodbreak \com{afterpartlot},\ABK \com{thispageparttocstyle},\ABK +% \com{thispagepartlofstyle}\ABK et \com{thispagepartlotstyle}. % \item Documentation améliorée par \xname{Stefan}{Ulrich}. % \item Correction de \com{nomtcrule}. % \end{itemize} @@ -54430,7 +58017,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Ajout de macros pour tester si un fichier est \og{} vide\fg{} (c'est-à-dire vide, blanc ou inexistant) % ou \og{} non vide \fg{} (c'est-à-dire utile). J'ai utilisé du code de \xname{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}. % \item Ajout des options de paquetage \optd{checkfiles}\\opt{nocheckfiles}. -% \item Remplacement de \com{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}. +% \item Remplacement de \ucom{The@chapter} par \com{The@mtc}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2001/02/26 % \begin{itemize} @@ -54589,7 +58176,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \begin{itemize} % \item Corrections dans la documentation. % \item Message ajouté si certaines commandes de sectionnement ne sont pas disponibles. -% \item Remplacement des commandes \com{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes +% \item Remplacement des commandes \ucom{typeout} dans \upack{minitoc} par les commandes % \com{PackageInfo} ou \com{PackageWarning}; avec le numéro de ligne lorsqu'il est utile % (\com{@gobble} si pas de numéro de ligne). En conséquence, le paquetage est moins bavard % (\com{PackageInfo} écrit seulement dans le fichier \emph{document}\suffix{.log}, pas sur le terminal). @@ -54777,7 +58364,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/04/14 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait de \com{ypart}, \com{ychapter}, \com{ysection}, etc., inutilisées. +% \item Retrait de \ucom{ypart}, \ucom{ychapter}, \ucom{ysection}, etc., inutilisées. % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/05/11 % \begin{itemize} @@ -54889,8 +58476,8 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/07/21 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \com{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et -% \com{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. +% \item Retrait de deux indicateurs inutiles: \ucom{if@mtc@setpagenumbers@act@} et +% \ucom{if@mtc@setrules@act@}. % \item Ajout des commandes \com{decrementptc}, \com{decrementmtc} et \com{decrementstc}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2005/07/22 @@ -55360,11 +58947,11 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/20 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de \xfile{u8hangul.mld}, \xfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \xfile{u8hanja.mld} et \xfile{u8hanja.mlo}. +% \item Ajout de \uxfile{u8hangul.mld}, \uxfile{u8hangul.mlo}, \uxfile{u8hanja.mld} et \uxfile{u8hanja.mlo}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/21 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Les langues u8hangul et u8hanja.mld sont renommées hangul-u8 et hanja-u8. +% \item Les langues \texttt{u8hangul} et \texttt{u8hanja} sont renommées \xmldo{hangul-u8} et \xmldo{hanja-u8}. % \item Mise à~jour de la bibliographie. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/02/22 @@ -55395,7 +58982,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/03/01 % \begin{itemize} -% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\SMM{\lmess{W0029}\\\lmess{W0025}} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, +% \item \emph{Hints} sur la classe \class{jura}\imess{W0029}\imess{W0025} et le paquetage \pack{alphanum}, % incompatibles avec \upack{minitoc}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/03/02 @@ -55484,7 +59071,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2006/04/05 % \begin{itemize} % \item Corrections dans la documentation. -% \item Ajout de \xfile{lamed.eps} et \xfile{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis +% \item Ajout de \uxgrf{lamed.eps} et \xgrf{lamed.pdf} comme images pour le logo de \emph{Lamed} (construit depuis % \xfile{lamed.tex}). % \item Ré-ordonnancement des chapitres du manuel de l'utilisateur (partie~I). % \end{itemize} @@ -55688,7 +59275,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/07/20 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1} dans la liste des fichiers. +% \item Ne pas oublier \com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc0} dans la liste des fichiers. % \item Dans les scripts, le répertoire de \emph{backup} (\ixfile{OLD}) est % désormais \ixfile{/tmp/`whoami`/OLD}. % \item Dans les scripts, les répertoires de répartition (\texttt{CL[0-9]}) sont @@ -55767,7 +59354,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/08/29 % \begin{itemize} -% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvé pour établir les titres par défaut. +% \item Ajout de l'erreur \texttt{E0036}\imess{E0036} si \xfile{english.mld} n'est pas trouvé pour établir les titres par défaut. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/08/31 % \begin{itemize} @@ -55894,7 +59481,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item 2006/11/09 % \begin{itemize} % \item Ajout d'une validation des options de langue avec la présence des fichiers \suffix{.mld} et \suffix{.mlo}. -% \item Ajout de notes sur la présence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}. +% \item Ajout\imess{E0036} de notes sur la présence obligatoire du fichier \xfile{english.mld}. % \end{itemize} % \item 2006/11/13 % \begin{itemize} @@ -56098,7 +59685,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \item Ajout d'une minitoc locale dans le chapitre <<~Jargon~>>. % \item Ajout de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. % \item Ajout de \xfile{latvian2.mld} et \xfile{letton2.mld}. -% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans le tableau~\vref{t+files}. +% \item Groupement des paires \texttt{.mld}/\texttt{.mlo} dans les tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \lneed{5} @@ -56126,10 +59713,553 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % correctement \com{mtc@toks}. % \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} +% \item \textbf{56} +% \begin{itemize} +% \item 2007/07/02 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Ajout de \xfile{swahili.mld}. +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/08/03 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item En-têtes de pages modifiés dans la documentation. +% \item Ajout de ce qu'il faut (fichiers) pour des figures (cartes) des régions où sont parlées diverses langues. +% \item Retrait des fichiers \suffix{.eps}. +% \item Ajout de la langue \lopt{bengali}, synonyme de \lopt{bangla}. +% \item Éclatement de la liste des fichiers en deux tableaux (tableaux~\vref{t+files1} et~\vref{t+files2}). +% \end{itemize} +% \item 2007/12/04 +% \begin{itemize} +% \item Nombreuses corrections typographiques mineures. +% \item Couleurs plus sombres pour les hyper-liens. +% \item Mise à~jour et correction de la bibliographie. +% \item Correction d'un typo dans l'environnement \env{ptc@verse} (\namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}). +% \item Corrections de typos dans les environnements \env{mtchideinmainlof} et \env{mtchideinmainlot} (merci +% à~\name{Andrew}{Bowden}). +% \item Remplacer le suffixe \suffix{.mtc1} par \suffix{.mtc0} dans le test d'auto-configuration (pour éviter +% d'écraser le fichier (\com{jobname}\suffix{.mtc1}). +% \item Correction d'un problème avec \com{nofiles} (\name{Andreas}{Deininger}). +% \item Les remerciements sont déplacés vers la partie «~Compléments~». +% \item Ajout d'un \emph{hint} (avertissement~\texttt{W0099})\imess{W0099} +% à~propos du paquetage \pack{titlesec}~\cite{titletoc}. +% \item Indexation complète des messages. +% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{lithuanian2.mld}. +% \item Utilisation du paquetage \pack{chngpage}~\cite{chngpage} pour élargir les pages de la bibliographie. +% \item Renommage de \ucom{if@longextensions@} en \com{if@mtc@longext@}. +% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{czech.mld}. +% \item Suppression de \ucom{l@xsection}. +% \item Les fichiers graphiques sont indexés séparément. +% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{galician.mld}. +% \item Ajout d'un répertoire spécifique pour les fichiers images dans la hiérarchie TDS. +% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{lsorbian.mld}, \xfile{ukraineb.mld} et \xfile{usorbian.mld}. +% \item Ajout de \xfile{malayalam-b.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-keli2.mld}, \xfile{malayalam-mr.mld} et \xfile{malayalam-rachana3.mld}. +% \item Mise à~jour de \xfile{malayalam-omega.mlo}. +% \item Suppression d'entrées parasites dans l'index. +% \end{itemize} +% \end{itemize} % \end{itemize} % \end{RaggedRight} % \egroup % \fi +% ^^A MAJ-F +% +% ^^A ACK +% \ifcase\LANG\relax +% \chapter*{Acknowledgments\markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}} +% \markboth{Acknowledgements}{Acknowledgements}% +% ^^A \enlargethispage*{1.5\baselineskip} +% \mtcaddchapter[Acknowledgments]% +% \noindent +% I ought to thank the following peoples\,\footnote{And I apologize to all whose I forgot.}, for their help, their +% questions, their interventions in the news groups\,\footnote{Mainly, \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (in french) and +% \texttt{comp.text.tex} (in english), but also \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (in german, but I do not read it well: +% send me also a mail in french or english).}, +% and/or for their packages, classes, documents, and tools:\hfill\mbox{} +% \or\relax +% \chapter*{Remerciements\markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}} +% \markboth{Remerciements}{Remerciements}% +% \mtcaddchapter[Remerciements]% +% \noindent +% Il me faut remercier les personnes suivantes\,\footnote{Et que toutes celles que j'ai oubliées me pardonnent.}, pour +% leur aide, leurs questions, leurs interventions dans les groupes de discussion\,\footnote{Essentiellement, +% \texttt{fr.comp.text.tex} (en français) et \texttt{comp.text.tex} (en anglais), mais aussi +% \texttt{de.comp.text.tex} (en allemand, mais je le lis très mal: envoyez-moi aussi un courrier en français ou en anglais).} +% et/ou leurs paquetages, classes, documents et outils:\hfill\mbox{} +% \fi +% +% \begin{raggedright}\noindent +% \name{Hassan}{Abolhassani}, +% \name{Paul~W.}{Abrahams}, +% \namea{Nabil}{Abu~El-Ata}{Abu~El-Ata}, +% \name{Tommaso}{Addabbo}, +% \name{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}, +% \name{Stéphane}{Aicardi}, +% \name{Vartan}{Akopian}, +% \name{A.J.}{Alex}, +% \name{Mark}{Alford}, +% \namea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}, +% \name{Jérôme}{Andrieux}, +% \name{Ralf}{Angeli}, +% \name{Walter}{Appel}, +% \name{Achod~André}{Aradian}, +% \namea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}, +% \name{Tim}{Arnold}, +% \name{Jouko}{Arponen}, +% \name{Donald}{Arseneau}, +% \name{Helmer}{Aslasken}, +% \name{David}{Aspinall}, +% \namea{Ivar}{{\AA}ssen}{Assen}, +% \name{Philipp}{Bachmann}, +% \name{Gonçal}{Badenes}, +% \name{Jason}{Baldridge}, +% \name{Marin}{Balgarensky}, +% \name{Leonor}{Barroca}, +% \name{Giancarlo}{Bassi}, +% \name{Pierre}{Basso}, +% \name{Dorjgotov}{Batmunkh}, +% \name{Jean-Yves}{Baudais}, +% \name{David}{Bausum}, +% \name{Benjamin}{Bayart}, +% \name{Thierry}{Bayet}, +% \name{Claudio}{Beccari}, +% \name{Emmanuel}{Beffara}, +% \name{Benoît}{Belet}, +% \name{Rachid}{Belmouhoub}, +% \namea{József}{Bérces}{Berces}, +% \name{Alexander}{Berdnikov}, +% \name{Jens}{Berger}, +% \name{Karl}{Berry}, +% \name{Berhanu}{Beyene}, +% \name{Javier}{Bezos}, +% \name{Giuseppe}{Bilotta}, +% \namea{Árpád}{Bíró}{Biro}, +% \namea{Denis}{Bitouzé}{Bitouze}, +% \name{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}, +% \name{Laurent}{Bloch}, +% \name{Onofre}{Bonvila}, +% \name{Georgi~N.}{Boshnakov}, +% \name{Patrice}{Bougette}, +% \name{Daniel}{Bourbonnais}, +% \name{Andrew}{Bowden}, +% \name{Victor}{Boyko}, +% \name{Johannes~L.}{Braams}, +% \name{Felix}{Braun}, +% \name{Jim}{Breen}, +% \name{Peter}{Breitenlohner}, +% \namea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso}, +% \name{Mimi}{Burbank}, +% \name{Mustafa}{Burc}, +% \name{Alexey}{Burykin}, +% \name{Olivier}{Cardi}, +% \name{Samuele}{Carcagno}, +% \name{David}{Carella}, +% \name{David~P.}{Carlisle}, +% \name{Kevin}{Carmody}, +% \name{Manuel}{Carriba}, +% \name{Régis}{Caspar}, +% \name{Winston}{Chang}, +% \name{Jean-C{\^o}me}{Charpentier}, +% \name{Jean-Pascal}{Chauvet}, +% \name{Pehong}{Chen}, +% \name{Céline}{Chevalier}, +% \namea{Jana}{Chlebîková}{Chlebikova}, +% \name{Otfried}{Cheong}, +% \name{Pai~H.}{Chou}, +% \name{Marian}{Clegg}, +% \name{Steven~Douglas}{Cochran}, +% \name{Maurizio}{Codogno}, +% \name{David~B.}{Cook}, +% \name{Emmanuel}{Cornet}, +% \name{Oliver}{Corff}, +% \name{Prakash}{Countcham}, +% \name{Sergueï}{Dachian}, +% \name{Adrian}{Daerr}, +% \name{Arnak}{Dalalyan}, +% \name{Patrick~W.}{Daly}, +% \name{Holger}{Danielsson}, +% \name{Alice}{Davison}, +% \namea{Arnaldo~Viegas}{de~Lima}{deLima}, +% \name{Sébastien}{Demoustier}, +% \name{Andreas}{Deininger}, +% \name{Éric}{Depardieu}, +% \namea{Ben}{De~Rydt}{DeRydt}, +% \name{Bernard}{Desgraupes}, +% \name{Cécile}{Desprairies}, +% \name{Sébastien}{Desreux}, +% \name{Antoni~R.}{Diller}, +% \name{Dorjpalam}{Dorj}, +% \namea{Ivars}{Dri\k{k}is}{Drikis}, +% \name{Matthew~S.}{Dryer}, +% \name{Denys}{Duchier}, +% \name{Lyndon}{Dudding}, +% \namea{Marko}{Èehaja}{Eehaja}, +% \name{Ta~Quang}{Dung}, +% \name{Patrick}{Egan}, +% \namea{Victor}{E{\ij}khout}{Eijkhout}, +% \name{Brian}{Elmegaard}, +% \name{Danie}{Els}, ^^A booktabs +% \name{Behdad}{Esfahbod}, +% \name{Thomas}{Esser}, +% \name{Gilhooly}{Etienne}, +% \name{Karl~F.}{Everitt}, +% \name{Mike}{Fabian}, +% \name{Robin}{Fairbairns}, +% \name{Christian}{Faulhammer}, +% \name{Simon}{Fear}, ^^A booktabs +% \name{Jürgen}{Fenn}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Michael~J.}{Ferguson}, +% \name{Jeff}{Fessler}, +% \name{Ulrike}{Fischer}, +% \name{Jean-Julien}{Fleck}, +% \name{Daniel}{Flipo}, +% \name{Peter~L.}{Flom}, +% \name{Peter}{Flynn}, +% \name{Jim}{Fox}, ^^A dpfloat +% \namea{Danny~M.}{Fürniß}{Furniss}, +% \name{Tetsuo}{Furukawa}, +% \name{Federico}{Garcia}, +% \namea{Diego}{García~Morate}{Garcia~Morate}, +% \namea{Hubert}{Gäßlein}{Gasslein}, ^^A pict2e +% \namea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}, +% \name{Maarten}{Gelderman}, +% \name{Chuck}{Genschte}, +% \name{Mohammad}{Ghodsi}, +% \name{Helen}{Gilhooly}, +% \name{François}{Giron}, +% \name{Markus}{Gleiszner}, +% \name{Vitali}{Gontsharuk}, +% \name{Michel}{Goossens}, +% \namea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}, +% \name{Mathieu}{Goutelle}, +% \name{Fraser}{Grant}, +% \namea{George}{Grätzer}{Gratzer}, +% \name{Norman}{Gray}, +% \name{George~D.}{Greenwade}, +% \name{Enrico}{Gregorio}, +% \name{Loïc}{Grenon}, +% \name{Charles}{Grether}, +% \name{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}, +% \name{Olga~A.}{Grineva}, +% \name{Sébastien}{Grot}, +% \name{Micael}{Guignard}, +% \name{Marion}{Gunn}, +% \name{Eitan~M.}{Gurari}, +% \name{Thomas}{Hafner}, +% \name{Hans}{Hagen}, +% \name{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}, +% \name{Boumediene}{Hamzi}, +% \namea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}, +% \name{Thorsten}{Hansen}, +% \name{Patrick}{Happel}, +% \name{Yannis}{Haralambous}, +% \name{Kathryn~A.}{Hargreaves}, +% \name{Alexander}{Harin}, +% \name{Russel~L.}{Harris}, +% \name{Michael~A.}{Harrison}, +% \name{Stephen}{Hartke}, +% \name{Danny}{Heap}, +% \name{Jim}{Hefferon}, +% \name{André}{Heider}, +% \name{Thorsten}{Hein}, +% \name{Sten}{Hellman}, +% \name{H\aa vard}{Helstrup}, +% \name{Yvon}{Henel}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Hartmut}{Henkel}, +% \name{Thomas}{Henlich}, ^^A marvosym% +% \name{Stephan}{Hennig}, +% \name{Florence}{Henry}, +% \name{Stephen}{Herborn}, +% \name{Jörg}{Hesoll}, +% \name{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}, +% \name{David}{Hoadley}, +% \name{Taco}{Hoekwater}, +% \name{Alan}{Hoenig}, +% \name{Joe}{Hogg}, +% \namea{Morten}{Høgholm}{Hogholm}, +% \name{Alv~Kjetil}{Holme}, +% \namea{Klaus}{H{\"o}ppner}{Hoppner}, +% \name{Umstatter}{Horst}, +% \name{Don}{Hosek}, +% \name{Yufan}{Hu}, +% \name{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}, +% \name{Dave~W.}{Huseby}, +% \name{Helene}{Hyna}%, +% \name{Hiroya}{Ikeda}, +% \name{Dmitry}{Ivanov}, +% \name{Per~Steinar}{Iversen}, +% \name{Tetsuo}{Iwakuma}, +% \name{Zunbeltz}{Izaola}, +% \name{Youssef}{Jabri}, ^^A Arabi +% \name{Pawe\l}{Jackowski}, ^^A pearls +% \name{Christophe}{Jacquet}, +% \name{Bernd}{Jaehne}, +% \name{Radwan}{Jalam}, +% \name{Michael}{Janich}, +% \name{Frank}{Jensen}, +% \name{Alan}{Jeffrey}, +% \name{Regnor}{Jernsletten}, +% \name{Zhuhan}{Jiang}, +% \name{Loïc}{Joly}, +% \name{David~M.}{Jones}, +% \name{Christophe}{Jorssen}, +% \name{Robert}{Juhasz}, +% \name{Stefan}{Junge}, +% \name{Dan}{Jurafsky}, +% \name{Akira}{Kakuto}, +% \name{Mikko}{Kanerva}, +% \name{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}, +% \name{David}{Kastrup}, +% \name{Ronan}{Keryell}, +% \name{Jonathan}{Kew}, ^^A xetex +% \name{Axel}{Kielhorn}, +% \name{Ki-Joo}{Kim}, +% \name{Bil}{Kleb}, +% \name{Peter}{Kleiweg}, +% \name{Rune}{Kleveland}, +% \namea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl}, +% \name{Jörg}{Knappen}, +% \name{Donald~E.}{Knuth}, +% \name{Markus}{Kohm}, +% \name{Helmut}{Kopka}, +% \name{Attila}{Koppanyi}, +% \name{Adamantios}{Korais}, +% \name{Vincent}{Krakoviack}, +% \name{Kai}{Kratt}, +% \name{Thankmar}{Kronzucker}, +% \name{Siep}{Kroonenberg}, +% \name{Alexej~M.}{Kryukov}, +% \name{Manfred}{Kudlek}, +% \name{Markus~G.}{Kuhn}, +% \name{Florian}{Kulzer}, +% \name{Toshiki}{Kumazawa}, +% \name{Olaf}{Kummer}, +% \namea{Frank}{Küster}{Kuster}, +% \name{Stéphane}{Laborde}, +% \name{Thomas}{Lachand-Robert}, +% \name{Klaus}{Lagally}, +% \name{Leslie}{Lamport}, +% \name{Fabio}{Lanari}, +% \name{Robert}{Lange}, +% \name{Dag}{Langmyhr}, +% \name{Olga~G.}{Lapko}, +% \name{Henning}{Larsen}, +% \name{Jean-Marc}{Lasgouttes}, +% \name{Andris}{Lasis}, +% \name{Jean-Philippe}{Lauffenburger}, +% \name{Arnaud}{Launay}, +% \name{Claire}{Lauvernet}, +% \name{Boris}{Lavva}, +% \name{André}{Lebacq}, +% \name{Olivier}{Lecarme}, +% \name{Jacques}{Leclerc}, +% \name{Jeanne}{Legrand}, +% \name{Philipp}{Lehman}, +% \name{Werner}{Lemberg}, +% \name{Thomas}{Leonhardt}, +% \namea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}, +% \name{Stéphane}{Lepolozec}, +% \namea{Julien}{Le~Thuaut}{LeThuaut}, +% \name{Adam}{Lewenberg}, +% \name{Knut}{Lickert}, +% \name{Ulf~A.}{Lindgren}, +% \name{Anselm}{Lingnau}, +% \name{Pierre}{Lobel}, +% \namea{Milo\v{s}~V.}{Lokaj{\'{\i}}\v{c}ek}{Lokajicek}, +% \name{Stoffel}{Lombard}, +% \name{Maurizio}{Loreti}, +% \name{Tristan}{Lorino}, +% \name{Tim}{Love}, +% \name{Vincent}{Lozano}, +% \name{Daniel~H.}{Luecking}, +% \name{Ken}{Lunde}, +% \name{Anders}{Lyhne}, +% \name{Pierre~A.}{MacKay}, +% \name{Lars}{Madsen}, +% \name{Richard}{Mahoney}, +% \name{Irina~A.}{Makhovaya}, +% \name{Pierre}{Malecki}, +% \name{Bob}{Margolis}, +% \name{Nicolas}{Markey}, +% \name{Marcus}{Marr}, +% \name{Françoise}{Marre-Fournier}, +% \name{Terry}{Mart}, +% \name{Vadim}{Maslov}, +% \name{Henri}{Massias}, +% \name{Andreas}{Matthias}, +% \name{Sven}{Mattisson}, +% \name{Rowland}{McDonnell}, +% \name{Ben}{McKay}, +% \name{Surapant}{Meknavin}, +% \name{Sébastien}{Mengin}, +% \name{Jochen}{Metzinger}, +% \name{Yanick}{Michou}, +% \name{Frank}{Mittelbach}, +% \name{Young~Joon}{Moon}, +% \name{Ross}{Moore}, +% \name{Jens-Uwe}{Morawski}, +% \name{Lapo~Filippo}{Mori}, +% \name{Michael~A.}{Morrison}, +% \namea{Javier~A.}{Múgica~de~Rivera}{Mugica de Rivera}, +% \namea{Dejan}{Muhamedagi\'{c}}{Muhamedagic}, +% \name{Sergei~O.}{Naumov}, +% \name{Lee}{Netherton}, +% \name{Frank}{Neukam}, +% \name{Cuong}{Nguyen}, +% \name{Julien}{Nicolas}, +% \name{Rolf}{Niepraschk}, ^^A pict2e +% \name{Josselin}{Noirel}, +% \name{Tim}{Null}, +% \name{Heiko}{Oberdiek}, +% \name{Tobias}{Oetiker}, +% \name{Mariusz}{Olko}, +% \name{Tanguy}{Ortolo}, +% \namea{Erik}{Östhols}{Osthols}, +% \name{Jörg}{Ott}, +% \namea{Alan}{Pai\'{c}}{Paic}, +% \name{Scott}{Pakin}, +% \name{Palash~Baran}{Pal}, +% \name{Anshuman}{Pandey}, +% \name{Minje~Byeng-sen}{Park}, +% \name{Hubert}{Partl}, +% \name{Oren}{Patashnik}, +% \name{Jonathan}{Pechta}, +% \name{Kasper}{Peeters}, +% \name{Matthias}{Pelger}, +% \namea{François}{Pétiard}{Petiard}, +% \name{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}, +% \name{Paul}{Pichaureau}, +% \name{Éric}{Picheral}, +% \name{Bruno}{Piguet}, +% \namea{Karel}{P{\'\i}\v{s}ka}{Piska}, +% \name{John}{Plaice}, +% \name{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}, +% \name{Fabrice}{Popineau}, +% \name{Nico}{Poppelier}, +% \name{Rama}{Porrat}, +% \namea{Camille-Aimé}{Possamaï}{Possamai}, +% \name{Roozbeh}{Pournader}, +% \namea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse}, +% \name{C.~V.}{Radhakrishnan}, +% \name{Sebastian}{Rahtz}, +% \name{Bernd}{Raichle}, +% \name{Jose~Pedro}{Ramalhete}, +% \name{Paul}{Rascoe}, +% \name{Keranen}{Reino}, +% \namea{Adrian}{Rezu\c{s}}{Rezus}, +% \name{Yuri}{Robbers}, +% \name{A.~J.~``Tony''}{Roberts}, +% \name{Will}{Robertson}, +% \name{Denis~B.}{Roegel}, +% \name{Christian}{Rolland}, +% \name{Rasmus~Pank}{Roulund}, +% \name{Chris~A.}{Rowley}, +% \name{Marti}{Ruiz-Altaba}, +% \name{Jan~Michael}{Rynning}, +% \name{Young}{Ryu}, ^^A txfonts +% \name{Enn}{Saar}, +% \name{David}{Samsoen}, +% \namea{Julio}{Sánchez}{Sanchez}, +% \name{Morgan}{Sangeux}, +% \name{Eddie}{Saudrais}, +% \namea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck}, +% \name{Bernd}{Schandl}, +% \name{Elisabeth}{Schlegl}, +% \name{Tobias}{Schlemmer}, +% \name{Walter}{Schmidt}, +% \name{Thomas~A.}{Schmitz}, +% \name{Uwe}{Schneider}, +% \namea{Rainer}{Schöpf}{Schopf}, +% \namea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}, ^^A everysel, ragged2e, multitoc +% \name{Ulrich}{Schwartz}, +% \name{Elizabeth}{Scurfield}, +% \name{Michael}{Shell}, +% \vname{Shin}{Jungshik}, +% \namea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}, +% \name{Ali}{Shoukat}, +% \name{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}, +% \name{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}, +% \name{Sindhu}{Singh}, +% \name{Anna}{Sitnikova-Rioland}, +% \name{Jankovic}{Slobodan}, +% \name{John}{Smith}, +% \name{Robin~S.}{Socha}, +% \name{Nick}{Sofroniou}, +% \name{Axel}{Sommerfeldt}, +% \name{Lianyi}{Song}, +% \name{Yves}{Soulet}, +% \name{Arjen}{Steiner}, +% \name{D.~P.}{Story}, +% \name{Éric}{Streit}, +% \name{Ralf}{Stubner}, +% \name{K.~K.}{Subramaniam}, +% \name{Robert~S.}{Sutor}, +% \name{Chris}{Swoyer}, +% \name{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}, +% \name{Raffaella}{Tabacco}, +% \name{Nicola~L.~C.}{Talbot}, +% \namea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}, +% \name{Philip}{Taylor}, +% \name{Christina}{Thiele}, +% \name{Harold}{Thimbleby}, +% \name{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}, +% \name{Aurélien}{Thureau}, +% \name{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}, +% \namea{Ton}{'t~Lam}{tLam}, +% \namea{Sigitas}{Tolu\v{s}is}{Tolusis}, +% \name{Laurent}{Tordella}, +% \name{Mark}{Trettin}, ^^A l2tabu +% \name{Antonis}{Tsolomitis}, +% \name{Ahto}{Truu}, +% \name{Stefan}{Ulrich}, +% \name{Hideo}{Umeki}, +% \name{Un}{Koaunghi}, +% \name{Turgut}{Uyar}, +% \name{Jari}{Vaario}, +% \name{Piet}{van~Oostrum}, +% \namea{Thomas}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Géry}{van~Oudenhove~de~Saint~Gery}, +% \name{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}, +% \name{Vincent}{Vaquin}, +% \name{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}, +% \name{Didier}{Verna}, +% \name{Sylvain}{Vesco}, +% \name{Boris}{Veytsman}, +% \name{Alexandre}{Vial}, +% \name{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}, +% \name{Florence M.}{Voegelin}, +% \name{Martin}{Vogel}, +% \name{Vladimir}{Volovich}, +% \name{Stephan~P.}{von~Bechtolsheim}, +% \namea{Herbert}{Voß}{Voss}, +% \name{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}, +% \name{David}{Walden}, +% \name{Nigel}{Ward}, +% \name{John}{Warnock}, +% \name{Douglas}{Waud}% +% \name{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}, +% \name{Stephan~B.}{Webanck}, +% \name{Eduard}{Werner}, +% \name{Daphne}{West}, +% \name{Ferenc}{Wettl}, +% \name{Graham}{Williams}, +% \name{Peter~R.}{Wilson}, +% \namea{Jeroen}{W{\ij}nhout}{Wijnhout}, +% \namea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}, +% \name{Élisabeth}{Wolkowski}, +% \name{Mark}{Wooding}, +% \name{Joseph~A.}{Wright}, +% \name{Tim}{Wright}, +% \name{Dominik}{Wujastyk}, +% \name{Damien}{Wyart}, +% \name{C.~S.}{Yogananda}, +% \name{Adi}{Zaimi}, +% \namea{Lejzer~Ludwig}{Zamenof\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Zamenof}, +% \name{Danilo}{Zavrtanik}, +% \namea{Krzysztof~Konrad}{\.Zelechowski}{Zelechowski}, +% \name{Charlie~S.}{Zender}, +% \name{Federico}{Zenith}, +% \name{Vadim~V.}{Zhytnikov}, +% \name{Uwe}{Ziegenhagen}\ifcase\LANG\relax, and\ \or\relax\ et\ \fi +% \namea{Leon}{\v{Z}lajpah}{Zlajpah}.\par +% \end{raggedright} % ^^A NEW HISTORY END % ^^A SEE.. % \ifcase\LANG\relax @@ -56138,10 +60268,19 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \index{Extensions|see{Suffixes}} % \fi % \iftrue % ^^A to index authors from the bibliography (citations replace the page number) +% \bname{Paul}{Rascoe}{texasmaps}% +% \bname{Christophe}{Jacquet}{mlatex}% +% \bname{Alice}{Davison}{hindi99}% % \bname{Juan~M.}{Aguirregabiria}{basque}% +% \bname{Jonathan}{Kew}{xetex}% +% \bname{Reinhard~F.}{Hahn}{lowlands}% +% \bname{François}{Giron}{surlatex}% +% \bname{Patrick}{Egan}{nomentbl}% +% \bname{Brian}{Elmegaard}{nomentbl}% % \bname{Ferenc}{Wettl}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% % \bname{Stéphane}{Aicardi}{aicardi}% % \bname{Jouko}{Arponen}{practical}% +% \bname{Jason}{Baldridge}{jason}% % \bname{Timothy}{Van~Zandt}{fancybox}% % \bname{Frank}{Jensen}{calc}% % \bname{Kresten~Krab}{Thorup}{calc}% @@ -56149,9 +60288,12 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Lee}{Netherton}{nomencl}% % \bname{Bernd}{Schandl}{nomencl}% % \bname{Vartan}{Akopian}{armtex}% -% \bname{A.~J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}% +% \bname{A.J.}{Alex}{malayalam,malayalam-o}% +% \bnamea{Bai}{Shouyi\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Shouyi}{china-h}% % \bnamea{Einar}{Árnason}{Arnason}{icelandic}% % \bnamea{Gyöngyi}{Bujdosó}{Bujdoso}{bujdoso,bujdoso-f}% +% \bnamea{Raymond~G.}{Gordon,~Jr.}{Gordon}{ethno}% +% \bname{Barbara~F.}{Grimes}{ethno}% % \bnamea{Ingo}{Klöckl}{Klockl}{ingo}% % \bname{Donald}{Arseneau}{notoccite,placeins,cite,overcite,wrapfig,chapterbib,url,ifmtarg}% % \bname{Gonçal}{Badenes}{catalan}% @@ -56223,7 +60365,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Taco}{Hoekwater}{luatex}% % \bnamea{Th\'{\^e}~Th\`anh}{Hàn}{Han}{han,han2000,pdftex,vietnam}% % \bname{Patrick}{Happel}{lipsum}% -% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004}% +% \bname{Yannis}{Haralambous}{yannis1990,YH2004,YH2007,yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998,yannis2004,yannis+a}% % \bname{Alexander}{Harin}{cmcyralt/cmcyralt.sty}% % \bname{Michael~A.}{Harrison}{chen1988}% % \bname{Sten}{Hellman}{swedish}% @@ -56247,7 +60389,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Christophe}{Jorssen}{texfaq-fr}% % \bname{Robert}{Juhasz}{romanian}% % \bname{Mikko}{Kanerva}{finnish}% -% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex}% +% \bname{Theppitak}{Karoonboonyanan}{thailatex,thaistd}% % \bname{Axel}{Kielhorn}{koma}% % \bname{Ki-Joo}{Kim}{bibtex-ki-joo-kim,pdf-ki-joo-kim,latex-fonts-ki-joo-kim}% % \bname{Peter}{Kleiweg}{interlingua}% @@ -56271,6 +60413,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Henning}{Larsen}{danish}% % \bname{Boris}{Lavva}{hebrew2}% % \bname{Olivier}{Lecarme}{lecarme}% +% \bname{Jacques}{Leclerc}{tlfq}% % \bname{Philipp}{Lehman}{TFIG}% % \bname{Werner}{Lemberg}{russianb1,cjk,cjk2,vietnam,dblaccnt,cyrguide}% % \bnamea{Erwan}{Le~Pennec}{LePennec}{texfaq-fr}% @@ -56310,6 +60453,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Palash~Baran}{Pal}{bangtex}% % \bname{Anshuman}{Pandey}{pandey1999,devanagari}% % \bname{John}{Smith}{devanagari}% +% \bname{Harold}{Thimbleby}{seealso,seealso1}% % \bname{Dominik}{Wujastyk}{devanagari}% % \bname{Kevin}{Carmody}{devanagari}% % \bname{Zden\v{e}k}{Wagner}{devanagari}% @@ -56318,7 +60462,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Terje~Engeset}{Petterst}{norsk}% % \bname{Bruno}{Piguet}{texfaq-fr}% % \bname{John}{Plaice}{yannis1994b,yannis1994a,MAPS24-7,yannis2001,yannis1995,omega1996,yannis1998}% -% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex}% +% \bname{Veerathanabutr}{Poonlap}{thailatex,thai-how}% % \bname{Nico}{Poppelier}{BEP}% % \bname{Roozbeh}{Pournader}{farsi}% % \bname{Sebastian}{Rahtz}{latex-web,pdftex,hyperref.web,hyperref,TLGC,hyperref-o,hyperref-changelog,hyperref-rdm,hyperref-pdf,backref,nameref,rotating}% @@ -56336,7 +60480,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bnamea{Elmar}{Schalück}{Schaluck}{polish}% % \bname{Tobias}{Schlemmer}{slovak}% % \bname{Walter}{Schmidt}{ngermanb,Schmidt-pj-2006-1,psnfss}% -% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc}% +% \bnamea{Martin}{Schröder}{Schroder}{multitoc,pdftex}% % \bname{Michael}{Shell}{btxfaq}% % \bname{Andrij~M.}{Shvaika}{ukraineb}% % \bname{Chanop}{Silpa-Anan}{thailatex}% @@ -56347,6 +60491,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Éric}{Streit}{texfaq-fr}% % \bname{Apostolos}{Syropoulos}{beccari1998,greek,syro2002}% % \bnamea{Daniel}{Taupin\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Taupin}{varsects}% +% \bnamea{Bernard}{Gaulle\textsuperscript{\textdied}}{Gaulle}{frenchle,frenchpro,frenchperso}% % \bname{Karsten}{Tinnefeld}{quotchap}% % \bname{Mark}{Trettin}{l2tabufr,l2tabuen}% % \bname{Stefan}{Ulrich}{bibtopic}% @@ -56359,7 +60504,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Staszek}{Wawrykiewicz}{platex-pl}% % \bname{Eduard}{Werner}{lsorbian,usorbian}% % \bname{Graham}{Williams}{tcat}% -% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,wilson-pj-2006-3}% +% \bname{Peter~R.}{Wilson}{stdclsdv,needspace,tocloft,abstract,appendix,tocbibind,tocvsec2,ccaption,docmfp,memoir,add-memoir,wilson-pj-2006-3,romannum,ifmtarg,wilson-pj-2006-3,ledmac,ledpar,ledarab,chngpage}% % \bnamea{Marcin}{Woli\'nski}{Wolinski}{docstrip-prog,platex}% % \bname{Damien}{Wyart}{texfaq-fr}% % \bname{Adi}{Zaimi}{albanian}% @@ -56424,7 +60569,6 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Mimi}{Burbank}{piska}% % \bname{Christina}{Thiele}{piska,Flom-pj-2005-3-whatis}% % \bname{Suki~K.}{Venkatesan}{venkatesan}% -% \bname{André}{Violante}{violante}% % \bname{Carl~F.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% % \bname{Florence M.}{Voegelin}{voeg}% % \bname{Daphne}{West}{russe}% @@ -56440,7 +60584,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Jean-Michel}{Hufflen}{TLC2F,hufflen}% % \bname{Benoît}{Belet}{TLC2F}% % \bname{Yves}{Soulet}{TLC2F}% -% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F}% +% \bnamea{Jacques}{André}{Andre}{TLC2F,yannis+a}% % \bname{Samuele}{Carcagno}{carcagno}% % \bname{Simon}{Fear}{booktabs}% % \bname{Danie}{Els}{booktabs}% @@ -56477,8 +60621,17 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bname{Christian}{Faulhammer}{preusse}% % \bname{Ulrich}{Schwartz}{preusse}% % \bnamea{Hilmar}{Preuße}{Preusse}{preusse}% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% +% \bname{Pr.~Thomas~J.}{Hinnenbush}{LMP}% +% \bname{Dr.~Barbara}{Blankenship}{LMP}% +% \bpack{chngpage}{chngpage}% +% \bpack{ledmac}{ledmac}% +% \bpack{ledpar}{ledpar}% +% \bpack{ledarab}{ledarab}% +% \bpack{afoot}{ledarab}% +% \bpack{frenchle}{frenchle}% +% \bpack{frenchpro}{frenchpro,frenchperso}% % \bpack{flowfram}{flowfram,ffuserguide}% +% \bpack{nomentbl}{nomentbl}% % \bpack{minitoc}{fminitoc,minitoc}% % \bpack{Aleph}{aleph,aleph-hagen}% % \bpack{dblaccnt}{dblaccnt}% @@ -56501,6 +60654,7 @@ vingti\`eme partie\else partie~\Roman{part}\fi}% % \bpack{titletoc}{titletoc}% % \bpack{titlesec}{titletoc}% % \bpacka{Arab\TeX}{ArabTeX}{arabtex2,arabtex}% +% \bpacka{\protect\XeTeX}{xetex}{xetex}% % \bpack{minutes}{minutes}% % \bpack{needspace}{needspace}% % \bpack{txfonts}{txfonts}% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins index 99d7961e305..49bf2f373d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/minitoc/minitoc.ins @@ -781,21 +781,22 @@ % \end{filecontents} \begin{filecontents}{./malayalam-omega.mlo} -\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2006/02/13] +\ProvidesFile{malayalam-omega.mlo}[2007/11/21] % From omal.sty % by Alex A.J. <indicTeX@gmail.com> % -\def\ptctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚} -\def\plftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€} -\def\plttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€} +\def\ptctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}% +\def\plftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}% +\def\plttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}% % -\def\mtctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚} -\def\mlftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€} -\def\mlttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€} +\def\mtctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}% +\def\mlftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}% +\def\mlttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}% +% +\def\stctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚}% +\def\slftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€}% +\def\slttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€}% % -\def\stctitle{\mal ഉളàµà´³à´Ÿà´•àµà´•à´‚} -\def\slftitle{\mal à´šà´¿à´¤àµà´°à´™àµà´™à´³àµâ€} -\def\slttitle{\mal ടേബിളàµà´•à´³àµâ€} % \end{filecontents} \begin{filecontents}{./russian-cca.mlo} @@ -1014,22 +1015,22 @@ quote '!' level '>' encap '|' preamble -"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" +"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" postamble "\n\n \\end{theindex}\n" item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " -delim_0 " \\dotfill \ " -delim_1 " \\dotfill \ " -delim_2 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_0 "\\dotfill " +delim_1 "\\dotfill " +delim_2 "\\dotfill " % The next lines will produce some warnings when % running Makeindex as they try to cover two different % versions of the program: -lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}" -lethead_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n" +lethead_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" lethead_flag 1 -heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}" -heading_suffix " \\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n" +heading_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" headings_flag 1 %% % Added for french. @@ -1082,22 +1083,22 @@ quote '!' level '>' encap '|' preamble -"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" +"\n \\begin{theindex}\\flushcolumns\\parindent=0pt \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" postamble "\n\n \\end{theindex}\n" item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " -delim_0 " \\dotfill \ " -delim_1 " \\dotfill \ " -delim_2 " \\dotfill \ " +delim_0 "\\dotfill " +delim_1 "\\dotfill " +delim_2 "\\dotfill " % The next lines will produce some warnings when % running Makeindex as they try to cover two different % versions of the program: -lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}" -lethead_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +lethead_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n" +lethead_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" lethead_flag 1 -heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\hfill{}" -heading_suffix "\\hfill}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" +heading_prefix "{\\lneed{8.5}\\vspace{\\baselineskip}\\large\\bfseries\\null\\hfill\\relax\n" +heading_suffix "\\hfill\\null}\\nopagebreak\\vspace*{\\baselineskip}\n" headings_flag 1 %% %% @@ -1113,9 +1114,10 @@ headings_flag 1 \end{filecontents} \begin{filecontents}{./minitoc.pre} % chaptermark: do not uppercase the headers +% \def\HLS{\hspace*{-\leftmargin}} % Header Left Shift \renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{% -% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}} \markboth{[\thechapter]~---~#1}{[\thechapter]~---~#1}} +% \markboth{\chaptername~\thechapter~---~#1}{\chaptername~.\thechapter~---~#1}} %%%%%%%%%%%%%%% % do not uppercase the headers in TOC, LOF, LOT, BIB \makeatletter @@ -1142,8 +1144,7 @@ headings_flag 1 \@restonecolfalse \fi \chapter*{\listfigurename - \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}% - {\RELAX\listfigurename}}% + \@mkboth{\RELAX\listfigurename}{\RELAX\listfigurename}}% \@starttoc{lof}% \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi } @@ -1165,6 +1166,7 @@ headings_flag 1 {\chapter*{\bibname \@mkboth{\RELAX\bibname}{\RELAX\bibname}}% \mtcaddchapter[\bibname]% + \bibpreamble \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}% {\settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% \leftmargin\labelwidth @@ -1324,6 +1326,10 @@ headings_flag 1 \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1,0,1,0} \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.77,0.87,0} \definecolor{Cyan}{cmyk}{1,0,0,0} + \definecolor{light}{cmyk}{0,0,0,0.05} + \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0,0,.5} + \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0,.35,0} + \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} \usepackage[pdftex,pstarrows]{pict2e} \usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx} \usepackage[pdftex, colorlinks,% @@ -1359,14 +1365,14 @@ headings_flag 1 bookmarksopenlevel=0,% bookmarksopen,% % COLORS - linkbordercolor={Cyan},% - linkcolor={Cyan},% - menubordercolor={blue},% - menucolor={red},% - pagecolor={Cyan},% - citecolor={Green},% - urlcolor={RedOrange},% - filecolor={Cyan},% + linkbordercolor={NavyBlue},% + linkcolor={NavyBlue},% + menubordercolor={NavyBlue},% + menucolor={FireBrick},% + pagecolor={NavyBlue},% + citecolor={DarkGreen},% + urlcolor={FireBrick},% + filecolor={NavyBlue},% % COLORS bookmarksnumbered=true]% {hyperref}% @@ -1376,6 +1382,9 @@ headings_flag 1 \definecolor{OliveGreen}{cmyk}{0.64,0,0.95,0.40} \definecolor{Green}{cmyk}{1,0,1,0} \definecolor{RedOrange}{cmyk}{0,0.77,0.87,0} + \definecolor{NavyBlue}{rgb}{0,0,.5} + \definecolor{DarkGreen}{rgb}{0,.35,0} + \definecolor{FireBrick}{rgb}{.55,.1,.1} \usepackage[dvips,pstarrows]{pict2e}% \usepackage[dvips]{graphicx}% \usepackage{hyperref}% @@ -1464,6 +1473,12 @@ headings_flag 1 \newcommand{\Arabi}{\mbox{\sffamily A\kern-.2ex\lower.25ex\hbox{r}\kern-.25exa% \kern-.22exb\kern-.15exi}} %Logo \newcommand{\devnag}{Devan\=agar{\=\i}} +\def\XeTeX{\leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\kern-.1667em \TeX}% + \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} +\def\XeLaTeX{\leavevmode + \setbox0=\hbox{X\lower.5ex\hbox{\kern-.15em\reflectbox{E}}\LaTeX}% + \dp0=0pt\ht0=0pt\box0} % IF YOU NOT HAVE THE manfnt FONT, the dangerous bends will not be printed... \IfFileExists{manfnt.sty}{% does not work with .tfm %\typeout{manfnt.tfm FOUND} @@ -1642,7 +1657,8 @@ ONERA~/~Centre de Toulouse~/~SRI\\% \renewcommand*\l@paragraph{\@dottedtocline{4}{6.0em}{5.0em}} \renewcommand*\l@subparagraph{\@dottedtocline{5}{7.5em}{6.0em}} % -\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}} +% \renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{2.3em}} +\renewcommand*\l@figure{\@dottedtocline{1}{0.0em}{3.0em}} \let\l@table\l@figure \makeatother \providecommand{\AmS}{$\mathcal{A}$\kern-.1667em\lower.5ex\hbox{$\mathcal{M}$}% @@ -1954,6 +1970,7 @@ distributed with it. \generate{\file{bahasam.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bahasam}}} \generate{\file{bangla.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bangla}}} \generate{\file{basque.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{basque}}} +\generate{\file{bengali.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bengali}}} \generate{\file{bicig.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig}}} \generate{\file{bicig2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig2}}} \generate{\file{bicig3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{bicig3}}} @@ -2052,10 +2069,14 @@ distributed with it. \generate{\file{magyar2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar2}}} \generate{\file{magyar3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{magyar3}}} \generate{\file{malay.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malay}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-b.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-b}}} \generate{\file{malayalam-keli.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-keli2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-keli2}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-mr.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-mr}}} \generate{\file{malayalam-omega.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-omega}}} \generate{\file{malayalam-rachana.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana}}} \generate{\file{malayalam-rachana2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana2}}} +\generate{\file{malayalam-rachana3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{malayalam-rachana3}}} \generate{\file{manju.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{manju}}} \generate{\file{meyalu.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{meyalu}}} \generate{\file{mongol.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{mongol}}} @@ -2099,6 +2120,7 @@ distributed with it. \generate{\file{spanish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish2}}} \generate{\file{spanish3.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish3}}} \generate{\file{spanish4.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{spanish4}}} +\generate{\file{swahili.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swahili}}} \generate{\file{swedish.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish}}} \generate{\file{swedish2.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{swedish2}}} \generate{\file{thai.mld}{\from{minitoc.dtx}{thai}}} |